ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Books  (471)
  • Other Sources
  • 2015-2019  (252)
  • 1960-1964  (192)
  • 1940-1944  (29)
  • AWI Library  (471)
Collection
  • Books  (471)
  • Maps  (3)
  • Other Sources
Language
Years
Year
Classification
Branch Library
  • 101
    Call number: AWI G3-18-91864(ger) ; AWI G3-18-91864(eng) ; AWI G3-18-91864(rus)
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 3 Bände in einem Schuber (204 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-3-88808-716-5 (ger) , 978-3-88808-714-1 (eng) , 978-3-88808-715-8 (rus)
    Language: German , English , Russian
    Note: Inhalt: Einführung und Hintergrund der terrestrischen Expeditionen in Sibirien / Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Volker Rachold, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - 1. Auf dem Weg zu den Lena-Expeditionen 1993-1997. - Seesedimente auf Taimyr und Sewernaja Semlja als Klima-Archiv / Pier Paul Overduin, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Martin Melles. - Erste Studien zu Energie-, Wasser- und Spurengasflüssen in Tundraböden: Labas-See und Lewinson-Lessing-See, Taimyr-Halbinsel / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Julia Boike, Mikhail P. Zhurbenko, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Untersuchungen von Permafrost-Sequenzen in der Taimyr-Tiefebene (1994-1996) / Christine Siegert, Alexander Yu. Dereviagin. - Kohlenstoff in den arktischen Wüstenböden von Sewernaja Semlja / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Mikhail P. Zhurbenko, Dimitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Hydrologie, Geochemie und Sedimenttransport in den Flüssen Sibiriens - Das SYSTEM LAPTEV SEA Projekt 1994-1997 / Volker Rachold. - 2. Der Beginn der Lena-Expeditionen 1998-2002. - lnitiierung des Forschungsprojekts Lenadelta: Wissenschaftliche Strategie, Kooperation und Logistik / Volker Rachold, Martin Antonow, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - Die ersten Jahre der boden- und klimabezogenen Permafrostforschung auf Samoilow und Umgebung (Untersuchungen 1998-2001) / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Julia Boike, Günter Stoof, Lars Kutzbach, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, lrina A. Yakshina, Anno N. Kurchatova, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Bykowski-Halbinsel: Die erste Landexpedition mit Fokus auf das Paläoklima / Lutz Schirrmeister, Guido Grosse, Viktor V. Kunitsky, Christine Siegert, Hanno Meyer. - Schiffsexpeditionen von 1998 bis 2002 zur Untersuchung von Erosion und Geomorphologie der Küste mit Dunai, Neptun, Sofron Danilov und Pavel Bashmakov / Volker Rachold, Waldemar Schneider, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Hans-Wolfgong Hubberten, Felix E. Are, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Untersuchung von Seen auf Arga: Geschichte und Entstehung des Lenadeltas / Georg Schwamborn, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Volker Rachold, Vladimir E. Tumskoy, Lutz Schirrmeister, Guido Grosse. - Mikrobieller Kohlenstoffumsatz in der Auftauschicht und im Permafrost / Susanne Liebner, Christian Knoblauch, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Svetlana Yu. Evgrafova, Dirk Wagner. - Feldarbeit für die Rekonstruktion der Paläoumwelt / Lutz Schirrmeister, Tatyana V. Kuznetsova, Andrei A. Andreev, Frank Kienast, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - 3. Prozessstudien zur Permafrostdynamik 2002-2005. - Submarine Permafrostbohrungen während der COAST 2005 Expedition / Volker Rachold, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Waldemar Schneider. - Die frühe Forschungsstation Insel Samoilow und ihre Erweiterung 2005 / Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Julia Boike, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Günter Stoof, Alexander Yu. Gukav. - Installation des Samoilow Observatoriums - wissenschaftliches Monitoring von Klimadaten, Permafrostböden und Treibhausgasen (Untersuchungen 2002-2006) / Lars Kutzbach, Christian Wille, Torsten Sachs, David Holl, Günter Stoof Julia Boike, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - Mikrobieller Stickstoffumsatz in der Auftauschicht und den tieferen Permafrostsedimenten des Lenadeltas / Claudia Fiencke, Tina Sanders, Fabian Beermann, Elena E. Lebedeva, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - Geokryologische und paläoökologische Studien an den Küsten der Laptewsee / Lutz Schirrmeister, Christine Siegert, Guido Grosse, Hanno Meyer, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Viktor V. Kunitsky. - Langzeitbeobachtungen der pelagischen Fauna in Seen und Tümpeln des Lenadeltas / Ekaterina N. Abramova, lrina I. Vishnyakova, Grigory A. Soloviev, Anna A. Abramova. - 4. Umsetzung neuer Forschungsthemen 2007-2012. - Die Dynamik der arktischen Küsten / Frank Günther, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, P. Paul Overduin, Hugues Lantuit, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten. - Feldarbeit und Erstellung numerischer Modelle von submarinem Permafrost und Gashydraten / Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Pier Paul Overduin, Sebastian Wetterich, Mikhail N. Grigoriev. - Permafrostdegradation, Thermokarst und Thermoerosion - Feldforschung auf der Insel Kurungnach / Anne Morgenstern, lrina V Fedorova, Antonina A. Chetverova, Frank Günther, Mathias Ulrich, Fabian Beermann, Sebastian Zubrzycki, Sofia A. Antonova, Samuel Stettner, Julia Boike. - Mit Kettensäge zum Klimamodell - Eiskeile als Winterklima-Archive / Hanno Meyer, Thomas Opel, Alexander Yu. Dereviagin. - Veränderungen nordsibirischer Seen und Baumgrenzen in der Vergangenheit und Gegenwart als Reaktion auf Erwärmung / Ulrike Herzschuh, Luidmila A. Pestryakova, Laura S. Epp, Larisa A. Frolova, Ruslan M. Gorodnichev, Birgit Heim, Florion Jeltsch, Juliane Klemm, Stefan Kruse, Larisa B. Nazarova, Bastian Niemeyer, Anatolii N. Nikolaev, Kathleen R. Stoof-Leichsenring, Ralph Tiedemann, Mareike Wieczoreck, Evgenij S. Zakharov, Heike H. Zimmermann. - Kohlenstoff in Permafrost - Quantifizierung der Menge an organischem Material in Sibirien / Jens Strauss, Lutz Schirrmeister, Sebastian Zubrzycki, Alexander L. Kholodov, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Viktor V. Kunitsky, Matthias Fuchs, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Guido Grosse. - Expeditionen mit Gummibooten und kleinen Flussbooten - Hydrologie und Geomorphologie des Lenadeltas / Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, lrina V Fedorova, Julia Boike. - Mobilisierung und Ablagerung von Kohlenstoff im Lena-Flusssystem / Gesine Mollenhauer, Maria Winterfeld, Boris P. Koch, lrina V. Fedorova. - Holozäne Seen rund um das Lenadelta / Bernhard Diekmann, Boris Biskaborn, Luidmila A. Pestryakova, Dmitry A. Subetto, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Ulrike Herzschuh, Georg Schwamborn, Volker Rachold. - Logistisch komplexe Einsätze - Beobachtungen von Energie und Treibhausgasflüssen aus der Luft mittels Helipod / Torsten Sachs, Eric Larmanau, Katrin Kohnert, Andrei Serafimavich. - Lena Expeditionen: Einbindung neuer deutscher Forschungsgruppen / Birgit Heim, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Pier Paul Overduin, lrina V. Fedorova. - Ein Jahrzehnt der Küstenforschung im Lenadelta / lngeborg Bussmann, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, lrina V Fedorova, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Alexander Yu. Gukov, Gerhard Kattner, Alexandra Kraberg, Denis V. Moiseev, Pier Paul Overduin, Lasse Sander, Karen H. Wiltshire. - 5. Neue Horizonte für Lena-Expeditionen - Die neue Forschungsstation Insel Samoilow. - Ministerpräsident W. W. Putin besucht die Insel Samoilow (P-Day) / Hanno Meyer, Thomas Opel, Alexander Yu. Dereviagin, Svetlana Yu. Evgrafava, Waldemar Schneider, Alexander S. Makarov, Mikhail N. Grigoriev. - Die neue Forschungsstation Insel Samoilow: Bau, Eröffnungsfeier, Anlage und Betrieb / Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Igor N. Yeltsov, Anne Morgenstern. - Samoilow in internationalen Programmen und Netzwerken - FLUXNET, GTN-P, INTERACT / Anne Morgenstern, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Julia Boike, Lars Kutzbach. - Kurzer Überblick über die russisch-deutschen Permafrost-Projekte CARBOPERM und KoPf / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Sebastian Zubrzycki, Ulrike Herzschuh, Guido Grosse. - Einsatz von Fernerkundung im Gebiet der Laptewsee / Guido Grosse, Birgit Heim, Sofia Antonova, Julia Boike, Astrid Bracher, Alexey N. Fague, Frank Günther, Thomas Krumpen, Moritz Langer, Anne Morgenstern, Sina Muster, lngmar Nitze, Torsten Sachs. - Multidisziplinäre Studien auf Samoilow und Kurungnach: Geophysik, Fernerkundung, Geologie sowie botanische und Bodenstudien / Igor N. Yeltsov, Alexey N. Faguet, Leonid V. Tsibizov, Vladimir A. Kashirtsev, Vladimir V. Olenchenko, Andrey A. Kartozia, Nikolay N. Lashchinskiy. - Terrestrische Permafrost-Bohrkampagnen: Tiefe Einblicke in die Vergangenheit / Jens Strauss, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Paul Overduin, Georgii Maximov, Guido Grosse, Alexey N. Fague, Leonid Tsibizov, Lutz Schirrmeister. - Langzeitmessungen der Energie-, Wasser-, und Treibhausgasflüsse zwischen Land und Atmosphäre von 2002 bis heute und darüber hinaus / David Holl, Ju , Contents: Introduction and Background to Terrestrial Expeditions in Siberia / Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Volker Rachold, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - 1. On the Way to the Lena Expeditions 1993-1997. - Lake Sediments on Taymyr and Severnaya Zemlya as a Climate Archive / Pier Paul Overduin, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Martin Melles. - First Energy, Water, and Flux Studies of Tundra Soils - Labaz and Levinson-Lessing Lake, Taymyr Peninsula / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Julia Boike, Mikhail P. Zhurbenko, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Exploring Permafrost Sequences in the Taymyr Lowland (1994-1996) / Christine Siegert, Alexander Yu. Dereviagin. - Carbon in Arctic Desert Soils of Severnaya Zemlya / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Mikhail P. Zhurbenko, Dimitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Hydrology, Geochemistry, and Sediment Transport of the Siberian Rivers - The SYSTEM LAPTEV SEA Project 1994-1997 / Volker Rachold. - 2. The Beginning of the Lena Expeditions 1998-2002. - Initiation of the Research Project Lena Delta: Science Strategy, Cooperation, and Logistics / Volker Rachold, Martin Antonow, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - The First Years of Soil and Climate-Related Permafrost Research on Samoylov Island and Surroundings (Investigations 1998- 2001) / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Julia Boike, Günter Stoof, Lars Kutzbach, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, lrina A. Yakshina, Anno N. Kurchatova, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Bykovsky Peninsula: The First Land Expedition with a Focus on Paleoclimate / Lutz Schirrmeister, Guido Grosse, Viktor V. Kunitsky, Christine Siegert, Hanno Meyer. - The 1998-2002 Ship-Based Expeditions for Coastal Erosion and Geomorphological Studies with Dunay, Neptun, Sofron Danilov, and Pavel Bashmakov / Volker Rachold, Waldemar Schneider, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Felix E. Are, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Lake Studies on Arga: History and Formation of the Lena Delta / Georg Schwamborn, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Volker Rachold, Vladimir E. Tumskoy, Lutz Schirrmeister, Guido Grosse. - Microbial Carbon Turnover in the Active Layer and in Permafrost / Susanne Liebner, Christian Knoblauch, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Svetlana Yu. Evgrajova, Dirk Wagner. - Fieldwork for Reconstructing the Paleo-Environment / Lutz Schirrmeister, Tatyana V. Kuznetsova, Andrei A. Andreev, Frank Kienast, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - 3. Process Studies of Permafrost Dynamics 2002-2006. - Subsea Permafrost Drilling During the COAST 2005 Expedition / Volker Rachold, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Waldemar Schneider. - The Early Samoylov Station and Its Extension in 2005 / Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Julia Boike, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Günter Stoof, Alexander Yu. Gukov. - Installation of the Samoylov Observatory - Permafrost-Affected Soils and Greenhouse Gases (Investigations 2002-2006) / Lars Kutzbach, Christian Wille, Torsten Sachs, David Holl, Günter Stoof, Julia Boike, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - Microbial Nitrogen Turnover in the Active Layer and Deeper Permafrost Sediments of the Lena River Delta / Claudia Fiencke, Tina Sanders, Fabian Beermann, Elena E. Lebedeva, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - Geocryological and Paleoenvironmental Studies on the Coasts of the Laptev Sea / Lutz Schirrmeister, Christine Siegert, Guido Grosse, Hanno Meyer, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Viktor V. Kunitsky. - Long-Term Observations of the Pelagic Fauna in Lakes and Ponds in the Lena Delta / Ekaterina N. Abramova, lrina I. Vishnyakova, Grigory A. Soloviev, Anna A. Abramova. - 4. Implementation of New Research Topics 2007-2012. - Arctic Coastal Dynamics / Frank Günther, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Pier Paul Overduin, Hugues Lantuit, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten. - Field Work and Numerical Modelling for Subsea Permafrost and Gas Hydrates / Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Pier Paul Overduin, Sebastian Wetterich, Mikhail N. Grigoriev. - Permafrost Degradation, Thermokarst and Thermal Erosion Fieldwork on Kurungnakh Island / Anne Morgenstern, Irina V. Fedorova, Antonina A. Chetverova, Frank Günther, Mathias Ulrich, Fabian Beermann, Sebastian Zubrzycki, Sofia A. Antonova, Samuel Stettner, Julia Boike. - With the Chainsaw to Climate Modelling - Ice Wedges as a Winter Climate Archive / Hanno Meyer, Thomas Opel, Alexander Yu. Dereviagin. - Past and Present Treeline and Lake Changes in Northern Siberia in Response to Warming / Ulrike Herzschuh, Luidmila A. Pestryakova, Laura S. Epp, Larisa A. Frolova, Ruslan M. Gorodnichev, Birgit Heim, Florion Jeltsch, Juliane Klemm, Stefan Kruse, Larisa B. Nazarova, Bastian Niemeyer, Anatolii N. Nikolaev, Kathleen R. Stoof-Leichsenring, Ralph Tiedemann, Mareike Wieczoreck, Evgenij S. Zakharov, Heike H. Zimmermann. - Organic Matter Matters- Quantifying the Amount of Carbon in Northern Siberia / Jens Strauss, Lutz Schirrmeister, Sebastian Zubrzycki, Alexander L. Kholodov, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Viktor V. Kunitsky, Matthias Fuchs, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Guido Grosse. - Expeditions with Rubber Boats and Small River Vessels - Hydrology and Geomorphology of the Lena Delta / Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, lrina V Fedorova, Julia Boike. - Mobilization and Deposition of Carbon in the Lena River System / Gesine Mollenhauer, Maria Winterfeld, Boris P. Koch, lrina V. Fedorova. - Holocene Lakes Around the Lena Delta / Bernhard Diekmann, Boris Biskaborn, Luidmila A. Pestryakova, Dmitry A. Subetto, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Ulrike Herzschuh, Georg Schwamborn, Volker Rachold. - Complex Logistical Operations - Airborne Energy and Greenhouse Gas Flux Observations by Helipod / Torsten Sachs, Eric Larmanau, Katrin Kohnert, Andrei Serafimavich. - Lena Expeditions: Integration of New German Research Groups / Birgit Heim, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Pier Paul Overduin, lrina V. Fedorova. - A Decade of Coastal Research in the Lena Delta / lngeborg Bussmann, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, lrina V Fedorova, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Alexander Yu. Gukov, Gerhard Kattner, Alexandra Kraberg, Denis V. Moiseev, Pier Paul Overduin, Lasse Sander, Karen H. Wiltshire. - 5. New Horizons for Lena Expeditions - The New Research Station Samoylov Island. - Prime Minister V. V. Putin Visits Samoylov Island (P-Day) / Hanno Meyer, Thomas Opel, Alexander Yu. Dereviagin, Svetlana Yu. Evgrafava, Waldemar Schneider, Alexander S. Makarov, Mikhail N. Grigoriev. - The New Research Station Samoylov Island: Construction, Opening Ceremony, Facilities, and Operation / Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Igor N. Yeltsov, Anne Morgenstern. - Samoylov in International Programs and Networks - FLUX NET, GTN-P, INTERACT / Anne Morgenstern, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Julia Boike, Lars Kutzbach. - Short Overview of the Russian-German Permafrost Projects CARBOPERM and KoPf / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Sebastian Zubrzycki, Ulrike Herzschuh, Guido Grosse. - Application of Remote Sensing in the Laptev Sea Region / Guido Grosse, Birgit Heim, Sofia Antonova, Julia Boike, Astrid Bracher, Alexey N. Fague, Frank Günther, Thomas Krumpen, Moritz Langer, Anne Morgenstern, Sina Muster, lngmar Nitze, Torsten Sachs. - Multidisciplinary Studies on Samoylov and Kurungnakh: Geophysics, Remote Sensing, Geology, Botanical, and Soil Studies / Igor N. Yeltsov, Alexey N. Faguet, Leonid V. Tsibizov, Vladimir A. Kashirtsev, Vladimir V. Olenchenko, Andrey A. Kartozia, Nikolay N. Lashchinskiy. - Deep lnsights into the Past Terrestrial Permafrost Drilling Campaigns / Jens Strauss, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Paul Overduin, Georgii Maximov, Guido Grosse, Alexey N. Fague, Leonid Tsibizov, Lutz Schirrmeister. - Long-Term Measurements of Land-Atmosphere Fluxes of Energy, Water, and Greenhouse Gases from 2002 until Today and Beyond / David Holl, Julia Boike, Torsten Sachs, Peter Schreiber, Niko Bornemann, Christian Wille, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Irina V. Fedorova, Lars Kutzbach. - Carbon Turnover of Thawing Permafrost in the Lena Delta / , Russische Ausgabe in kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 102
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : International Arctic Science Committee
    Call number: AWI A4-19-92792
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 99 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: April 2018
    Language: English
    Note: TABLE OF CONTENTS SUMMARY 1. BACKGROUND AND OVERARCHING GOALS OF MOSAiC 2. MEASUREMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS 2.1 Atmosphere (team ATMOS) 2.2 Sea Ice and Snow Cover (team ICE) 2.3 Ocean (team OCEAN) 2.4 Bio-geochemical System (team BGC) 2.5 Ecosystem (team ECO) 2.6 Cross-team coordination 3. OBSERVATIONAL SCALES AND SCIENTIFIC-TECHNICAL IMPLEMENTATION 3.1 Installations, Labs, and Containers on Polarstern 3.2 Major Installations on/in/under the Central lee Camp 3.3 Deployment and Operation ofthe Distributed Network 3.4 Airborne Observations 3.5 Hovercraft Observations 3.6. Other Main Platforms 3.7 Intensive Observation Periods 3.8 Events 4. PRACTICAL/ LOGISTICAL ASPECTS 4.1 Detailed Time Line (2016-2022) 4.2 Drift Trajectory and Re-supply 4.3 Personnel and Personnel Exchange 4.4 Routine Operations during the Drift 4.5 Governance Structure 4.6 Rescue and Alternative Plans 4.7 Safety Aspects during the Drift 4.8 Impacts of Polarstern on Measurements and Environment 4.9 Outreach and Media Concept 4.10 Preparation and summary workshops, conferences 5. IMPLEMENTATION OF REMOTE SENSING 5.1 Pre-drift Coordination of the Remote Sensing Program 5.2 Acquisition of Satellite Data during the Drift 5.3 Coordination with In-situ Measurements 6. IMPLEMENTATION OF NUMERICAL MODELS 6.1 Operational Forecast and Reanalysis Products of the MOSAiC Drift 6.2 Data Assimilation Studies 6.3 Process and Regional Modeling of the Sub-systems 6.4 Coupled Climate Modeling 7. DATA POLICY AND MANAGEMENT PLAN 7.1 Outcome ofthe St. Petersburg Implementation Workshop 7.2 The MOSAiC Data Group: Development ofthe Data Management Plan 7.3 The Technical Concept for Supporting the Data Life Cycle in MOSAiC 7.4 The Role of PANGAEA as MOSAiC Data Repository 7.5 Project Data Management and Publication 8. LINKS TO EXTERNAL PROGRAMS AND PROJECTS 8.1 Cooperation with External Projects and Programs 8.2 Cooperation with Parallel Experiments 9. APPENDIX 9.1 Preliminary Tables of Parameters for Sections 2.1 to 2.5 9.2 Preliminary Table of Partners 9.3 List of Abbreviations
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 103
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Hoboken, NJ : Wiley Blackwell
    Call number: AWI G3-20-93617
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 454 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-1-405-10006-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Acknowledgements 1 Introduction 1.1 The Periglacial Concept: Definitions and Scope 1.2 The Periglacial Realm 1.3 The Development of Periglacial Geomorphology 1.4 Periglacial Geomorphology: The Quaternary Context 1.5 The Aims and Organization of this Book 2 Periglacial Environments 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Periglacial Climates 2.3 Soils in Periglacial Environments 2.4 Vegetation Cover in Periglacial Environments 2.5 Synthesis 3 Ground Freezing and Thawing 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Ground Heating and Cooling 3.3 Soil Freezing 3.4 Ice Segregation in Freezing Soils 3.5 Thaw Consolidation 3.6 Synthesis 4 Permafrost 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Permafrost Thermal Regime 4.3 Classification of Permafrost 4.4 Detection, Mapping and Modelling of Permafrost 4.5 Permafrost Distribution 4.6 Permafrost-glacier Interactions 4.7 The Geomorphic Importance of Permafrost 5 Ground Ice and Cryostratigraphy 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Genetic Classification of Ground Ice 5.3 Description of Ground Ice 5.4 Ice Contacts 5.5 Cryostratigraphy 5.6 The Transition Zone 5.7 Massive Ground Ice 5.8 Yedoma 6 Thermal Contraction Cracking: Ice Wedges and Related Landforms 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Thermal Contraction Cracking and Polygon Evolution 6.3 Ice Veins and Ice Wedges 6.4 Ice-wedge Polygons 6.5 Sand Veins and Sand Wedges 6.6 Composite Veins and Composite Wedges 6.7 Sand-wedge Polygons 6.8 Frost Cracking of Seasonally Frozen Ground 6.9 Thaw Modification of Frost Wedges 6.10 Frost-Wedge Pseudomorphs and Frost Polygons in Areas of Past Permafrost 7 Pingos, Palsas and other Frost Mounds 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Characteristics of Pingos 7.3 Hydrostatic Pingos 7.4 Hydraulic Pingos 7.5 Pingo Problems and Problem Pingos 7.6 Segregation Ice Mounds: Palsas, Lithalsas and Related Landforms 7.7 Palsas 7.8 Peat Plateaus 7.9 Lithalsas 7.10 Permafrost Plateaus 7.11 Other Permafrost Mounds 7.12 Ephemeral Frost Mounds 7.13 Relict Permafrost Mounds 8 Thermokarst 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Thermokarst Lakes and Drained Lake Basins 8.3 Thermokarst Pits, Bogs and Fens 8.4 Retrogressive Thaw Slumps 8.5 Small-scale Thermokarst Features: Beaded Streams, Sinkholes and Thermokarst Gullies 8.6 Sediment Structures associated with Thermokarst 8.7 Relict Thermokarst Phenomena 9 Seasonally Frozen Ground Phenomena 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Upfreezing of Clasts 9.3 Frost Heave of Bedrock 9.4 Patterned Ground: The Embroidery on the Landscape 9.5 Patterned Ground Processes 9.6 Sorted Patterned Ground 9.7 Nonsorted Patterned Ground 9.8 Cryoturbations 9.9 Pedogenic Effects of Freezing and Thawing 9.10 Fragipans 9.11 Synthesis 10 Rock Weathering and Associated Landforms 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Physical Weathering Processes 10.3 Chemical Weathering Processes 10.4 Biotic Weathering Processes 10.5 Weathering Processes in Periglacial Environments 10.6Cold-climate Karst 10.7 Tors 10.8 Blockfields and Related Periglacial Regolith Covers 10.9 Brecciated Bedrocks 11 Periglacial Mass Movement and Hillslope Evolution 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Solifluction Processes 11.3 Solifluction Landforms 11.4 Pleistocene Solifluction Landforms and Slope Deposits 11.5 Active-layer Failures 11.6 Permafrost Creep 11.7 Nivation 11.8 Cryoplanation 11.9 Slope Form and Slope Evolution 12 Talus Slopes and Related Landforms 12.1 Introduction 12.2 Rockfall Talus 12.3 The Geomorphic Role of Snow Avalanches 12.4 Debris-flow Activity 12.5 Rock Glaciers 12.6 Pronival (Protalus) Ramparts 12.7 Synthesis 13 Fluvial Processes and Landforms 13.1 Introduction 13.2 Periglacial Hydrology 13.3 Slopewash 13.4 Slushflows 13.5 Sediment Transport in Periglacial Rivers 13.6 Bank and Channel Erosion 13.7 River Channels 13.8 Alluvial Landforms in Periglacial Environments 13.9 Valley Form 13.10 Pleistocene Periglacial Rivers 13.11 Synthesis 14 Wind Action 14.1 Introduction 14.2 Aeolian Processes 14.3 Wind Erosion in Present Periglacial Environments 14.4 Aeolian Deposits in Present Periglacial Environments 14.5 Quaternary Aeolian Deposits 14.6 Synthesis 15 Periglacial Coasts 15.1 Introduction 15.2 The Nature of Periglacial Coasts 15.3 The Role of Ice in Shoreline Evolution 15.4 Ice-rich Permafrost Coasts 15.5 Thermokarst Coasts 15.6 Barrier Coasts 15.7 Salt Marshes and Tidal Flats 15.8 Rock Coasts 15.9 Raised and Inherited Shorelines 15.10 Lake Shorelines 15.11 Synthesis 16 Past Periglacial Environments 16.1 Introduction 16.2 Palaeoenvironmental Reconstruction Based on Periglacial Features 16.3 Past Periglacial Environments of the British Isles 16.4 Pre-Late Devensian Periglacial Features in the British Isles 16.5 The Dimlington Stade in the British Isles 16.6 The Younger Dryas (Loch Lomond) Stade in the British Isles 16.7 Past Periglacial Environments of the British Isles: Commentary 16.8 Late Weichselian Periglacial Environments in Continental Europe 16.9 Late Wisconsinan Periglacial Environments in North America 16.10 Permafrost Extent in the Northern Hemisphere During the Last Glacial Stage 16.11 Concluding Comments 17 Climate Change and Periglacial Environments 17.1 Introduction 17.2 Permafrost Degradation 17.3 Geomorphological Implications of Climate Change in the Circumpolar North 17.4Geomorphological Implications of Climate Change in High Mountain Environments 17.5 Climate Change ,Permafrost Degradation and Greenhouse Gas Emissions 17.6 Conclusion Appendix: Text Abbreviations, Units and Symbols Employed in Equations References Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 104
    Call number: AWI G3-20-93487
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a general survey of Geocryology, which is the study of frozen ground called permafrost. Frozen ground is the product of cold climates as well as a variety of environmental factors. Its major characteristic is the accumulation of large quantities of ice which may exceed 90% by volume. Soil water changing to ice results in ground heaving, while thawing of this ice produces ground subsidence often accompanied by soil flowage. Permafrost is very susceptible to changes in weather and climate as well as to changes in the microenvironment. Cold weather produces contraction of the ground, resulting in cracking of the soil as well as breakup of concrete, rock, etc. Thus permafrost regions have unique landforms and processes not found in warmer lands. The book is divided into three parts. Part 1 provides an introduction to the characteristics of permafrost. Four chapters deal with its definition and characteristics, the unique processes operating there, the factors affecting it, and its general distribution. Part 2 consists of seven chapters describing the characteristic landforms unique to these areas and the processes involved in their formation. Part 3 discusses the special problems encountered by engineers in construction projects including settlements, roads and railways, the oil and gas industry, mining, and the agricultural and forest industries. The three authors represent three countries and three language groups, and together have over 120 years of experience of working in permafrost areas throughout the world. The book contains over 300 illustrations and photographs, and includes an extensive bibliography in order to introduce the interested reader to the large current literature.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xliii, 765 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    Edition: First edition
    ISBN: 9781138054165 , 9781315166988 (electronic)
    Language: English
    Note: Table of contents Preface About the authors Acknowledgements Dedication List of figures List of tables List of symbols Part I Introduction and characteristics of permafrost I Definition and description 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Additional terms originating in Russia 1.3 History of permafrost research 1.4 Measurement of ground temperature 1.5 Conduction, convection and advection 1.6 Therm al regimes in regions based on heat conduction 1.7 Continentality index 1.8 Moisture movement in the active layer during freezing and thawing 1.9 Moisture conditions in permafrost ground 1.10 Results of freezing moisture 1.11 Strength of ice 1.12 Cryosols, gelisols, and leptosols 1.13 Fragipans 1.14 Salinity in permafrost regions 1.15 Organic matter 1.16 Micro-organisms in permafrost 1.16.1 Antarctic permafrost 1.16.2 High-latitude permafrost 1.16.3 High altitude permafrost in China 1.16.4 Phenotypic traits 1.16.5 Relation to climate change on the Tibetan plateau 1.17 Gas and gas hydrates 1.18 Thermokarst areas 1.19 Offshore permafrost 2 Cryogenic processes where temperatures dip below 0°C 2.1 Introduction 2.2 The nature of ice and water 2.3 Effects of oil pollution on freezing 2.4 Freezing and thawing of the active layer in permafrost in equilibrium with a stable climate 2.5 Relation of clay mineralogy to the average position of the permafrost table 2.6 Ground temperature envelopes in profiles affected by changes in mean annual ground surface temperature (MASGT) 2.7 Needle ice 2.8 Frost heaving 2.9 Densification and thaw settlement 2.10 Cryostratigraphy, cryostructures, cryotextures and cryofacies 2.11 Ground cracking 2.12 Dilation cracking 2.13 Frost susceptibility 2.14 Cryoturbation, gravity processes and injection structures 2.14.1 Cryoturbation 2.14.2 Upward injection of sediments from below 2.14.3 Load-casting 2.15 Upheaving of objects 2.16 Upturning of objects 2.17 Sorting 2.18 Weathering and frost comminution 2.19 Karst in areas with permafrost 2.20 Seawater density and salinity 3 Factors affecting permafrost distribution 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Climatic factors 3.2.1 Heat balance on the surface of the Earth and its effect on the climate 3.2.2 Relationship between air and ground temperatures 3.2.3 Thermal offset 3.2.4 Relation to air masses 3.2.5 Precipitation 3.2.6 Latitude and longitude 3.2.7 Topography and altitude 3.2.8 Cold air drainage 3.2.9 Buffering of temperatures against change in mountain ranges 3.3 Terrain factors 3.3.1 Vegetation 3.3.2 Hydrology 3.3.3 Lakes and water bodies 3.3.4 Nature of the soil and rock 3.3.5 Fire 3.3.6 Glaciers 3.3.7 The effects of Man 4 Permafrost distribution 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Zonation of permafrost 4.3 Permafrost mapping 4.4 Examples of mapping units used 4.5 Modeling permafrost distribution 4.6 Advances in geophysical methods 4.7 Causes of variability reducing the reliability of small-scale maps 4.8 Maps of permafrost-related properties based on field observations 4.8.1 Permafrost thickness 4.8.2 Maps of ice content 4.8.3 Water resources locked up in perennially frozen ground 4.8.4 Total carbon content 4.9 Use of remote sensing and airborne platforms in monitoring environmental conditions and disturbances 4.10 Sensitivity to climate change: Hazard zonation 4.11 Classification of permafrost stability based on mean annual ground temperature Part II Permafrost landforms II. 1 Introduction 5 Frost cracking, ice-wedges, sand, loess and rock tessellons 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Primary and secondary wedges 5.2.1 Primary wedges 5.2.1.1 Ice-wedges 5.2.1.2 Sand tessellons 5.2.1.3 Loess tessellons 5.2.1.4 Rock tessellons 5.2.2 Secondary wedges 5.2.2.1 Ice-wedge casts 5.2.2.2 Soil wedges 6 Massive ground ice in lowlands 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Distribution of massive icy beds in surface sediments 6.3 Sources of the sediments 6.4 Deglaciation of the Laurentide ice sheet 6.5 Methods used to determine the origin of the massive icy beds 6.6 Massive icy beds interpreted as being formed by cryosuction 6.7 Massive icy beds that may represent stagnant glacial ice 6.8 Other origins of massive icy beds 6.9 Ice complexes including yedoma deposits 6.10 Conditions for growth of thick ice-wedges 6.11 The mechanical condition of the growth of ice-wedges and its connection to the properties of the surrounding sediments 6.12 Buoyancy of ice-wedges 6.13 Summary of the ideas explaining yedoma evolution 6.14 Aufeis 6.15 Perennial ice caves 6.16 Types of ice found in perennial ice caves 6.17 Processes involved in the formation of perennial ice caves 6.18 Cycles of perennial cave evolution 6.18.1 Perennial ice caves in deep hollows 6.18.2 Sloping caves with two entrances 6.18.3 Perennial ice caves with only one main entrance but air entering through cracks and joints in the bedrock walls 6.18.4 Perennial ice caves with only one main entrance and no other sources of cooling 6.19 Ice caves in subtropical climates 6.20 Massive blocks of ice in bedrock or soil 7 Permafrost mounds 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Mounds over 2.5 m diameter 7.2.1 Mounds formed predominantly of injection ice 7.2.1.1 Pingo mounds 7.2.1.2 Hydrostatic or closed system pingos 7.2.1.3 Hydraulic or open system pingos 7.2.1.4 Pingo plateaus 7.2.1.5 Seasonal frost mounds 7.2.1.6 Icing blisters 7.2.1.7 Perennial mounds of uncertain origin 7.2.1.8 Similar mounds that can be confused with injection phenomena 7.2.2 Mounds formed dominantly by cryosuction 7.2.2.1 Paisas 7.2.2.1.1 Paisas in maritime climates 7.2.2.1.2 Paisas in cold, continental climates 7.2.2.1.3 Lithalsas 7.2.2.1.4 Palsa/Lithalsa look-alikes 7.2.3 Mounds formed by the accumulation of ice in the thawing fringe: Peat plateaus 7.3 Cryogenic mounds less than 2.5 m in diameter 7.3.1 Oscillating hummocks 7.3.2 Thufurs 7.3.3 Silt-cycling hummocks 7.3.4 Niveo-aeolian hummocks 7.3.5 Similar-looking mounds of uncertain origin 7.3.6 String bogs 7.3.7 Pounus 8 Mass wasting of fine-grained materials in cold climates 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Classification of mass wasting 8.3 Slow flows 8.3.1 Cryogenic creep 8.3.1.1 Needle ice creep 8.3.1.2 Frost heave and frost creep 8.3.1.3 Gelifluction 8.3.1.4 Other creep-type contributions to downslope movement of soil 8.3.2 Landforms produced by cryogenic slow flows in humid areas 8.3.3 Landforms developed by cryogenic flows in more arid regions 8.4 Cryogenic fast flows 8.4.1 Cryogenic debris flows 8.4.2 Cryogenic slides and slumps 8.4.3 Cryogenic composite slope failures 8.4.3.1 Active-layer detachment slides 8.4.3.2 Retrogressive thaw failures 8.4.3.3 Snow avalanches and slushflows 8.4.3.3.1 Snow avalanches 8.4.3.3.2 Slush avalanches 8.5 Relative effect in moving debris downslope in the mountains 9 Landforms consisting of blocky materials in cold climates 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Source of the blocks 9.3 Influence of rock type 9.4 Weathering products 9.5 Biogenic weathering 9.6 Fate of the soluble salts produced by chemical and biogenic weathering 9.7 Rate of cliff retreat 9.8 Landforms resulting from the accumulation of predominantly blocky materials in cryogenic climates 9.8.1 Cryogenic block fields 9.8.1.1 Measurement of rates of release of blocks on slopes 9.8.2 Cryogenic block slopes and fans 9.8.3 Classification of cryogenic talus slopes 9.8.3.1 Coarse blocky talus slopes 9.8.4 Protection of infrastructure from falling rock 9.9 Talus containing significant amounts of finer material 9.9.1 Rock glaciers 9.9.1.1 Sedimentary composition and structure of active rock glaciers 9.9.1.2 Origin of the ice in active rock glaciers 9.9.1.3 Relationship to vegetation 9.9.2 Movement of active rock glaciers 9.9.2.1 Horizontal movement 9.9.2.2 Movement of the front 9.9.3 Distribution of active rock glaciers 9.9.4 Inactive and fossil rock glaciers 9.9.5 Streams flowing from under rock glaciers 9.10 Cryogenic block streams 9.10.1 Characteristics 9.10.2 Classification 9.10.2.1
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 105
    Call number: 9783319686066 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This edited book investigates the interrelations of disaster impacts, resilience and security in an urban context. Urban as a term captures megacities, cities, and generally, human settlements, that are characterised by concentration of quantifiable and non-quantifiable subjects, objects and value attributions to them. The scope is to narrow down resilience from an all-encompassing concept to applied ways of scientifically attempting to ‚measure’ this type of disaster related resilience. 28 chapters in this book reflect opportunities and doubts of the disaster risk science community regarding this ‚measurability’. Therefore, examples utilising both quantitative and qualitative approaches are juxtaposed. This book concentrates on features that are distinct characteristics of resilience, how they can be measured and in what sense they are different to vulnerability and risk parameters. Case studies in 11 countries either use a hypothetical pre-event estimation of resilience or are addressing a ‘revealed resilience’ evident and documented after an event. Such information can be helpful to identify benchmarks or margins of impact magnitudes and related recovery times, volumes and qualities of affected populations and infrastructure.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 518 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319686066 , 978-3-319-68606-6
    ISSN: 2365-757X , 2365-7588
    Series Statement: The urban book series
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction to ‘Urban Disaster Resilience and Security—Addressing Risks in Societies’ / Alexander Fekete and Frank Fiedrich Part I Planning Urban Resilience 2 Nepal and the “Urban Resilience Utopia” / Johannes Anhorn 3 Exploring the Role of Planning in Urban Resilience Enhancement—An Irish Perspective / Aoife Doyle, William Hynes, Stephen M. Purcell and Maria Rochford 4 Toward Climate Resilience in the USA: From Federal to Local Level Initiatives and Practices Since the 2000s / Ebru A. Gencer and Wesley Rhodes 5 Enhancing Resilience Towards Summer Storms from a Spatial Planning Perspective—Lessons Learned from Summer Storm Ela / Hanna Christine Schmitt and Stefan Greiving 6 Measuring Urban Resilience to Natural Disasters for Iranian Cities: Challenges and Key Concepts / Solmaz Hosseinioon 7 Resilience History and Focus in the USA / Ronald Fisher, Michael Norman and James Peerenboom Part II Organizing Professionals and the People 8 Integrating Volunteers in Emergency Response: A Strategy for Increased Resilience Within German Civil Security Research / Jens Hälterlein, Linda Madsen, Agnetha Schuchardt, Roman Peperhove and Lars Gerhold 9 Contributions of Flood Insurance to Enhance Resilience–Findings from Germany / Annegret H. Thieken 10 Collaborative Emergency Supply Chains for Essential Goods and Services / Marcus Wiens, Frank Schätter, Christopher W. Zobel and Frank Schultmann Part III Urban Resilience Assessment: Methods and Challenges 11 Competence as Enabler of Urban Critical Infrastructure Resilience Assessment / Florian Brauner, Marie Claßen and Frank Fiedrich 12 Resilient Disaster Recovery: The Role of Health Impact Assessment / James K. Mitchell 13 DS3 Model Testing: Assessing Critical Infrastructure Network Flood Resilience at the Neighbourhood Scale / Damien Serre 14 Enhancing Flood Resilience Through Collaborative Modelling and Multi-criteria Decision Analysis (MCDA) / Mariele Evers, Adrian Almoradie and Mariana Madruga de Brito Part IV Urban Critical Infrastructure and Security 15 An Approach for Quantifying the Multidimensional Nature of Disaster Resilience in the Context of Municipal Service Provision / Christopher W. Zobel, Milad Baghersad and Yang Zhang 16 A Future-Oriented Agent-Based Simulation to Improve Urban Critical Infrastructure Resilience / Thomas Münzberg, Tim Müller and Wolfgang Raskob 17 An Indicator-Based Approach to Assessing Resilience of Smart Critical Infrastructures / A. Jovanović, K. Øien and A. Choudhary 18 Certified Video Surveillance Systems for More Resilient Urban Societies / Simone Wurster, Irene Kamara, Thordis Sveinsdottir and Erik Krempel 19 Situational Resilience––A Network-Perspective on Resilience to Crime / Herbert Schubert and Tim Lukas Part V Resilience Trends, Paradigms and Reflections 20 Urban Riskscapes—Social and Spatial Dimensions of Risk in Urban Infrastructure Settings / Florian Neisser and Detlef Müller-Mahn 21 Researching Milieu-Specific Perceptions of Risk, (in)Security, and Vulnerability—A Conceptual Approach for Understanding the Inequality and Segregation Nexus in Urban Spaces / Kristina Seidelsohn, Martin Voss and Daniela Krüger 22 Resilience and Thriving in Spite of Disasters: A Stages of Change Approach / Norbert Mundorf, Colleen A. Redding, James O. Prochaska, Andrea L. Paiva and Pamela Rubinoff 23 Foresight in Sight: How to Improve Urban Resilience with Collaboration Among Public Authorities? / Riitta Molarius, Nina Wessberg, Jaana Keränen and Mervi Murtonen 24 How to Demarcate Resilience? A Reflection on Reviews in Disaster Resilience Research / Maike Vollmer and Gerald Walther 25 Challenges in Establishing Cross-Border Resilience / Anouck Adrot, Frank Fiedrich, Andreas Lotter, Thomas Münzberg, Eric Rigaud, Marcus Wiens, Wolfgang Raskob and Frank Schultmann Part VI Perspectives from the Science-Policy Nexus 26 Resilience—A Useful Approach for Climate Adaptation? / Thomas Abeling, Achim Daschkeit, Petra Mahrenholz and Inke Schauser 27 Urban Resilience and Crisis Management: Perspectives from France and Germany / Juergen Weichselgartner, Bernard Guézo, Irmtraud Beerlage, Christian Després, Alexander Fekete, Gabriele Hufschmidt, Orsola Lussignoli, Stefanie Mey-Richters, Jens Naumann and Ina Wienand 28 Considerations About Urban Disaster Resilience and Security—Two Concepts in Tandem? / Alexander Fekete and Janos J. Bogardi 29 Synthesis / Alexander Fekete and Frank Fiedrich
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 106
    Call number: 9783319339009 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: In recent years, advanced molecular techniques in diagnostic microbiology have been revolutionizing the practice of clinical microbiology in the hospital setting. Molecular diagnostic testing in general and nucleic acid-based amplification methods in particular have been heralded as diagnostic tools for the new millennium. This third edition covers not only the most recent updates and advances, but details newly invented omic techniques, such as next generation sequencing. It is divided into two distinct volumes, with Volume 1 describing the techniques, and Volume 2 addressing their applications in the field. In addition, both volumes focus more so on the clinical relevance of the test results generated by these techniques than previous editions
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIV, 541 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Third Edition
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Biomedical and Life Sciences
    ISBN: 9783319339009 , 978-3-319-33900-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Automated Blood Cultures / Xiang Y. Han Laboratory Automation in Clinical Bacteriology / Antony Croxatto Biochemical Profile-Based Microbial Identification Systems / Safina Hafeez and Jaber Aslanzadeh Advanced Phenotypic Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing Methods / Charles W. Stratton Rapid Microbial Antigen Tests / Sheldon Campbell and Marie L. Landry Antibody Detection: Principles and Applications / Yun F. (Wayne) Wang Procalcitonin and Other Host-Response-Based Biomarkers for Evaluation of Infection and Guidance of Antimicrobial Treatment / Philipp Schuetz, Ramon Sager, Yannick Wirz, and Beat Mueller Functional Assessment of Microbial, Viral, and Parasitic Infections Using Real-Time Cellular Analysis / Dazhi Jin, Xiao Xu, Min Zheng, Alex Mira, Brandon J. Lamarche, and Alex B. Ryder Cellular Fatty Acid-Based Microbial Identification and Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing / Nicole Parrish and Stefan Riedel MALDI-TOF Mass Spectrometry-Based Microbial Identification and Beyond / Alexander Mellmann and Johannes Müthing Transcriptomic Techniques in Diagnostic Microbiology / Zachary E. Holcomb and Ephraim L. Tsalik The Use of Microbial Metabolites for the Diagnosis of Infectious Diseases / Mahesh J. Thalavitiya Acharige, Seena S. Koshy, and Sophia Koo Nucleic Acid Extraction and Enrichment / Jeong Hwan Shin Nonamplified Probe-Based Microbial Detection and Identification / Fann Wu, Tao Hong, and Phyllis Della-Latta Molecular Typing Techniques: State of the Art / Richard V. Goering PCR and Its Variations / Eleanor A. Powell and Michael Loeffelholz Non-PCR Amplification Techniques / Rosemary C. She, Ted E. Schutzbank, and Elizabeth M. Marlowe Real-Time and Digital PCR for Nucleic Acid Quantification / Alexander J. McAdam Direct Nucleotide Sequencing for Amplification Product Identification / Tao Hong Solid and Suspension Microarrays for Detection and Identification of Infectious Diseases / Sherry Dunbar, Janet Farhang, Shubhagata Das, Sabrina Ali, and Heng Qian Real-Time Detection of Amplification Products Through Fluorescence Quenching or Energy Transfer / Caitlin Otto and Shihai Huang PCR/Electrospray Ionization-Mass Spectrometry as an Infectious Disease Diagnostic Tool / Volkan Özenci and Kristoffer Strålin Nucleic Acid Amplicons Detected and Identified by T2 Magnetic Resonance / Jessica L. Snyder, Heather S. Lapp, Zhi-Xiang Luo, Brendan Manning, and Thomas J. Lowery Molecular Contamination and Amplification Product Inactivation / Susan Sefers and Jonathan E. Schmitz Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 107
    Call number: 9783319601564 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This handbook is the first of its kind to provide a clear, accessible, and comprehensive introduction to the most important scientific and management topics in marine environmental protection. Leading experts discuss the latest perspectives and best practices in the field with a particular focus on the functioning of marine ecosystems, natural processes, and anthropogenic pressures. The book familiarizes readers with the intricacies and challenges of managing coasts and oceans more sustainably, and guides them through the maze of concepts and strategies, laws and policies, and the various actors that define our ability to manage marine activities. Providing valuable thematic insights into marine management to inspire thoughtful application and further study, it is essential reading for marine environmental scientists, policy-makers, lawyers, practitioners and anyone interested in the field.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 1024 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9783319601564 , 978-3-319-60156-4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Volume 1 Part I Natural Science Basics 1 Introduction into Physical Oceanography / Rebecca Hummels 2 Ecological Organization of the Sea / Birte Matthiessen, Franziska Julie Werner, and Matthias Paulsen 3 Marine Ecosystem Services / Markus Salomon and Henriette Dahms Part II Impacts of Sectoral Marine Activities 4 Impact of Fishing Activities on Marine Life / Gerd Kraus and Rabea Diekmann 5 Mariculture / Thomas A. Wilding, Kenneth D. Black, Steven Benjamins, and Iona Campbell 6 Shipping / Alan Simcock 7 Impacts of Coastal Developments on Ecosystems / Christian Winter 8 Offshore Oil and Gas Production and Transportation / Stanislav Patin 9 Exploitation of Offshore Wind Energy / Jens Lüdeke 10 Dredging for Navigation, for Environmental Cleanup, and for Sand/Aggregates / Craig Vogt, Eugene Peck, and Gregory Hartman 11 Environmental Risks of Deep-sea Mining / Philip P. E. Weaver, David S. M. Billett, and Cindy L. Van Dover 12 Dumped Chemical Weapons / Jacek Bełdowski 13 Marine Climate Engineering / David P. Keller Part III Impacts of Land-Based Activities 14 Agriculture / Oene Oenema, Qian Liu, and Jingmeng Wang 15 Land-Based Industries / Elisabeth Schmid 16 Land-Based Wastewater Management / Stephan Koester 17 Tourism / Alan Simcock Part IV Pollution from Diffuse Sources 18 Climate Change: Warming Impacts on Marine Biodiversity / Helmut Hillebrand, Thomas Brey, Julian Gutt, Wilhelm Hagen, Katja Metfies, Bettina Meyer, and Aleksandra Lewandowska 19 Ocean Acidification / Peter Thor and Sam Dupont 20 Pollution with Hazardous Substances / Katja Broeg and Norbert Theobald 21 Pollution with Radioactive Substances / Hartmut Nies 22 Eutrophication / Justus E. E. van Beusekom 23 Marine Litter / Stefanie Werner and Aleke Stöfen O’Brien 24 Input of Energy/Underwater Sound / Olaf Boebel, Elke Burkhardt, and Ilse van Opzeeland 25 Introduction of Non-indigenous Species / Ralph Kuhlenkamp and Britta Kind Volume 2 Part V Social Drivers, Developments, and Perspectives of Increasing Ocean Uses 26 A Short History of the Use of Seas and Oceans / Sunhild Kleingärtner 27 Factors Behind Increasing Ocean Use: The IPAT Equation and the Marine Environment / Troels J. Hegland Part VI General Aspects of Management and Governance of Human Activities 28 Challenges and Foundations of Sustainable Ocean Governance / Till Markus 29 Institutional Framework for Marine Environmental Governance / Pradeep Singh 30 International Principles of Marine Environmental Protection / Gerd Winter 31 Overview of Management Strategies and Instruments / Carolin Kieß 32 Future Prospects of Marine Environmental Governance / Pradeep Singh and Aline Jaeckel Part VII Traditional Marine Management Topics 33 The International Legal Framework for Conservation and Management of Fisheries and Marine Mammals / Andrew Serdy 34 Aqua- and Mariculture Management: A Holistic Perspective on Best Practices / Marc H. Taylor and Lotta C. Kluger 35 Offshore Oil and Gas Exploitation / Henning Jessen 36 Sustainable Shipping / Ciarán McCarthy and Bénédicte Sage-Fuller 37 Management of Hazardous Substances in the Marine Environment / Mikael Karlsson and Michael Gilek 38 Origin and Management of Radioactive Substances in the Marine Environment / Hartmut Nies 39 Waste/Litter and Sewage Management / Aleke Stöfen-O’Brien and Stefanie Werner 40 Coastal and Ocean Tourism / Stefan Gössling, C. Michael Hall, and Daniel Scott Part VIII Emerging Management Topics 41 The Greening of Ports / Bénédicte Sage-Fuller 42 Offshore Windfarms / Greg Severinsen 43 Wave and Tidal Energy / Kate Johnson and Sandy Kerr 44 Deep-Seabed Mining / Philomene Verlaan 45 Marine Biodiversity: Opportunities for Global Governance and Management Coherence / Daniela Diz 46 Marine Protected Areas: Global Framework, Regional MPA Networks and a National Example / Henning von Nordheim 47 Marine Environmental Protection and Climate Change / Birgit Peters 48 Management of Non-indigenous Species and Invasive Alien Species / Wolfgang Köck and Bjørn-Oliver Magsig 49 Integrating Sectoral Ocean Policies / Markus Salomon and Miriam Dross 50 Marine Scientific Research / Anna-Maria Hubert 51 An Emerging Environmental Issue: Marine Discharge of Mine Tailings / Craig Vogt and Jens Skei 52 Managing and Regulating Underwater Noise Pollution / Till Markus and Pedro Pablo Silva Sánchez 53 Marine Geo-Engineering / Harald Ginzky 54 Marine Spatial Planning / Mathias Schubert
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 108
    Call number: 9783319578521 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book on the current state of knowledge of submarine geomorphology aims to achieve the goalsof the Submarine Geomorphology working group, set up in 2013, byestablishing submarine geomorphology as a field of research, disseminating its concepts and techniques among earth scientists and professionals, and encouraging students to develop their skills and knowledge in this field.Editors have invited 30 experts from around the world to contribute chapters to this book, which is divided into 4 sections - (i) Introduction history, (ii) Data methods, (ii) Submarine landforms processes and (iv) Conclusions future directions. Each chapter provides a review of a topic, establishes the state-of-the-art, identifies the key research questions that need to be addressed, and delineates a strategy on how to achieve this.Submarine geomorphology is a priority for many research institutions, government authorities and industries globally.The book is useful for undergraduate and graduate students, and professionals with limited training in this field.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiii, 556 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: corrected publication 2018
    ISBN: 9783319578521 , 978-3-319-57852-1
    ISSN: 2197-9545 , 2197-9553
    Series Statement: Springer geology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Introduction / Aaron Micallef, Sebastian Krastel and Alessandra Savini Part I Data and Methods in Submarine Geomorphology Sidescan Sonar / Ingo Klaucke Multibeam Echosounders / John E. Hughes Clarke Reflection and Refraction Seismic Methods / Gareth J. Crutchley and Heidrun Kopp Quantitative Analyses of Morphological Data / Philippe Blondel Seafloor Sediment and Rock Sampling / Aggeliki Georgiopoulou ROVs and AUVs / Veerle A.I. Huvenne, Katleen Robert, Leigh Marsh, Claudio Lo Iacono, Tim Le Bas and Russell B. Wynn Part II Submarine Landforms and Processes Origin and Geomorphic Characteristics of Ocean Basins / Peter T. Harris and Miles Macmillan-Lawler Drivers of Seafloor Geomorphic Change / Angelo Camerlenghi Shallow Coastal Landforms / Fantina Madricardo and Federica Rizzetto Continental Shelf Landforms / Ruth Durán and Jorge Guillén Submarine Glacial Landforms / Christine L. Batchelor, Julian A. Dowdeswell and Dag Ottesen Submarine Landslides / Joshu Mountjoy and Aaron Micallef Submarine Canyons and Gullies / David Amblas, Silvia Ceramicola, Thomas P. Gerber, Miquel Canals, Francesco L. Chiocci, Julian A. Dowdeswell, Peter T. Harris, Veerle A.I. Huvenne, Steven Y.J. Lai, Galderic Lastras, Claudio Lo Iacono, Aaron Micallef, Joshu J. Mountjoy, Charles K. Paull, Pere Puig and Anna Sanchez-Vidal Submarine Fans and Their Channels, Levees, and Lobes / Mark E. Deptuck and Zoltán Sylvester Contourite Drifts and Associated Bedforms / Ibimina Esentia, Dorrik Stow and Zeinab Smillie Volcanic Islands and Seamounts / Daniele Casalbore Mid-ocean Ridges / Neil C. Mitchell Cold Seep Systems / Silvia Ceramicola, Stéphanie Dupré, Luis Somoza and John Woodside Abyssal Hills and Abyssal Plains / Marie-Helene Cormier and Heather Sloan Oceanic Trenches / Jacob Geersen, David Voelker and Jan H. Behrmann Cold-Water Carbonate Bioconstructions / Claudio Lo Iacono, Alessandra Savini and Daniela Basso Part III Applied Submarine Geomorphology Applied Geomorphology and Geohazard Assessment for Deepwater Development / Roger Moore, Geoff Davis and Oliver Dabson Seabed Mining / Anne Peukert, Sven Petersen, Jens Greinert and François Charlot Fishing Activities / Ferdinand K.J. Oberle, Pere Puig and Jacobo Martín National Programmes: Geomorphological Mapping at Multiple Scales for Multiple Purposes / Terje Thorsnes, Lilja R. Bjarnadóttir, Alexandra Jarna, Nicole Baeten, Gill Scott, Janine Guinan, Xavier Monteys, Dayton Dove, Sophie Green, Joana Gafeira and Alan Stevenson Part IV Conclusion Conclusion / Aaron Micallef, Sebastian Krastel and Alessandra Savini Erratum to: Submarine Geomorphology / Aaron Micallef, Sebastian Krastel and Alessandra Savini
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 109
    Call number: 9783319969787 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Ecologists and natural resource managers are charged with making complex management decisions in the face of a rapidly changing environment resulting from climate change, energy development, urban sprawl, invasive species and globalization. Advances in Geographic Information System (GIS) technology, digitization, online data availability, historic legacy datasets, remote sensors and the ability to collect data on animal movements via satellite and GPS have given rise to large, highly complex datasets. These datasets could be utilized for making critical management decisions, but are often “messy” and difficult to interpret. Basic artificial intelligence algorithms (i.e., machine learning) are powerful tools that are shaping the world and must be taken advantage of in the life sciences. In ecology, machine learning algorithms are critical to helping resource managers synthesize information to better understand complex ecological systems. Machine Learning has a wide variety of powerful applications, with three general uses that are of particular interest to ecologists: (1) data exploration to gain system knowledge and generate new hypotheses, (2) predicting ecological patterns in space and time, and (3) pattern recognition for ecological sampling. Machine learning can be used to make predictive assessments even when relationships between variables are poorly understood. When traditional techniques fail to capture the relationship between variables, effective use of machine learning can unearth and capture previously unattainable insights into an ecosystem's complexity. Currently, many ecologists do not utilize machine learning as a part of the scientific process. This volume highlights how machine learning techniques can complement the traditional methodologies currently applied in this field
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 441 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319969787 , 978-3-319-96978-7
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction 1 Machine Learning in Wildlife Biology: Algorithms, Data Issues and Availability, Workflows, Citizen Science, Code Sharing, Metadata and a Brief Historical Perspective / Grant R. W. Humphries and Falk Huettmann 2 Use of Machine Learning (ML) for Predicting and Analyzing Ecological and ‘Presence Only’ Data: An Overview of Applications and a Good Outlook / Falk Huettmann, Erica H. Craig, Keiko A. Herrick, Andrew P. Baltensperger, Grant R. W. Humphries, David J. Lieske, Katharine Miller, Timothy C. Mullet, Steffen Oppel, Cynthia Resendiz, Imme Rutzen, Moritz S. Schmid, Madan K. Suwal, and Brian D. Young 3 Boosting, Bagging and Ensembles in the Real World: An Overview, some Explanations and a Practical Synthesis for Holistic Global Wildlife Conservation Applications Based on Machine Learning with Decision Trees / Falk Huettmann Part II Predicting Patterns 4 From Data Mining with Machine Learning to Inference in Diverse and Highly Complex Data: Some Shared Experiences, Intellectual Reasoning and Analysis Steps for the Real World of Science Applications / Falk Huettmann 5 Ensembles of Ensembles: Combining the Predictions from Multiple Machine Learning Methods / David J. Lieske, Moritz S. Schmid, and Matthew Mahoney 6 Machine Learning for Macroscale Ecological Niche Modeling - a Multi-Model, Multi-Response Ensemble Technique for Tree Species Management Under Climate Change / Anantha M. Prasad 7 Mapping Aboveground Biomass of Trees Using Forest Inventory Data and Public Environmental Variables within the Alaskan Boreal Forest / Brian D. Young, John Yarie, David Verbyla, Falk Huettmann, and F. Stuart Chapin III Part III Data Exploration and Hypothesis Generation with Machine Learning 8 ‘Batteries’ in Machine Learning: A First Experimental Assessment of Inference for Siberian Crane Breeding Grounds in the Russian High Arctic Based on ‘Shaving’ 74 Predictors / Falk Huettmann, Chunrong Mi, and Yumin Guo 9 Landscape Applications of Machine Learning: Comparing Random Forests and Logistic Regression in Multi-Scale Optimized Predictive Modeling of American Marten Occurrence in Northern Idaho, USA / Samuel A. Cushman and Tzeidle N. Wasserman 10 Using Interactions among Species, Landscapes, and Climate to Inform Ecological Niche Models: A Case Study of American Marten (Martes americana) Distribution in Alaska / Andrew P. Baltensperger 11 Advanced Data Mining (Cloning) of Predicted Climate-Scapes and Their Variances Assessed with Machine Learning: An Example from Southern Alaska Shows Topographical Biases and Strong Differences / Falk Huettmann 12 Using TreeNet, a Machine Learning Approach to Better Understand Factors that Influence Elevated Blood Lead Levels in Wintering Golden Eagles in the Western United States / Erica H. Craig, Tim H. Craig, and Mark R. Fuller Part IV Novel Applications of Machine Learning Beyond Species Distribution Models 13 Breaking Away from ‘Traditional’ Uses of Machine Learning: A Case Study Linking Sooty Shearwaters (Ardenna griseus) and Upcoming Changes in the Southern Oscillation Index / Grant R. W. Humphries 14 Image Recognition in Wildlife Applications / Dawn R. Magness 15 Machine Learning Techniques for Quantifying Geographic Variation in Leach’s Storm-Petrel (Hydrobates leucorhous) Vocalizations / Grant R. W. Humphries, Rachel T. Buxton, and Ian L. Jones Part V Implementing Machine Learning for Resource Management 16 Machine Learning for ‘Strategic Conservation and Planning’: Patterns, Applications, Thoughts and Urgently Needed Global Progress for Sustainability / Falk Huettmann 17 How the Internet Can Know What You Want Before You Do: Web-Based Machine Learning Applications for Wildlife Management / Grant R. W. Humphries 18 Machine Learning and ‘The Cloud’ for Natural Resource Applications: Autonomous Online Robots Driving Sustainable Conservation Management Worldwide? / Grant R. W. Humphries and Falk Huettmann 19 Assessment of Potential Risks from Renewable Energy Development and Other Anthropogenic Factors to Wintering Golden Eagles in the Western United States / Erica H. Craig, Mark R. Fuller, Tim H. Craig, and Falk Huettmann Part VI Conclusions 20 A Perspective on the Future of Machine Learning: Moving Away from ‘Business as Usual’ and Towards a Holistic Approach of Global Conservation / Grant R. W. Humphries and Falk Huettmann Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 110
    Call number: 9789811084171 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book summarizes the application of plant derived anticancer compounds as chemopreventives to treat several cancer types, focusing on the molecular mechanisms of action of phytocompounds and providing an overview of the basic processes at the cellular and molecular level that are involved in the progression of the cancer and can be employed in targeted preventive therapies. In addition, it highlights the development of novel anticancer drugs from plant sources using bioinformatics approaches. The compiled chapter data aids readers understanding of issues related to bioavailability, toxic effects and mechanisms of action of phytocompounds, and helps them identify the leads and utilize them against various cancer types effectively. Furthermore, it promotes the use of bioinformatics tools in medicinal plants to expedite their use in plant breeding programs to develop molecular markers to distinguish disease subtypes and predicting mutation, which in turn improves cancer diagnosis and prognosis, and to develop new lead compounds computationally. Thebook provides scientific verifications of plant compounds mechanisms of action against various cancers and offers useful information for students, teachers, and healthcare professionals involved in drug discovery, and clinical and therapeutic research.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 360 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811084171 , 978-981-10-8417-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Omics: A Holistic Approach in Cancer Treatment / Madhumati Bora and Pratibha Parihar 2 Plant miRNAs and Phytomolecules As Anticancer Therapeutics / Nikita Shukla, Virendra Shukla, and Sangeeta Saxena 3 Potential of Herbal Medicines in Colorectal Carcinoma and Their Mechanism of Action / Navina Panneerselvan, Rajeswari Ravindran, Palanisamy Arulselvan, and Ravindran Jaganathan 4 Elucidation of Mechanisms of Anticancer Plant Compounds Against the Tumor Cells / Radhakrishnan Narayanaswamy and Mallappa Kumara Swamy 5 Computational Approach Towards Exploring Interaction of Target Protein-Phytocompounds in Drug Development for Breast Cancer / Asita Elengoe and Salehhuddin Hamdan 6 Anticancer Potential of Andrographolide, a Diterpenoid Lactone from Andrographis paniculata: A Nature’s Treasure for Chemoprevention and Therapeutics / Imran Khan, Mohd Aslam Yusuf, Irfan Ahmad Ansari, and Mohd Sayeed Akhtar 7 Anticancer Activity of Herbal Medicine: Mechanism of Action / Nand Kumar Singh, Alok Kumar Yadav, Preeti Sirohi, Manjoo Rani, Saurabh Saraswat, Manish Pratap Singh, Ashutosh Mani, and Sameer Srivastava 8 Metabolomic Study of Chemo-preventive Phytochemicals and Their Therapeutic Prospects / Nibir Ranjan Parasar, Channakeshavaiah Chikkaputtaiah, Mohan Lal, and Mohd Sayeed Akhtar 9 CADD Studies Applied to Secondary Metabolites in the Anticancer Drug Research / Luciana Scotti, Nagendra Sastry Yarla, Francisco J. B. Mendonça Filho, José M. Barbosa Filho, Marcelo S. da Silva, Josean F. Tavares, and Marcus Tullius Scotti 10 Anticancerous Plant Compounds Affecting the Power House of Cancerous Cells: A Possible Herbal Mitocan / Shalini Mani, Nancy Taneja, Sweekriti Jain, and Manisha Singh 11 Phytoestrogens as a Natural Source for the Possible Colon Cancer Treatment / Suresh Challa, Rajanna Ajumeera, and Naresh Venna 12 Bioinformatics Approaches for Genomics and Post Genomics Applications of Anticancer Plants / Avni Mehta and Yasha Hasija 13 Fruits of Rosaceae Family as a Source of Anticancer Compounds and Molecular Innovations / Muhammad Sameeullah, Muttalip Gündoğdu, İhsan Canan, Turan Karadeniz, Muhammad Aasim, and Khalid Mahmood Khawar 14 Mechanism of Action of Anticancer Herbal Medicines / Mohd Gulfishan, Muhammad Afzal, Imran Kazmi, Anwarulabedin Mohsin Quazi, Tariq Ahmad Bhat, and Ajmat Jahan
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 111
    Call number: 9783319613468 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book discusses regional and international climate-change, air- pollution and human-health scenarios. The research, from both industrialized and developing countries, focuses on region-specific perspectives of climate change impacts on air pollution. After analyzing the variations of climate data over recent decades, the authors consider the different effects of climate change on air pollution and health.  As stressed by the IPCC, “pollen, smoke and ozone levels are likely to increase in a warming world, affecting the health of residents of major cities. Rising temperatures will worsen air quality through a combination of more ozone in cities, bigger wild fires and worse pollen outbreaks,” according to a major UN climate report. The report follows the World Health Organization in finding that air pollution is the world’s greatest environmental health risk, killing 7 million people in 2014  (compared to 0.4 million deaths due to malaria). Deteriorating air quality will most affect the elderly, children, people with chronic ill-health and expectant mothers. Another report suggests that more than 5.5 million people die prematurely each year due to air pollution with over half of those deaths occurring in China and India. A study on the air pollution in the USA,suggests that more than half of US population lives in areas with potentially dangerous air pollution, and about six out of 10 of the top cities for air pollution in the USA are located in the state of California. In the face of future climate change, scientists have urged stronger emission controls to avoid worsening air pollution and the associated exacerbation of health problems, especially in more populated regions of the world. It is hoped that the implementation of the Paris Climate Agreement will help minimize air pollution. Additionally the authors consider the various measures that different countries and groups of countries, like the European Union, have adopted to mitigate the problems arising from climate change and to safeguard the health of population. The book examines the increasing incidence of diseases largely caused by climate change. The countries/regions covered in this study include the USA, Northern Europe (U.K).,Southern Europe ( Italy), Canada, Australia, East Asia,  Russia, Hong Kong, Taiwan, Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, India, South Africa, Mexico, Brazil, Caribbean countries, and Argentina.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 430 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319613468 , 978-3-319-61346-8
    ISSN: 2352-0698 , 2352-0701
    Series Statement: Springer Climate
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introductory 1 Climate Change and Air Pollution: An Introduction / Rais Akhtar and Cosimo Palagiano 2 Air Quality in Changing Climate: Implications for Health Impacts / Sourangsu Chowdhury and Sagnik Dey 3 International Conferences on Sustainable Development and Climate from Rio de Janeiro to Paris / Giovanni De Santis and Claudia Bortone 4 COP21 in Paris: Politics of Climate Change / Rais Akhtar Part II Case Studies: Developed Countries/Regions 5 Climate Change Impacts on Air Pollution in Northern Europe / Ruth M. Doherty and Fiona M. O’Connor 6 The Impact of Climate Change and Air Pollution in the Southern European Countries / Cosimo Palagiano and Rossella Belluso 7 Canada: Climate Change, Air Pollution and Health / Stefania Bertazzon and Fox Underwood 8 Climate Change, Forest Fires, and Health in California / Ricardo Cisneros, Don Schweizer, Leland (Lee) Tarnay, Kathleen Navarro, David Veloz, and C. Trent Procter 9 Air Pollution and Climate Change in Australia: A Triple Burden / Colin D. Butler and James Whelan 10 Epidemiological Consequences of Climate Change (with Special Reference to Malaria in Russia) / Svetlana M. Malkhazova, Natalia V. Shartova, and Varvara A. Mironova 11 Climate Change and Projections of Temperature-Related Mortality / Dmitry Shaposhnikov and Boris Revich 12 Climate Change and Air Quality in Southeastern China: Hong Kong Study / Yun Fat Lam Part III Case Studies: Developing Countries/Regions 13 Trends and Seasonal Variations of Climate, Air Quality, and Mortality in Three Major Cities in Taiwan / Mei-Hui Li 14 Climate Change and Urban Air Pollution Health Impacts in Indonesia / Budi Haryanto 15 Climate Change and Air Pollution in Malaysia / Nasrin Aghamohammadi and Marzuki Isahak 16 Climate Change, Air Pollution, and Human Health in Bangkok / Uma Langkulsen and Desire Rwodzi 17 Climate Change, Air Pollution and Human Health in Delhi, India / Hem H. Dholakia and Amit Garg 18 Climate Change and Air Pollution in Mumbai / S. Siva Raju and Khushboo Ahire 19 Climate Change and Air Pollution in East Asia: Taking Transboundary Air Pollution into Account / Ken Yamashita and Yasushi Honda 20 Climate Change, Air Pollution and Health in South Africa / Eugene Cairncross, Aqiel Dalvie, Rico Euripidou, James Irlam, and Rajen Nithiseelan Naidoo 21 The Impact of Climate Change and Air Pollution on the Caribbean / Muge Akpinar-Elci and Olaniyi Olayinka 22 Compounding Factors: Air Pollution and Climate Variability in Mexico City / Marı´a Eugenia Ibarrara´n, Iva´n Islas, and Jose´ Abraham Ortı´nez 23 Air Pollution, Climate Change, and Human Health in Brazil / Ju´lia Alves Menezes, Carina Margonari, Rhavena Barbosa Santos, and Ulisses Confalonieri 24 Climate Change, Air Pollution, and Infectious Diseases: A New Epidemiological Scenario in Argentina / Daniel Oscar Lipp Part IV Conclusion 25 Summary and Conclusion / Rais Akhtar and Cosimo Palagiano Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 112
    Call number: 9783319731599 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents a detailed study of the structure and variability of internal tides and their geographical distribution in the ocean. Based on experimental analysis of oceanic measurements combined with numerical modeling, it offers a comprehensive overview of the internal wave processes around the globe. In particular, it is based on moored buoys observations in many regions in all oceans (Atlantic, Pacific, Indian, Arctic, and Southern) that have been carried out by researchers from different countries for more than 40 years as part of various oceanographic programs, including WOCE and CLIVAR. However, a significant portion of the data was collected by the author, who is a field oceanographer. The data was processed and interpreted on the basis of the latest knowledge of internal wave motion. The properties of internal waves were analyzed in relation to the bottom topography and mean state of the ocean in specific regions. Internal waves play a major role in the formation of seawater stratification and are responsible for the main processes of ocean dynamics, such as energy transfer and mixing. One of the most significant ideas presented in this book is the generation of internal tides over submarine ridges. Energy fluxes from submarine ridges related to tidal internal waves greatly exceed the fluxes from continental slopes. Submarine ridges form an obstacle to the propagation of tidal currents, which can cause the creation of large amplitude internal tides. Energy fluxes from submarine ridges account for approximately one fourth of the total energy dissipation of the barotropic tides. Model simulations and moored measurements have been combined to generate a map of global distribution of internal tide amplitudes. This book is of interest to oceanographers, marine biologists, civil engineers, and scientists working in climate research, fluid mechanics, acoustics, and underwater navigation.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxi, 304 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319731599 , 978-3-319-73159-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Modern Concepts About Oceanic Internal Waves 2 Observations of Internal Tides in the Atlantic Ocean 3 Observations of Internal Tides in the Pacific Ocean 4 Observations of Internal Tides in the Indian Ocean 5 Observations of Internal Tides in the Southern Ocean 6 Observations of Internal Tides in the Arctic Ocean 7 Properties of Internal Tides 8 Semidiurnal Internal Wave Global Field; Global Estimates of Internal Tide Energy Conclusions
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 113
    Call number: 9783319707037 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents a comprehensive overview of research and projects regarding climate change adaptation in coastal areas, providing government and nongovernment bodies with a sound basis to promote climate change adaptation efforts.According to the 5th Assessment Report by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), coastal zones are highly vulnerable to climate change, and climate-driven impacts may be further exacerbated by other human-induced pressures.  Apart from sea-level rise, which poses a threat to both human well-being and property, extreme events such as cyclones and storm surges lead not only to significant damage to property and infrastructure, but also to salt water intrusion, groundwater salinisation, and intensified soil erosion, among many other problems. There are also numerous negative impacts on the natural environment and biodiversity, including damage to important wetlands and habitats that safeguard the overall ecological balance, and consequently the provision of ecosystem services and goods on which the livelihoods of millions of people depend. As such, there is a need for a better understanding of how climate change affects coastal areas and communities, and for the identification of processes, methods and tools that can help the countries and communities in coastal areas to adapt and become more resilient.  It is against this background that this book has been produced. It includes papers written by scholars, social movements, practitioners and members of governmental agencies, pursuing research and/or executing climate change projects in coastal areas and working with coastal communities. Focusing on “managing climate change in coastal regions”, it showcases valuable lessons learned from research and field projects and presents best practices to foster climate change adaptation in coastal areas and communities, which can be implemented elsewhere.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 478 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319707037 , 978-3-319-70703-7
    ISSN: 1610-2002 , 1610-2010
    Series Statement: Climate change management
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Principles, Approaches and Projects on Change Adaptation in Coastal Areas “We’re not Refugees, We’ll Stay Here Until We Die!”—Climate Change Adaptation and Migration Experiences Gathered from the Tulun and Nissan Atolls of Bougainville, Papua New Guinea / Johannes Luetz and Peni Hausia Havea Sustainable Small-scale Mariculture Ventures as a Comparative Climate Friendly Livelihood Alternative in Pohnpei, Federated States of Micronesia / Simon Ellis, Maria Haws, Jasmine Mendiola and Mikelson Hemil Planning and Urban Informality—Addressing Inclusiveness for Climate Resilience in the Pacific / Colleen Butcher-Gollach At the Frontline of Climate Change: Adaptation, Limitations and Way Forward for the South Pacific Island States / Dhrishna Charan, Kushaal Raj, Ravneel Chand, Lionel Joseph and Priyatma Singh Enhancing Adaptive Capacity and Climate Change Resilience of Coastal Communities in Yap / Murukesan Krishnapillai Capacity Development and TVET: Accredited Qualifications for Improving Resilience of Coastal Communities—A Vanuatu Case Study / Tess Martin, Sarah Hemstock, Helene Jacot Des Combes and Charles Pierce An Evaluation of Climate Change Effects on Fishermen and Adaption Strategies in Central Region, Ghana / Selorm Akaba and Samuel Akuamoah-Boateng Retreat or Rebuild: Exploring Geographic Retreat in Humanitarian Practices in Coastal Communities / Rosetta S. Elkin and Jesse M. Keenan “God and Tonga Are My Inheritance!”—Climate Change Impact on Perceived Spritiuality, Adaptation and Lessons Learnt from Kanokupolu, ‘Ahau, Tukutonga, Popua and Manuka in Tongatapu, Tonga / Peni Hausia Havea, Sarah L. Hemstock, Helene Jacot Des Combes and Johannes Luetz Ecosystem-Based Adaptation (EbA) for Coastal Resilience Against Water Related Disasters in Bangladesh / M. Mustafa Saroar Part II Case Studies on Climate Change Adaptation in Coastal Areas Black Pearl Farming as an Adaptation to Coastal Climate Change / Mattlan Zackhras, Payton Deeks and Simon Ellis Reviving Traditional Croplands to Improve Community Climate Resilience / Bernie Besebes Coping with Future Coastal Floods in Denmark—Advancing the Use of Global Frameworks / Martin Jebens and Carlo Sorensen Local Knowledge Co-production, Emergent Climate Adaptation Publics and Regional Experimentalist Governance: An Institutional Design Case Study / Nicole Lisa Klenk, James Ian MacLellan, Kim Reeder and Dragos Flueraru Economic Resiliency and Food Security in the Marshall Islands Through Polydactylus sexfilis Aquaculture / Kathleen Hicks and Ryan Murashige Advantages and Challenges of Participatory Management of Customary Coastal Areas in the French Islands of the Pacific / Allenbach Michel, Le Duff Matthieu, Dumas Pascal and Bouteiller Yolaine Courts as Decision-Makers on Sea Level Rise Adaptation Measures: Lessons from New Zealand / Catherine Iorns Magallanes, Vanessa James and Thomas Stuart Mapping of Benthic Habitats in Komave, Coral Coast Using WorldView-2 Satellite Imagery / Roselyn Naidu, Frank Muller-Karger and Mathew McCarthy Exploring the Practicability and Applicability of Payment for Ecosystem Services in the Protection of Samoa’s Selected Watershed Areas / Susana Taua’a Predicting True Climate Change Risks and Opportunities in the Cook Islands: How Vulnerable Are Pacific Maritime Supply Chain Stakeholders? / Jack Dyer Climate Change and Integrated Coastal Management: Risk Perception and Vulnerability in the Luanda Municipality (Angola) / Bernardo Castro, Walter Leal Filho, Fernando J. P. Caetano and Ulisses Miranda Azeiteiro A Psychological Model of Climate Change Adaptation: Influence of Resource Loss, Posttraumatic Growth, Norms, and Risk Perception Following Cyclone Winston in Fiji / David N. Sattler, Albert Whippy, James M. Graham and James Johnson ‘Yakasisi’ in Planning for a More Sustainable Future of Coastal Communities Impacted by Climate Change, Milne Bay, Papua New Guinea / David K. Mitchell and George Aigoma Limits and Barriers to Transformation: A Case Study of April Ridge Relocation Initiative, East Honiara, Solomon Islands / Michael Otoara Ha’apio, Keith Morrison, Ricardo Gonzalez, Morgan Wairiu and Elisabeth Holland Impacts of Climate Change in Coastal Areas: Lessons Learned and Experiences / Walter Leal Filho
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 114
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319974545 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Basic Confocal Microscopy, Second Edition builds on the successful first edition by keeping the same format and reflecting relevant changes and recent developments in this still-burgeoning field. This format is based on the Confocal Microscopy Workshop that has been taught by several of the authors for nearly 20 years and remains a popular workshop for gaining basic skills in confocal microscopy. While much of the information concerning fluorescence and confocal microscopy that made the first edition a success has not changed in the six years since the book was first published, confocal imaging is an evolving field and recent advances in detector technology, operating software, tissue preparation and clearing, image analysis, and more have been updated to reflect this. Several of these advances are now considered routine in many laboratories, and others such as super resolution techniques built on confocal technology are becoming widely available.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 368 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: Second Edition
    ISBN: 9783319974545 , 978-3-319-97454-5
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction and Historical Perspective / Robert L. Price and W. Gray (Jay) Jerome 2 The Theory of Fluorescence / W. Gray (Jay) Jerome 3 Fluorescence Microscopy / W. Gray (Jay) Jerome and Robert L. Price 4 Specimen Preparation / W. Gray (Jay) Jerome, John Fuseler, Caleb A. Padgett, and Robert L. Price 5 Labeling Considerations for Confocal Microscopy / R. M. Albrecht and J. A. Oliver 6 Digital Imaging / W. Gray (Jay) Jerome 7 Confocal Digital Image Capture / W. Gray (Jay) Jerome 8 Types of Confocal Instruments: Basic Principles and Advantages and Disadvantages / John Fuseler, W. Gray (Jay) Jerome, and Robert L. Price 9 Setting the Confocal Microscope Operating Parameters / Amy E. Rowley, Anna M. Harper, and Robert L. Price 10 3D Reconstruction of Confocal Image Data / Thomas C. Trusk 11 Analysis of Image Similarity and Relationship / Jesse Aaron and Teng-Leong Chew 12 Ethics and Resources / W. Gray (Jay) Jerome and Robert L. Price Glossary (Terms Are Defined with Respect to Confocal Imaging) Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 115
    Call number: 9789811085482 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Cancer is one of the leading death cause of human population increasingly seen in recent times. Plants have been used for medicinal purposes since immemorial times. Though, several synthetic medicines are useful in treating cancer, they are inefficient and unsafe. However, plants have proved to be useful in cancer cure. Moreover, natural compounds from plants and their derivatives are safe and effective in treatment and management of several cancer types. The anticancer plants such as Catharanthus roseus, Podophyllum peltatum, Taxus brevifolia, Camptotheca acuminate, Andrographis paniculata, Crateva nurvala, Croton tonkinensis, Oplopanax horridus etc., are important source of chemotherapeutic compounds. These plants have proven their significance in the treatment of cancer and various other infectious diseases. Nowadays, several well-known anticancer compounds such as taxol, podophyllotoxins, camptothecin, vinblastine, vincristine, homoharringtonine etc. have been isolated and purified from these medicinal plants. Many of them are used effectively to combat cancer and other related diseases. The herbal medicine and their products are the most suitable and safe to be used as an alternative medicine. Based on their traditional uses and experimental evidences, the anticancer products or compounds are isolated or extracted from the medicinally important plants. Many of these anticancer plants have become endangered due to ruthless harvesting in nature. Hence, there is a need to conserve these species and to propagate them in large scale using plant tissue culture. Alternatively, plant cell tissue and organ culture biotechnology can be adopted to produce these anticancer compounds without cultivation. The proper knowledge and exploration of these isolated molecules or products could provide an alternative source to reduce cancer risk, anti-tumorigenic properties, and suppression of carcinogen activities. Anticancer plants: Volume 1, Properties and Application is a very timely effort in this direction. Discussing the various types of anticancer plants as a source of curative agent, their pharmacological and neutraceutical properties, cryo-preservations and recent trends to understand the basic cause and consequences involved in the diseases diagnosis. We acknowledge the publisher, Springer for their continuous inspiration and valuable suggestions to improvise the content of this book. We further extend our heartfelt gratitude to all our book contributors for their support, and assistance to complete this assignment. I am sure that these books will benefit the scientific communities including academics, pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals and medical practitioners.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (viiI, 582 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811085482 , 978-981-10-8548-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Current Practices and Awareness of Anticancer Plants in the Traditional Healthcare System / Paola De Cicco, Elisabetta Panza, Chiara Armogida, Giuseppe Ercolano, Giuseppe Cirino, and Angela Ianaro 2 Phytochemical and Biological Properties of Lippia gracilis / Valéria Regina de Souza Moraes, Paulo Cesar de Lima Nogueira, Emmanoel Vilaça Costa, Luciano de Souza Santos, Valdenizia Rodrigues Silva, Larissa Mendes Bomfim, and Daniel Pereira Bezerra 3 Use of Indian Indigenous Fruits in Cancer Prevention and Treatment / Manjeshwar Shrinath Baliga, Suresh Rao, Pratima Rao, Krishnaprasad, Sanath Kumar Hegde, Kandel Codi Jalaluddin Akbar, Soniya Abraham, Thomas George, and Princy Louis Palatty 4 Potentiality of Anticancer Plant-Derived Compounds of North-East India / Mohan Lal, Nibir Ranjan Parasar, Anil Kumar Singh, and Mohd Sayeed Akhtar 5 Plant-Derived Compounds in Cancer Therapy: Traditions of Past and Drugs of Future / Bee Ling Tan and Mohd Esa Norhaizan 6 Anticancer Plant Molecules for the Improvement of Immune System / Om Prakash, Pratibha Preeti Maurya, and Ajeet 7 Fermented Food-Derived Bioactive Compounds with Anticarcinogenic Properties: Fermented Royal Jelly As a Novel Source for Compounds with Health Benefits / Muhammad Hussein Alu’datt, Taha Rababah, Hafiz Arbab Sakandar, Muhammad Imran, Neveen Mustafa, Mohammad Noor Alhamad, Nizar Mhaidat, Stan Kubow, Carole Tranchant, Abdel Rahman Al-Tawaha, and Wafa Ayadi 8 Mass Spectrometry-Based Techniques for the Assessment of Pharmacological Responses of Ayurvedic Drugs / Amey Shirolkar, Manasi Malgaonkar, Amit Pawase, Sudesh Gaidhani, and Sharad Pawar 9 Assessment of Anticancer Properties of Betelvine / Deepali Shukla, Jayendra Johri, Suchi Srivastava, and Poonam C. Singh 10 Analysis of Patents Filed for the Herbal Therapeutics Against Cancer / Pooja Rawat and Pawan Kumar Singh 11 Appraisal of Medicinal Plants with Anticancer Properties in South America / Alírica Isabel Suárez and Katiuska Chávez 12 Scientific Validation of the Usefulness of Withania somnifera Dunal in the Prevention and Treatment of Cancer / G. S. Pavan Kumar Achar, B. T. Prabhakar, Suresh Rao, Thomas George, Soniya Abraham, Nicole Sequeira, and Manjeshwar Shrinath Baliga 13 Anticancer Potential of Mangrove Plants: Neglected Plant Species of the Marine Ecosystem / Rout George Kerry, Pratima Pradhan, Gitishree Das, Sushanto Gouda, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, and Jayanta Kumar Patra 14 Piper betle Linn. in Cancer: Past, Present, and Future / Avinash Kundadka Kudva, Suresh Rao, Pratima Rao, Romith Periera, Ganesh Bhandari, Jaffey M. Mathew, K. Ashwini, Michael L. J. Pais, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, and Manjeshwar Shrinath Baliga 15 Anticancer Properties of Curcumin and Its Efficacy for Treating Central Nervous System Neoplasms / Neil V. Klinger and Sandeep Mittal 16 Vitamin E: Nature’s Gift to Fight Cancer / Siti Syairah Mohd Mutalip 17 Use of Plant Secondary Metabolites as Nutraceuticals for Treatment and Management of Cancer: Approaches and Challenges / Zahid H. Siddiqui, B. Hareramdas, Zahid K. Abbas, Talat Parween, and Mohammad Nasir Khan 18 Usefulness of Ocimum sanctum Linn. in Cancer Prevention: An Update / Naveen Kaushal, Suresh Rao, Preety Ghanghas, Soniya Abraham, Thomas George, Sueallen D’souza, Jeffey M. Mathew, Jessica Chavali, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, and Manjeshwar Shrinath Baliga 19 Phytochemicals with Anticancer Potential: Methods of Extraction, Basic Structure, and Chemotherapeutic Action / Gulrez Nizami and R. Z. Sayyed 20 Anticancer Plants and Their Conservation Strategies: An Update / Vankayalapati Vijaya Kumar, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, and Mohd. Sayeed Akhtar 21 Anticancer Plants: Chemistry, Pharmacology, and Potential Applications / V. D. Ravichandra, C. Ramesh, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, B. Purushotham, and Gudepalya Renukaiah Rudramurthy 22 Botany, Chemistry, and Pharmaceutical Significance of Sida cordifolia: A Traditional Medicinal Plant / Hassan Ahmed, Abdul Shukor Juraimi, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, Muhammad Saiful Ahmad-Hamdani, Dzolkifli Omar, Mohd Yusop Rafii, Uma Rani Sinniah, and Mohd Sayeed Akhtar 23 Anticancer Properties of Natural Compounds on Prostate Cancer / Priyadarshini and Abhishek Negi 24 Phytochemicals Against Cancer Stem Cells / Kok Hoong Leong, Kin Weng Kong, and Lip Yong Chung
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 116
    Call number: 9789811071409 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This edited book, is a collection of 25 chapters describing the recent advancements in the application of microbial technology in the food and pharmacology sector. The main focus of this book is application of microbes, food preservation techniques utilizing microbes, probiotics, seaweeds, algae, enzymatic abatement of urethane in fermentation of beverages, bioethanol production, pesticides, probiotic biosurfactants, drought tolerance, synthesis of application of oncolytic viruses in cancer treatment, microbe based metallic nanoparticles, agro chemicals, endophytes, metabolites, antibiotics etc. This book highlighted the significant aspects of the vast subject area of microbial biotechnology and their potential applications in food and pharmacology with various topics from eminent experts around the World. This book would serve as an excellent reference book for researchers and students in the Food Science, Food Biotechnology, Microbiology and Pharmaceutical fields.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 537 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9789811071409 , 978-981-10-7140-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Application of Microbial Technology in Food 1 Recent Food Preservation Techniques Employed in the Food Industry / Shiny Shajil, Andrea Mary, and C. Elizabeth Rani Juneius 2 Metagenomic Insights into Environmental Microbiome and Their Application in Food/Pharmaceutical Industry / Ramya Sree Boddu and K. Divakar 3 RETRACTED CHAPTER: Changing Paradigm of Probiotics from Functional Foods to Biotherapeutic Agents / Eldin M. Johnson, Yong-Gyun Jung, Ying-Yu Jin, Seung Hwan Yang, R. Jayabalan, and Joo Won Suh 4 Microbial Valorization of Chitinous Bioresources for Chitin Extraction and Production of Chito-Oligomers and N-Acetylglucosamine: Trends, Perspectives and Prospects / Suman Kumar Halder and Keshab Chandra Mondal 5 Seaweed Liquid Fertilizers: A Novel Strategy for the Biofortification of VegeTables and Crops / C. Elizabeth Rani Juneius, M. Sundari, R. Eswaralakshmi, and S. Elumalai 6 Green Algae Biomass Cultivation, Harvesting and Genetic Modifications for Enhanced Cellular Lipids / Parveen Kumar, Devendra Kumar, Priyanka Nehra, and P. K. Sharma 7 Probiotics: The Ultimate Nutritional Supplement / Rout George Kerry, Pratima Pradhan, Dibyaranjan Samal, Sushanto Gouda, Gitishree Das, Han-Seung Shin, and Jayanta Kumar Patra 8 An Insight into the Prevalence and Enzymatic Abatement of Urethane in Fermented Beverages / Bidyut R. Mohapatra 9 Sea Water as a Reaction Medium for Bioethanol Production / Dash Indira, Baskar Das, P. Balasubramanian, and R. Jayabalan 10 Bacterial Mediated Plant Protection: Induced Systemic Resistance in Soybean / Shekhar Jain, Devendra Kumar Choudhary, Kanti Prakash Sharma, and Rashmi Aggarwal 11 Mycotoxins and Pesticides: Toxicity and Applications in Food and Feed / Manoj Kumar, Ramesh Chand, and Kavita Shah 12 Microbes and Their Role in Drought Tolerance of Agricultural Food Crops / Rout George Kerry, Sushmita Patra, Sushanto Gouda, Jayanta Kumar Patra, and Gitishree Das 13 Microbial Remediation of Persistent Agro- chemicals by Soil Bacteria: An Overview / Suraja Kumar Nayak, Byomkesh Dash, and Bighneswar Baliyarsingh Part II Application of Microbial Technology in Pharmacology 14 Insectivorous Plants of India: Sources of Bioactive Compounds to Fight Against Antimicrobial Resistance / Sanjeet Kumar, Sunil S. Thorat, Rajendra K. Labala, and Jayanta Kumar Patra 15 Exploring the Multifaceted Role of Microbes in Pharmacology / Mitali Mishra, Kanchan Vishwakarma, Jaspreet Singh, Shruti Jain, Vivek Kumar, Durgesh Kumar Tripathi, and Shivesh Sharma 16 Pharmacological Applications of Metabolites of Mangrove Endophytes: A Review / Swagat Kumar Das, Dibyajyoti Samantray, and Hrudayanath N. Thatoi 17 Application of Oncolytic Virus as a Therapy of Cancer / Sushil Kumar Sahu and Mukesh Kumar 18 Microbes in the Treatment of Diabetes and Its Complications / Suneeta Narumanchi, Yashavanthi Mysore, and Nidhina Haridas Pachakkil Antharaparambath 19 Microbe-Based Metallic Nanoparticles Synthesis and Biomedical Applications: An Update / Mallappa Kumara Swamy, Gudepalya Renukaiah Rudramurthy, Jayanta Kumar Patra, and Uma Rani Sinniah 20 Role of Silver Nanoparticles in Treatment of Plant Diseases / Jyotsna Sharma, Vivek K. Singh, Anil Kumar, Raju Shankarayan, and Sharada Mallubhotla 21 Endophytic Fungi and Bioactive Metabolites Production: An Update / Ramesha Alurappa, Srinivas Chowdappa, Radhakrishnan Narayanaswamy, Uma Rani Sinniah, Sudipta Kumar Mohanty, and Mallappa Kumara Swamy 22 Fungal Endophytes from Seaweeds: An Overview / Vipin Kumar Singh, Abhishek Kumar Dwivedy, Akanksha Singh, Simran Asawa, Awanindra Dwivedi, and Nawal Kishore Dubey 23 Probiotic Biosurfactants: A Potential Therapeutic Exercises in Biomedical Sciences / Priyanka Saha, Deepa Nath, Manabendra Dutta Choudhury, and Anupam Das Talukdar 24 Recent Antibiotics Used in Dental Disease Management / Jerusha Santa Packyanathan, C. Elizabeth Rani Juneius, and M. Vinoth Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 117
    Call number: 9783319700694 (e-book)
    In: Ecological studies, volume 232
    Description / Table of Contents: Harmful algal blooms (HABs) - blooms that cause fish kills, contaminate seafood with toxins, or cause human or ecological health impacts and harm to local economies - are occurring more often, in more places and lasting longer than in past decades. This expansion is primarily the result of human activities, through increased nutrient inputs and various aspects of climate change. The Global Ecology and Oceanography of Harmful Algal Blooms (GEOHAB) programme promoted international collaboration to understand HAB population dynamics in various oceanographic regimes and to improve the prediction of HABs. This volume introduces readers to the overarching framework of the GEOHAB programme, factors contributing to the global expansion of harmful algal blooms, the complexities of HABs in different habitats, and the forward-looking issues to be tackled by the next generation of GEOHAB, GlobalHAB. The programme brought together an international team of contributing scientists and ecosystem managers, and its outcomes will greatly benefit the international research community.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 461 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319700694 , 978-3-319-70069-4
    ISSN: 0070-8356 , 2196-971X
    Series Statement: Ecological studies volume 232
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction to Harmful Algal Blooms and the GEOHAB Programme 1 Introduction to the Global Ecology and Oceanography of Harmful Algal Blooms (GEOHAB) Synthesis / Patricia M. Glibert, Elisa Berdalet, Michele A. Burford, Grant C. Pitcher, and Mingjiang Zhou 2 Harmful Algal Blooms and the Importance of Understanding Their Ecology and Oceanography / Patricia M. Glibert, Elisa Berdalet, Michele A. Burford, Grant C. Pitcher, and Mingjiang Zhou 3 Establishment, Goals, and Legacy of the Global Ecology and Oceanography of Harmful Algal Blooms (GEOHAB) Programme / Raphael M. Kudela, Robin Raine, Grant C. Pitcher, Patrick Gentien, Elisa Berdalet, Henrik Enevoldsen, and Ed Urban Part II Global Changes and Harmful Algal Blooms 4 Changing Land-, Sea-, and Airscapes: Sources of Nutrient Pollution Affecting Habitat Suitability for Harmful Algae / Patricia M. Glibert, Arthur H.W. Beusen, John A. Harrison, Hans H. Dürr, Alexander F. Bouwman, and Goulven G. Laruelle 5 Harmful Algal Blooms in a Changing Ocean / Mark L. Wells and Bengt Karlson Part III Adaptive Strategies and Harmful Algal Blooms 6 Nutrients and Harmful Algal Blooms: Dynamic Kinetics and Flexible Nutrition / Patricia M. Glibert, Cynthia A. Heil, Frances P. Wilkerson, and Richard C. Dugdale 7 Mixotrophy in Harmful Algal Blooms: By Whom, on Whom, When, Why, and What Next / Kevin J. Flynn, Aditee Mitra, Patricia M. Glibert, and JoAnn M. Burkholder 8 The Role of Life Cycle Characteristics in Harmful Algal Bloom Dynamics / Rhodora V. Azanza, Michael L. Brosnahan, Donald M. Anderson, Inga Hense, and Marina Montresor Part IV Harmful Algal Blooms in Specific Habitats and Biomes 9 Key Questions and Recent Research Advances on Harmful Algal Blooms in Stratified Systems / Robin Raine, Elisa Berdalet, Hidekatsu Yamazaki, Ian Jenkinson, and Beatriz Reguera 10 Key Questions and Recent Research Advances on Harmful Algal Blooms in Fjords and Coastal Embayments / Suzanne Roy, Marina Montresor, and Allan Cembella 11 Key Questions and Recent Research Advances on Harmful Algal Blooms in Eastern Boundary Upwelling Systems / Grant C. Pitcher, Francisco G. Figueiras, Raphael M. Kudela, Teresa Moita, Beatriz Reguera, and Manuel Ruiz-Villareal 12 Key Questions and Recent Research Advances on Harmful Algal Blooms in Relation to Nutrients and Eutrophication / Patricia M. Glibert, Adnan Al-Azri, J. Icarus Allen, Alexander F. Bouwman, Arthur H.W. Beusen, Michele A. Burford, Paul J. Harrison, and Mingjiang Zhou 13 Key Questions and Recent Research Advances on Harmful Algal Blooms in Benthic Systems / Elisa Berdalet and Patricia A. Tester Part V Spotlight on Harmful Algal Blooms in Asia 14 Overview of Harmful Algal Blooms in Asia / Ken Furuya, Mitsunori Iwataki, Po Teen Lim, Songhui Lu, Chui-Pin Leaw, Rhodora V. Azanza, Hak-Gyoon Kim, and Yasuwo Fukuyo 15 Harmful Algal Blooms in the Coastal Waters of China / Ren-Cheng Yu, Song-Hui Lü, and Yu-Bo Liang 16 Green Tides of the Yellow Sea: Massive Free-Floating Blooms of Ulva prolifera / Dongyan Liu and Mingjiang Zhou 17 Ecological Drivers of Green Noctiluca Blooms in Two Monsoonal-Driven Ecosystems / Joaquim I. Goes, Helga do R. Gomes, Khalid Al-Hashimi, and Anukul Buranapratheprat Part VI Observing and Predicting Harmful Algal Blooms: Tools and Predictive Approaches 18 Advancements and Continuing Challenges of Emerging Technologies and Tools for Detecting Harmful Algal Blooms, Their Antecedent Conditions and Toxins, and Applications in Predictive Models / Patricia M. Glibert, Grant C. Pitcher, Stewart Bernard, and Ming Li 19 Recent Advances in Modelling of Harmful Algal Blooms / Peter J.S. Franks Part VII Moving Forward: Emerging Issues and a New Global Programme 20 Emerging HAB Research Issues in Freshwater Environments / Michele A. Burford, David P. Hamilton, and Susanna A. Wood 21 Mitigation and Control of Harmful Algal Blooms / Zhiming Yu, Xiuxian Song, Xihua Cao, and Yang Liu 22 GlobalHAB: Fostering International Coordination on Harmful Algal Bloom Research in Aquatic Systems / Elisa Berdalet, Raphael M. Kudela, Neil S. Banas, Eileen Bresnan, Michele A. Burford, Keith Davidson, Christopher J. Gobler, Bengt Karlson, Po Teen Lim, Lincoln Mackenzie, Marina Montresor, Vera L. Trainer, Gires Usup, Kedong Yin, Henrik Enevoldsen, and Ed Urban Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 118
    Call number: AWI G3-24-95670
    In: Hamburger bodenkundliche Arbeiten, Band 91
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 177 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 23 cm
    ISSN: 0724-6382
    Series Statement: Hamburger bodenkundliche Arbeiten Band 91
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Vorwort Ein Blick zurück - für den Blick nach vorn / Günter Miehlich, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Böden im Klimasystem Energie- und Stoffflüsse zwischen Böden und der Atmosphäre in Feuchtgebieten verschiedener Klimazonen / Lars Kutzbach, David Holl, Norman Rößger, Norman Rüggen, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Kohlenstofffreisetzung aus Permafrostböden - eine Gefahr für unser Klima? / Christian Knoblauch, Sebastian Zubrzycki, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Kleinräumige Varianz von Stickstoff-Umsatz und Stickstoff-Limitierung in Permafrostböden / Claudia Fiencke, Tina Sanders, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Moorböden - die gefährdeten Kohlenstoffspeicher unserer Erde / David Holl, Lars Kutzbach, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Boden-Dauerbeobachtung als Werkzeug zur Bewertung des ökologischen Zustandes und von Klimafolgen / Claudia Fiencke, Peter Woloszczyk, Birgit Grabellus, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer HUSCO: Wie beeinflussen Stadtböden das lokale Klima? / Annette Eschenbach, Sarah Wiesner, Alexander Gröngröft, Felix Ament Klimaretter Wald? Wie Bäume die Kohlenstofffestlegung im Waldboden beeinflussen / Christina Steffens Böden und nachhaltige Landnutzung Die fragile Ressource Boden in der kleinbäuerlichen Landwirtschaft im Südlichen Afrika / Jona Luther-Mosebach, Marleen de Blecourt, Stephan Baumann, Alexander Gröngröft, Annette Eschenbach Über die Bedeutung des Bodenwassershaushalts für eine nachhaltige Landnutzung im südlichen Afrika / Lars Landschreiber, Alexander Gröngröft, Annette Eschenbach Einsatz von Biokohle im Reisanbau / Christian Knoblauch, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer; Stefan Häfele Ökosystemleistungen von Böden urbaner Überschwemmungsgebiete / Kira Kalinski, Alexander Gröngröft, Annette Eschenbach Böden und Umweltforschung Erfassung flächenhafter Schadstoffbelastung in Auen / Katja Oing, Alexander Gröngröft, Timo Labitzky, Annette Eschenbach Bodenfunktionsbewertung / Alexander Gröngröft, Boris Hochfeld, Horst Wiechmann (+), Günter Miehlich Wie Bakterien im Boden helfen, die Freisetzung des Treibhausgases Methan aus Deponien zu vermindern / Julia Gebert, Ingke Rachor, Inga Röwer, Christoph Geck, Alexander Gröngröft, Jan-Streese-Kleeberg, Sonja Bohn, Stefan Melchior, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Biofilter und Biowäscher zur Minderung der Methanemission / Claudia Fiencke, Fang Liu, Cindy Wienke, Wilfried Gläseker, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Das HELP-Modell zur Simulation des Wasserhaushalts von Abdichtungssystemen für Deponien und Altlasten / Klaus Berger Nachhaltigkeitsforschung für Hamburg Bodenhydrologische und bodentechnologische Forschung zur Oberflächenabdichtung von Deponien und Altlasten - Forschungsansatz und Beitrag zur Entwicklung des Standes der Technik / Stefan Melchior, Günter Miehlich Bodenhydrologische und bodentechnologische Forschung zur Oberflächenabdichtung von Deponien und Altlasten - Messergebnisse zu den untersuchten Systemen / Stefan Melchior, Klaus Berger, Beate Vielhaber, Bernd Steinert, Katrin Tresselt, Alexander Gröngröft, Günter Miehlich Umweltprobleme schadstoffbelasteten Baggerguts / Alexander Gröngröft, Günter Miehlich Einsatz von Baggergut im Deichbau / Katja Oing, Alexander Gröngröft, Annette Eschenbach Welches Sauerstoffzehrungspotential haben die Sedimente der Elbe im Hamburger Hafen? / Mathias Spieckermann, Alexander Gröngröft, Annette Eschenbach Stadtböden, die Lebensgrundlage von Stadtbäumen / Selina Schaaf-Titel, Simon Thomsen, Alexander Gröngröft, Annette Eschenbach Ausbildung und Öffentlichkeitsarbeit Bodenkundliche Lehre an der Universität Hamburg / Lars Kutzbach, Annette Eschenbach, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Die Doktorandenausbildung im Institut für Bodenkunde / Annette Eschenbach, Lars Kutzbach, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Mein Student und ich - eine Bodenprobe berichtet aus dem Laboralltag / Birgit Grabellus, Deborah Harms, Sumita Rui, Monika Voß Feldlabor „Himmelmoor" / Lars Kutzbach, David Holl, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Öffentlichkeitsarbeit am Institut für Bodenkunde / Günter Miehlich, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Absolventinnen und Absolventen - Was ist aus ihnen geworden? Dr. Jörg Freytag (Geschäftsführender Gesellschafter eines Labors) Dr. habil. Julia Gebert (Professur, TU Delft, Niederlande) Andreas Hadenfeldt (Landwirt) Dr. Maja Karrasch (Hamburg Port Authority) PD Dr. habil. Stefan Melchior (Gesellschafter eines Ingenieurbüros) Dr. Andreas Petersen (Universität Hamburg, Wissenschaftsmanagement) Dr. Ingke Rachor (Behörde für Umwelt und Energie Hamburg, Altlastensanierung) Dr. Tina Sanders (Postdoc, Helmholtz-Zentrum Geesthacht) Ronja Tigges (Ingenieurbüro) Dr. Beate Vielhaber (Stadtreinigung Berlin) Dr. Sarah Wiesner (Postdoc, Meteorologisches Institut der Universität Hamburg) Florian Zander (Doktorand, TU Delft/UHH) Mitarbeiter und Mitarbeiterinnen Mitarbeiterinnen und Mitarbeiter auf Planstellen
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 119
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    [Bremerhaven] : Alfred Wegener Institute, Helmholtz Centre for Polar and Marine Research
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-290-2013/2016
    In: Forschungs- und Entwicklungsprogramm / Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung, 2013-2016
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: In 2 Bänden , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 120
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    [Bremerhaven] : Alfred Wegener Institute, Helmholtz Centre for Polar and Marine Research
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-290-2013/2016-2
    In: Status report 2013-2016 / Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Vol. 2
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 86 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Contents I. Selected scientific and coordinating staff Research Unit 1a: The polar atmosphere and cryosphere in a changing climate Boike, Julia Diekmann, Bernhard Eisen, Olaf Grosse, Guido Hellmer, Hartmut H. Herzschuh, Ulrike Humbert, Angelika Lantuit, Hugues Mollenhauer, Gesine Rex, Markus Wilhelms, Frank Research Unit lb: Climate interactions with polar seas, marine ecosystems Bridging research and society: products, tools and climate services and biogeochernical processes Boetius, Antje Bracher, Astrid Brey, Thomas Haas, Christian Kanzow, Torsten Klaas, Christine Meyer, Bettina Pörtner, Hans-Otto Richter, Claudio Rost, Björn Soltwedel, Thomas Strass, Volker H. Waite, Anya M. Research Unit 2: Fragile coasts and she!f seas Abele, Doris Boersma, Maarten Buschbaum, Christian Gerdts, Gunnar John, Uwe Kasten, Sabine Koch, Boris Wegner, K. Mathias Wiltshire, Karen Helen Research Unit 3: The Earth system from a polar perspective: data, modeling and synthesis Bijma, Jelle Jokat, Wilfried Jung, Thomas Knorr, Gregor Köhler, Peter Laepple, Thomas Lamy, Frank Lohmann, Gerrit Schlindwein, Vera Stein, Rüdiger Tiedemann, Ralf Wolf-Gladrow, Dieter Research Unit 4: Bridging research and society: products, tools and climate services Bergmann, Melanie Buck, Bela H. Frickenhaus, Stephan Grosfeld, Klaus Gutow, Lars Krause, Gesche Research Unit 5: Research infrastructure - performance categories LK I and LK II Nixdorf, Uwe II. Indicators and resources 1. Indicators and resources by Research Units 2. Indicators and resources by user facilities 3. Indicators and resources by program Program PACES II "Marine, Coastal and Polar Systems" 4. Indicators for the center Ill. Definition of indicators IV. List of abbreviations Imprint
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 121
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    [Bremerhaven] : Alfred Wegener Institute, Helmholtz Centre for Polar and Marine Research
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-290-2013/2016-1
    In: Status report 2013-2016 / Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Vol. 1
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 182 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Contents List of most commonly used abbreviations I. Helmholtz Association - Mission and Strategy II. Helmholtz Research Field Earth and Environment II.1 Overview II. 2 Programs Ill. Alfred Wegener Institute Helmholtz Centre III.1 Organization Ill. 2 Strategic partnerships and cooperation Ill. 3 Research infrastructure Ill. 4 Career development, talent management and equal opportunity Ill. 5 Knowledge and technology transfer Ill. 6 Scientific awards and appointments Ill. 7 Membership of international Boards and Committees 2013-2016 (selection) IV. Research Units IV. 1a Research Unit 1a The polar atmosphere and cryosphere in a changing climate IV. 1a.1 Mission statement IV. 1a.2 Introduction IV. 1a.3 Scientific questions IV. 1a.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 1a.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 1a.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 1a.7 Leadership of and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 1a.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 1a.9 Overview of Contribution to Grand Challenges IV. 1a.10 Outlook IV. 1a.11 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 1a.12 References IV. 1b Research Unit 1b Climate interactions with polar seas, marine ecosystems and biogeochemical processes IV. 1b.1 Mission statement IV. 1b.2 Introduction IV. 1b.3 Scientific questions IV. 1b.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 1b.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 1b.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 1b.7 Leadership of and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 1b.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 1b.9 Overview of contribution to Grand Challenges IV. 1b.10 Outlook IV. 1b.11 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 1b.12 References IV.2 Research Unit 2 Fragile coasts and shelf seas IV. 2.1 Mission statement IV. 2.2 Introduction IV. 2.3 Scientific questions IV. 2.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 2.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 2.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 2.7 Leadership of and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 2.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 2.9 Overview of contribution to Grand Challenges IV. 2.10 Outlook IV. 2.11 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 2.12 References IV. 3 Research Unit 3 The Earth system from a polar perspective: data, modeling and synthesis IV. 3.1 Mission statement IV. 3.2 Introduction IV. 3.3 Scientific questions IV. 3.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 3.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 3.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 3.7 Leadership and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 3.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 3.9 Overview of contribution to Grand Challenges IV. 3.10 Outlook IV. 3.11 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 3.12 References IV. 4 Research Unit 4 Bridging research and society: products, tools and climate services IV. 4.1 Mission statement IV. 4.2 Introduction IV. 4.3 Scientific tasks and services IV. 4.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 4.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 4.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 4.7 Leadership of and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 4.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 4.9 Outlook IV. 4.10 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 4.11 References IV.5 Research Unit 5 Research infrastructure - performance categories LK I and LK II IV. 5.1 Mission statement IV. 5.2 Overview IV. 5.3 Research Unit SA IV. 5.4 Research Unit 58 (LK II Infrastructure) V. Recommendations of the Helmholtz Senate V.1 Recommendations of the Helmholtz Senate V.2 Detailed recommendations of the Helmholtz Senate for each Research Unit (not covered above) Imprint
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 122
    Call number: 9783319714042 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 435 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: Second edtion
    ISBN: 9783319714042 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Use R!
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Why Numerical Ecology? 1.2 Why R? 1.3 Readership and Structure of the Book 1.4 How to Use This Book 1.5 The Data Sets 1.5.1 The Doubs Fish Data 1.5.2 The Oribatid Mite Data 1.6 A Quick Reminder About Help Sources 1.7 Now It Is Time 2 Exploratory Data Analysis 2.1 Objectives 2.2 Data Exploration 2.2.1 Data Extraction 2.2.2 Species Data: First Contact 2.2.3 Species Data: A Closer Look 2.2.4 Ecological Data Transformation 2.2.5 Environmental Data 2.3 Conclusion 3 Association Measures and Matrices 3.1 Objectives 3.2 The Main Categories of Association Measures (Short Overview) 3.2.1 Q Mode and R Mode 3.2.2 Symmetrical or Asymmetrical Coefficients in Q Mode: The Double-Zero Problem 3.2.3 Association Measures for Qualitative or Quantitative Data 3.2.4 To Summarize 3.3 Q Mode: Computing Dissimilarity Matrices Among Objects 3.3.1 Q Mode: Quantitative Species Data 3.3.2 Q Mode: Binary (Presence-Absence) Species Data 3.3.3 Q Mode: Quantitative Data (Excluding Species Abundances) 3.3.4 Q Mode: Binary Data (Excluding Species Presence-Absence Data) 3.3.5 Q Mode: Mixed Types Including Categorical (Qualitative Multiclass) Variables 3.4 R Mode: Computing Dependence Matrices Among Variables 3.4.1 R Mode: Species Abundance Data 3.4.2 R Mode: Species Presence-Absence Data 3.4.3 R Mode: Quantitative and Ordinal Data (Other than Species Abundances) 3.4.4 R Mode: Binary Data (Other than Species Abundance Data) 3.5 Pre-transformations for Species Data 3.6 Conclusion 4 Cluster Analysis 4.1 Objectives 4.2 Clustering Overview 4.3 Hierarchical Clustering Based on Links 4.3.1 Single Linkage Agglomerative Clustering 4.3.2 Complete Linkage Agglomerative Clustering 4.4 Average Agglomerative Clustering 4.5 Ward's Minimum Variance Clustering 4.6 Flexible Clustering 4.7 Interpreting and Comparing Hierarchical Clustering Results 4.7.1 Introduction 4.7.2 Cophenetic Correlation 4.7.3 Looking for Inteipretable Clusters 4.8 Non-hierarchical Clustering 4.8.1 k-means Partitioning 4.8.2 Partitioning Around Medoids (PAM) 4.9 Comparison with Environmental Data 4.9.1 Comparing a Typology with External Data (ANOVA Approach) 4.9.2 Comparing Two Typologies (Contingency Table Approach) 4.10 Species Assemblages 4.10.1 Simple Statistics on Group Contents 4.10.2 Kendall's W Coefficient of Concordance 4.10.3 Species Assemblages in Presence-Absence Data 4.10.4 Species Co-occurrence Network 4.11 Indicator Species 4.11.1 Introduction 4.11.2 IndVal: Species Indicator Values 4.11.3 Correlation-Type Indices 4.12 Multivariate Regression Trees (MRT): Constrained Clustering 4.12.1 Introduction 4.12.2 Computation (Principle) 4.12.3 Application Using Packages mvpart and MVPARTwrap 4.12.4 Combining MRT and IndVal 4.13 MRT as a Monothetic Clustering Method 4.14 Sequential Clustering 4.15 A Very Different Approach: Fuzzy Clustering 4.15.1 Fuzzy c-means Using Package cluster's Function fanny () 4.15.2 Noise Clustering Using the vegclust () Function 4.16 Conclusion 5 Unconstrained Ordination 5.1 Objectives 5.2 Ordination Overview 5.2.1 Multidimensional Space 5.2.2 Ordination in Reduced Space 5.3 Principal Component Analysis (PCA) 5.3.1 Overview 5.3.2 PCA of the Environmental Variables of the Doubs River Data Using rda () 5.3.3 PCA on Transformed Species Data 5.3.4 Domain of Application of PCA 5.3.5 PCA Using Function PCA. newr () 5.3.6 Imputation of Missing Values in PCA 5.4 Correspondence Analysis (CA) 5.4.1 Introduction 5.4.2 CA Using Function cca () of Package vegan 5.4.3 CA Using Function CA. newr () 5.4.4 Arch Effect and Detrended Correspondence Analysis (DCA) 5.4.5 Multiple Correspondence Analysis (MCA) 5.5 Principal Coordinate Analysis (PCoA) 5.5.1 Introduction 5.5.2 Application of PCoA to the Doubs Data Set Using cmdscaleO and vegan 5.5.3 Application of PCoA to the Doubs Data Set Using pcoa () 5.6 Nonmetric Multidimensional Scaling (NMDS) 5.6.1 Introduction 5.6.2 Application to the Doubs Fish Data 5.6.3 PCoA or NMDS? 5.7 Hand-Written PCA Ordination Function 6 Canonical Ordination 6.1 Objectives 6.2 Canonical Ordination Overview 6.3 Redundancy Analysis (RDA) 6.3.1 Introduction 6.3.2 RDA of the Doubs River Data 6.3.3 Distance-Based Redundancy Analysis (db-RDA) 6.3.4 A Hand-Written RDA Function 6.4 Canonical Correspondence Analysis (CCA) 6.4.1 Introduction 6.4.2 CCA of the Doubs River Data 6.5 Linear Discriminant Analysis (LDA) 6.5.1 Introduction 6.5.2 Discriminant Analysis Using Ida () 6.6 Other Asymmetric Analyses 6.6.1 Principal Response Curves (PRC) 6.6.2 Co-correspondence Analysis (CoCA) 6.7 Symmetric Analysis of Two (or More) Data Sets 6.8 Canonical Correlation Analysis (CCorA) 6.8.1 Introduction 6.8.2 Canonical Correlation Analysis Using CCorA () 6.9 Co-inertia Analysis (CoIA) 6.9.1 Introduction 6.9.2 Co-inertia Analysis Using Function coinertia () of ade4 6.10 Multiple Factor Analysis (MFA) 6.10.1 Introduction 6.10.2 Multiple Factor Analysis Using FactoMineR 6.11 Relating Species Traits and Environment 6.11.1 The Fourth-Corner Method 6.11.2 RLQ Analysis 6.11.3 Application in R 6.12 Conclusion 7 Spatial Analysis of Ecological Data 7.1 Objectives 7.2 Spatial Structures and Spatial Analysis: A Short Overview 7.2.1 Introduction 7.2.2 Induced Spatial Dependence and Spatial Autocorrelation 7.2.3 Spatial Scale 7.2.4 Spatial Heterogeneity 7.2.5 Spatial Correlation or Autocorrelation Functions and Spatial Correlograms 7.2.6 Testing for the Presence of Spatial Correlation: Conditions 7.2.7 Modelling Spatial Structures 7.3 Multivariate Trend-Surface Analysis 7.3.1 Introduction 7.3.2 Trend-Surface Analysis in Practice 7.4 Eigenvector-Based Spatial Variables and Spatial Modelling 7.4.1 Introduction 7.4.2 Distance-Based Moran's Eigenvector Maps (dbMEM) and Principal Coordinates of Neighbour Matrices (PCNM) 7.4.3 MEM in a Wider Context: Weights Other than Geographic Distances 7.4.4 MEM with Positive or Negative Spatial Correlation: Which Ones should Be Used? 7.4.5 Asymmetric Eigenvector Maps (AEM): When Directionality Matters 7.5 Another Way to Look at Spatial Structures: Multiscale Ordination (MSO) 7.5.1 Principle 7.5.2 Application to the Mite Data - Exploratory Approach 7.5.3 Application to the Detrended Mite and Environmental Data 7.6 Space-Time Interaction Test in Multivariate ANOVA, Without Replicates 7.6.1 Introduction 7.6.2 Testing the Space-Time Interaction with the sti Functions 7.7 Conclusion 8 Community Diversity 8.1 Objectives 8.2 The Multiple Facets of Diversity 8.2.1 Introduction 8.2.2 Species Diversity Measured by a Single Number 8.2.3 Taxonomic Diversity Indices in Practice 8.3 When Space Matters: Alpha, Beta and Gamma Diversities 8.4 Beta Diversity 8.4.1 Beta Diversity Measured by a Single Number 8.4.2 Beta Diversity as the Variance of the Community Composition Table: SCBD and LCBD Indices 8.4.3 Partitioning Beta Diversity into Replacement, Richness Difference and Nestedness Components 8.5 Functional Diversity, Functional Composition and Phylogenetic Diversity of Communities 8.5.1 Alpha Functional Diversity 8.5.2 Beta Taxonomic, Phylogenetic and Functional Diversities 8.6 Conclusion Bibliography Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 123
    Call number: 9783319674742 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This edited volume sheds new light on the impact of rapid Land Use/Cover Changes (LU/CC) on greenhouse gases (GHG’s) and aerosol emissions in South and Southeast Asia. Several countries in South/Southeast Asia have the highest population growth rates in the world, which is the main cause for LU/CC. Conversion of dense forests to agricultural areas and then to residential and urban areas is most commonly observed in South/Southeast Asian countries with a significant release of GHG’s and aerosols. The book showcases several case studies on the use of remote sensing and geospatial technologies to quantify biomass burning and air pollution impacts, aerosol pollution, LU/CC, and impacts on ecosystem services. The book also includes articles on regional initiatives in research, capacity building, and training. The authors of this book are international experts in the field, and their contributions highlight significant drivers and impacts of air pollution in South/Southeast Asia. Readers will discover the latest tools and techniques, in particular, the use of satellite remote sensing and geospatial technologies for quantifying GHG’s, aerosols and pollution episodes in this region
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxv, 725 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: corrected publication 2018
    ISBN: 9783319674742 , 978-3-319-67474-2
    ISSN: 2198-0721 , 2198-073X
    Series Statement: Springer Remote Sensing / Photogrammetry
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Regional Initiatives 1 South/Southeast Asia Research Initiative (SARI): A Response to Regional Needs in Land Cover/Land Use Change Science and Education / Krishna Prasad Vadrevu 2 SERVIR: Connecting Earth Observation Satellite Data to Local Science Applications / Africa Flores, Dauna S. Coulter, Ashutosh S. Limaye, and Daniel Irwin Part II Biomass Burning, Air Pollution and Impacts 3 Emission of Toxic Air Pollutants and Greenhouse Gases from Crop Residue Open Burning in Southeast Asia / Nguyen Thi Kim Oanh, Didin Agustian Permadi, Nguyen Phan Dong, and Dang Anh Nguyet 4 Impacts of Biomass Burning Emissions on Tropospheric NO2 Vertical Column Density over Continental Southeast Asia / Syuichi Itahashi, Itsushi Uno, Hitoshi Irie, Jun-Ichi Kurokawa, and Toshimasa Ohara 5 Observations of Asian Dust and Agricultural Fire Smoke Episodes: Transport and Impacts on Regional Air Quality in Southeast China / Yonghua Wu, Yong Han, and Tijian Wang 6 Spatio-Temporal Analysis of Land and Forest Fires in Indonesia Using MODIS Active Fire Dataset / Israr Albar, I. Nengah Surati Jaya, Bambang Hero Saharjo, Budi Kuncahyo, and Krishna Prasad Vadrevu 7 Severe Air Pollution Due to Peat Fires During 2015 Super El Niño in Central Kalimantan, Indonesia / Hiroshi Hayasaka and Alpon Sepriando 8 Forest and Land Fires in Riau Province: A Case Study in Fire Prevention Policy Implementation with Local Concession Holders / Bambang Hero Saharjo and Alex Yungan 9 Biomass Burning Emissions Variation from Satellite-Derived Land Cover, Burned Area, and Emission Factors in Vietnam / Kristofer Lasko and Krishna Prasad Vadrevu 10 Enhancement of Fire Early Warning System in Vietnam Using Spatial Data and Assimilation / Ba Tung Nguyen, Khac Phong Do, Nguyen Le Tran, Quang Hung Bui, Thi Nhat Thanh Nguyen, Van Quynh Vuong, and Thanh Ha Le 11 Greenhouse Gas Budget of Terrestrial Ecosystems in Monsoon Asia: A Process-Based Model Study for the Period 1901–2014 / Akihiko Ito and Motoko Inatomi 12 Simulations of Emissions, Air Quality, and Climate Contribution in Southeast Asia for March and December / Teerachai Amnuaylojaroen, Mary C. Barth, Gabriele Pfister, and Cindy Bruyere 13 Study of Lower Tropospheric Ozone over Central and Eastern China: Comparison of Satellite Observation with Model Simulation / Sachiko Hayashida, Satoko Kayaba, Makoto Deushi, Kazuyo Yamaji, Akiko Ono, Mizuo Kajino, Tsuyoshi Thomas Sekiyama, Takashi Maki, and Xiong Liu 14 Multi-scale Simulations of Atmospheric Pollutants Using a Non-hydrostatic Icosahedral Atmospheric Model / Daisuke Goto, Teruyuki Nakajima, Dai Tie, Hisashi Yashiro, Yousuke Sato, Kentaroh Suzuki, Junya Uchida, Shota Misawa, Ryoma Yonemoto, Tran Thi Ngoc Trieu, Hirofumi Tomita, and Masaki Satoh 15 Project MANTRA: Multi-platform ANalysis of TRace Gases and Aerosols with a Focus on Atmospheric CO2 Measurements for Southeast Asia / Ronald C. Macatangay 16 Dry Deposition of Reactive Nitrogen Species in Tropics / Reema Tiwari and Umesh Kulshrestha Part III Aerosol Pollution 17 Aerosols and Climate Change: Present Understanding, Challenges, and Future Outlook / S. Ramachandran 18 Organic Aerosols in South and East Asia: Composition and Sources / Chandra Mouli Pavuluri and Kimitaka Kawamura 19 Shortwave Radiation, Climate Change, and Anthropogenic Aerosols in China / Tadahiro Hayasaka 20 Conceptualizing How Severe Haze Events Are Impacting Long-Term Satellite-Based Trend Studies of Aerosol Optical Thickness over Asia / Zhao Yang Zhang, Man Sing Wong, and James R. Campbell 21 Aerosol Properties over Kuching, Sarawak from Satellite and Ground- Based Measurements / Arnis Asmat, Khairunnisa Abdul Jalal, and Siti Noratiqah Mohd Deros 22 Investigating the Aerosol Type and Spatial Distribution During Winter Fog Conditions over Indo-Gangetic Plains / Muhammad Fahim Khokhar and Naila Yasmin 23 Satellite Aerosol Optical Depth over Vietnam - An Analysis from VIIRS and CALIOP Aerosol Products / Vinh T. Tran, Ha V. Pham, Thanh T. N. Nguyen, Thanh X. Pham, Quang Hung Bui, Anh X. Nguyen, and Thuy T. Nguyen 24 Satellite Remote Sensing of Aerosols and Gaseous Pollution over Pakistan / Salman Tariq and Zia Ul-Haq Part IV Land Use/Cover Change and Impacts 25 The Impact of Land Cover and Land Use Change on the Indian Monsoon Region Hydroclimate / Dev Niyogi, Subashini Subramanian, U. C. Mohanty, C. M. Kishtawal, Subimal Ghosh, U. S. Nair, M. Ek, and M. Rajeevan 26 Decadal Land-Cover Changes in China and Their Impacts on the Atmospheric Environment / Mengmeng Li and Yu Song 27 Analyzing the Influence of Urban Growth on Thermal Environment Through Demographic, Environmental, and Physical Parameters in Bangladesh / Yogesh Kant, Saiful Azim, and Debashis Mitra 28 Ecosystem Carbon Stock, Atmosphere, and Food Security in Slash-and-Burn Land Use: A Geospatial Study in Mountainous Region of Laos / Yoshio Inoue 29 Spatial Modeling of Land Cover/Land Use Change and Its Effects on Hydrology Within the Lower Mekong Basin / Kel N. Markert, Robert E. Griffin, Ashutosh S. Limaye, and Richard T. McNider 30 Land–Atmosphere Interactions in South Asia: A Regional Earth Systems Perspective / Venkataramana Sridhar and Prasanth Valayamkunnath Erratum Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 124
    Call number: 9783319719344 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book commemorates the 70th birthday of Eugene Morozov, the noted Russian observational oceanographer. It contains many contributions reflecting his fields of interest, including but not limited to tidal internal waves, ocean circulation, deep ocean currents, and Arctic oceanography. Special attention is paid to studies on internal waves and especially those on tidal internal waves in the Global Ocean. These papers describe the most important open problems concerning experimental studies of internal waves and their theoretical, numerical, and laboratory modeling. Further contributions investigate the physics of surface waves and their interaction with internal waves.  Here, the focus is on describing interaction processes between internal waves and deep currents in the ocean, especially currents of Antarctic Bottom Water in abyssal fractures. They also touch on the problem of oceanic circulation and related processes in fjords, including those occurring under sea ice. Given its breadth of coverage, the book will appeal to anyone interested in a survey of ocean dynamics, ranging from historic perspectives to modern research topics
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (IX, 625 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9783319719344 , 978-3-319-71934-4
    ISSN: 2365-7677 , 2365-7685
    Series Statement: Springer oceanography
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Personal Reminiscences Honorary Note. Evgeny Georgievich Morozov: A Life at Sea as a Devoted Ocean Observer / Manuel G. Velarde, Roman Yu. Tarakanov and Alexey V. Marchenko Gallery: An Ocean Scientist and His Life at Sea / Manuel G. Velarde, Roman Yu. Tarakanov and Alexey V. Marchenko New Steps of the Modern Oceanography: Reminiscences of My Work with Evgeny Georgievich Morozov / Victor G. Neiman Fifty Years of Collaboration with Evgeny Georgievich Morozov / Boris N. Filyushkin Part II Scientific Contributions: Internal and Surface Waves Internal Undular Bores in the Coastal Ocean / Roger Grimshaw and Chunxin Yuan Calculating FRAM’s Dead Water / John Grue Internal Solitary Waves in a Layered Weakly Stratified Flow / Nikolay Makarenko, Janna Maltseva, Roman Tarakanov and Kseniya Ivanova Surface Manifestations of Internal Waves Induced by a Subsurface Buoyant Jet (Experiment and Theory) / Valerii G. Bondur, Yuliya I. Troitskaya, Ekaterina V. Ezhova, Vasiliy I. Kazakov, Alexandr A. Kandaurov, Daniil A. Sergeev and Irina A. Soustova Large Internal Solitary Waves in Shallow Waters / Valery Liapidevskii and Nikolay Gavrilov Internal Gravity Waves in Horizontally Inhomogeneous Ocean / Vitaly V. Bulatov and Yury V. Vladimirov High-Resolution Observations of Internal Wave Turbulence in the Deep Ocean / Hans van Haren Deep-Ocean Tides in the South-West Indian Ocean: Comparing Deep-Sea Pressure to Satellite Data / Leo R. M. Maas, Borja Aguiar-González and Leandro Ponsoni Internal Tides West of the Iberian Peninsula / Eugene G. Morozov and Manuel G. Velarde Asymmetric Baroclinic Response to Tidal Forcing Along the Main Sill of the Strait of Gibraltar Inferred from Mooring Observations / Jesús García-Lafuente, Simone Sammartino, José C. Sánchez-Garrido and Cristina Naranjo Mode 2 Internal Waves in the Ocean: Evidences from Observations / Andrey N. Serebryany Abyssal Mixing in the Laboratory / T. Dauxois, E. Ermanyuk, C. Brouzet, S. Joubaud and I. Sibgatullin Rogue Waves in the Ocean, the Role of Modulational Instability, and Abrupt Changes of Environmental Conditions that Can Provoke Non Equilibrium Wave Dynamics / Karsten Trulsen Simulation of Standing and Propagating Sea Waves with Three-Dimensional ARMA Model / Ivan Gankevich and Alexander Degtyarev Perturbation Theory for the Compound Soliton of the Gardner’s Equation; Their Interaction and Evolution in a Media with Variable Parameters / Irina A. Soustova, Konstantin A. Gorshkov, Alexey V. Ermoshkin, Lev A. Ostrovsky and Yuliya I. Troitskaya Part III Scientific Contributions: Ocean Circulation Geostrophic Adjustment Beyond the Traditional Approximation / Gregory M. Reznik Evolution of an Intrathermocline Lens over the Lofoten Basin / Boris N. Filyushkin, Mikhail A. Sokolovskiy and Konstantin V. Lebedev The Global Atmosphere Oscillations in the Context of the Recent Climate Change / Victor G. Neiman, Vladimir I. Byshev, Yury A. Romanov and Ilya V. Serykh Influence of the Current Field Non-stationarity and the Non-simultaneity of Hydrographic Measurements on ADCP-based Transport Estimates / R. Yu. Tarakanov Satellite Remote Sensing of Submesoscale Eddies in the Russian Seas / Andrey G. Kostianoy, Anna I. Ginzburg, Olga Yu. Lavrova and Marina I. Mityagina Ship-Based Monitoring of the Northern North Atlantic Ocean by the Shirshov Institute of Oceanology. The Main Results / Artem Sarafanov, Anastasia Falina, Alexey Sokov, Vyacheslav Zapotylko and Sergey Gladyshev Thermohaline Structure and Salt Fingering in the Lomonosov Equatorial Undercurrent as Observed in April 2017 / Tatiana A. Demidova Numerical Realization of Hybrid Data Assimilation Algorithm in Ensemble Experiments with the MPIESM Coupled Model / Konstantin P. Belyaev, Ingo Kirchner, Andrey A. Kuleshov and Natalia P. Tuchkova Sea of Azov Waters in the Black Sea: Do They Enhance Wind-Driven Flows on the Shelf? / Peter O. Zavialov, Alexander S. Izhitskiy and Roman O. Sedakov Bottom Water Flows in the Vema Channel and over the Santos Plateau Based on the Field and Numerical Experiments / 475 Dmitry I. Frey, Vladimir V. Fomin, Roman Yu. Tarakanov, Nikolay A. Diansky and Nikolay I. Makarenko Modeling Study of the Antarctic Circumpolar Current Variability Based on Argo Data / Konstantin V. Lebedev Tareev Equatorial Undercurrent in the Indian Ocean / Albert K. Ambrosimov, Dmitry I. Frey and Sergey M. Shapovalov The Bering Sea Regional Data Assimilation System: From Climate Variability to Short Term Hindcasting / Gleb G. Panteleev, Max Yaremchuk, Vladimir Luchin and Oceana Francis Monitoring Strong Tidal Currents in Straits and Nearshore Regions / Alexei Sentchev, Max Yaremchuk and Maxime Thiébaut Part IV Scientific Contributions: Arctic Oceanography Analytical Solutions Describing Zonal and Circular Wind Drift of Sea Ice with Elastic-Plastic Rheology / Aleksey Marchenko Arctic Ocean Modeling: The Consistent Physics on the Path to the High Spatial Resolution / Nikolay G. Iakovlev Numerical Modeling of Internal Wave Generation at High Latitudes / Oxana E. Kurkina, Tatiana G. Talipova, Efim N. Pelinovsky and Andrey A. Kurkin Internal Wave Frequency Spectrum in the Amundsen Basin of the Arctic Ocean Inferred from Ice Tethered CTD Instruments / Sergey V. Pisarev Experimental Studies of Sea and Model Ice Fracture Mechanics / Marina Karulina, Alexey Marchenko, Alexandr Sakharov, Evgeny Karulin and Peter Chistyakov Seasonal Freezing of a Subwater Ground Layer at the Laptev Sea Shelf / Peter V. Bogorodskii, Andrey V. Pnyushkov and Vasilii Yu. Kustov
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 125
    Call number: 9783319671222 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: In this handbook social science researchers who focus on sustainability present and discuss their findings, including empirical work, case studies, teaching and learning innovations, and applied projects. As such, the book offers a basis for the dissemination of information, ideas and experiences acquired in the execution of research projects, especially initiatives which have influenced behavior, decision-making, or policy. Furthermore, it introduces methodological approaches and projects which aim to offer a better understanding of sustainability across society and economic sectors. This multidisciplinary overview presents the work of researchers from across the spectrum of the social sciences. It stimulates innovative thinking on how social sciences influence sustainable development and vice-versa
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 485 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9783319671222 , 978-3-319-67122-2
    Series Statement: World sustainability series
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Exploring the Connections: Sustainability and Social Science Research Interplays of Sustainability, Resilience, Adaptation and Transformation / Jennifer L. Johnson, Laura Zanotti, Zhao Ma, David J. Yu, David R. Johnson, Alison Kirkham and Courtney Carothers Using Meta-Analysis in the Social Sciences to Improve Environmental Policy / Alexander Maki, Mark A. Cohen and Michael P. Vandenbergh Integrating Social Science Research to Advance Sustainability Education / Christine Jie Li, Martha C. Monroe and Tracey Ritchie Inclusive Sustainability: Environmental Justice in Higher Education / Flora Lu, Rebecca Hernandez Rosser, Adriana Renteria, Nancy Kim, Elida Erickson, Anna Sher and Lisa O’Connor Connective Methodologies: Visual Communication Design and Sustainability in Higher Education / Denielle Emans and Kelly M. Murdoch-Kitt The Teaching Green Building: Five Theoretical Perspectives / Laura B. Cole Blockchain for Good? Digital Ledger Technology and Sustainable Development Goals / Richard Adams, Beth Kewell and Glenn Parry Part II Research and Behavioral Interventions Psychological Distance and Response to Human Versus Non-Human Victims of Climate Change / Christie Manning, Hannah Mangas, Elise Amel, Hongyi Tang, Laura Humes, Rowena Foo, Vera Sidlova and Kelly Cargos Bridging the Gap Between Policy and Action in Residential Graywater Recycling / L. Bell Organizational Characteristics in Residential Rental Buildings: Exploring the Role of Centralization in Energy Outcomes / Elizabeth Hewitt Re-shuffling the Deck on Environmental Sustainability: Using a Card Sort to Uncover Perceived Behavioral Categories, Effort, and Impact in a College Environment / Casey G. Franklin and Abram Alebiosu Wind Energy and Rural Community Sustainability / Sarah Mills Achieving a Climate-Neutral Campus: A Psychological Analysis of the Participation Process with the Stage Model of Participation / Stefan Zimmermann, Thomas Bäumer and Patrick Müller Sustainability and Civic Engagement: A Communications Engagement and Education Plan / Madhavi Venkatesan, Jordan Remy and Andrew Sukeforth A Sustainable Touristic Place in Times of Crisis? The Case of Empuriabrava—A Superdiverse Mediterranean Resort / Dawid Wladyka and Ricard Morén-Alegret Social Justice and Sustainability Efforts in the U.S.-Mexico Transborder Region / Sylvia Gonzalez-Gorman Envisioning and Implementing Sustainable Bioenergy Systems in the U.S. South / John Schelhas, Sarah Hitchner and J. Peter Brosius Living Well and Living Green: Participant Conceptualizations of Green Citizenship / Erin Miller Hamilton, Meaghan L. Guckian and Raymond De Young Part III Methods and Evaluation Strategies Cognitive Mapping as Participatory Engagement in Social Science Research on Sustainability / Meaghan L. Guckian, Erin Miller Hamilton and Raymond De Young The Impact of Status and Brainstorming in Participation in Small Group Deliberations / Sandra Rodegher Promoting Participation in a Culture of Sustainability Web Survey / Heather M. Schroeder, Andrew L. Hupp and Andrew D. Piskorowski Use of Email Paradata in a Survey of Sustainability Culture / Andrew L. Hupp, Heather M. Schroeder and Andrew D. Piskorowski Innovative Instructional Module Uses Evaluation to Enhance Quality / Martha C. Monroe, Annie Oxarart, Tracey Ritchie and Christine Jie Li From Sustainable Cities to Sustainable People—Changing Behavior Towards Sustainability with the Five A Planning Approach / Petra Stieninger Hurtado Sustainability Knowledge and Attitudes - Assessing Latent Constructs / Adam Zwickle and Keith Jones Sustainability Literacy and Cultural Assessments / John Callewaert A Conceptual Framework for Designing, Embedding and Monitoring a University Sustainability Culture / Richard Adams, Stephen Martin and Katy Boom Epilogue
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 126
    Call number: 9783030006303 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book mainly focuses on key aspects of biomembranes that have emerged over the past 15 years. It covers static and dynamic descriptions, as well as modeling for membrane organization and shape at the local and global (at the cell level) scale. It also discusses several new developments in non-equilibrium aspects that have not yet been covered elsewhere. Biological membranes are the seat of interactions between cells and the rest of the world, and internally, they are at the core of complex dynamic reorganizations and chemical reactions. Despite the long tradition of membrane research in biophysics, the physics of cell membranes as well as of biomimetic or synthetic membranes is a rapidly developing field. Though successful books have already been published on this topic over the past decades, none include the most recent advances. Additionally, in this domain, the traditional distinction between biological and physical approaches tends to blur. This book gathers the most recent advances in this area, and will benefit biologists and physicists alike
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (X, 623 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030006303 , 978-3-030-00630-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction Understanding Membranes and Vesicles: A Personal Recollection of the Last Two Decades / Reinhard Lipowsky Advanced Concepts and Perspectives of Membrane Physics / Erich Sackmann Part II Membranes by the Numbers Membranes by the Numbers / Rob Phillips Part III Spatial Heterogeneities in Biomembranes Lipid Rafts: A Personal Account / Kai Simons Theories of Equilibrium Inhomogeneous Fluids / Michael Schick Critical Lipidomics: The Consequences of Lipid Miscibility in Biological Membranes / Sarah L. Veatch and Pietro Cicuta Lateral Diffusion in Heterogeneous Cell Membranes / Didier Marguet and Laurence Salomé Mechanical Factors Affecting the Mobility of Membrane Proteins / Vincent Démery and David Lacoste Membrane Domains Under Cellular Recycling / S. Alex Rautu and Matthew S. Turner Protein Pattern Formation / Erwin Frey, Jacob Halatek, Simon Kretschmer, and Petra Schwille Part IV Biomembrane Mechanics and Consequences for Their Functions Biomembrane Mechanical Properties Direct Diverse Cell Functions / Dennis E. Discher Spontaneous and Intrinsic Curvature of Lipid Membranes: Back to the Origins / Michael M. Kozlov Membrane-Mediated Interactions / Anne-Florence Bitbol, Doru Constantin, and Jean-Baptiste Fournier Simulating Protein-Mediated Membrane Remodeling at Multiple Scales / Mijo Simunovic and Gregory A. Voth Mechanosensitivity of Membrane Budding and Trafficking / Lionel Foret Common Energetic and Mechanical Features of Membrane Fusion and Fission Machineries / David Tareste and Aurélien Roux Interaction of Particles and Pathogens with Biological Membranes / Thorsten Auth, Sabyasachi Dasgupta, and Gerhard Gompper Adhesion of Biological Membranes / Kheya Sengupta and Ana-Sunčana Smith Spatial and Mechanical Aspects of Signal Transduction in the Cell Membrane / Kabir H. Biswas and Jay T. Groves Protein-Induced Morphological Deformations of Biomembranes / P. B. Sunil Kumar and Mohamed Laradji Fluctuations in Active Membranes / Hervé Turlier and Timo Betz Postface
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 127
    facet.materialart.12
    [Singapore] : Springer
    Call number: 9789811307850 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This enzymology textbook for graduate and advanced undergraduate students covers the syllabi of most universities where this subject is regularly taught. It focuses on the synchrony between the two broad mechanistic facets of enzymology: the chemical and the kinetic, and also highlights the synergy between enzyme structure and mechanism. Designed for self-study, it explains how to design enzyme experiments and subsequently analyze the data collected. The book is divided into five major sections: 1] Introduction to enzymes, 2] Practical aspects, 3] Kinetic Mechanisms, 4] Chemical Mechanisms, and 5] Enzymology Frontiers. Individual concepts are treated as stand-alone chapters; readers can explore any single concept with minimal cross-referencing to the rest of the book. Further, complex approaches requiring specialized techniques and involved experimentation (beyond the reach of an average laboratory) are covered in theory with suitable references to guide readers. The book provides students, researchers and academics in the broad area of biology with a sound theoretical and practical knowledge of enzymes. It also caters to those who do not have a practicing enzymologist to teach them the subject.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiii, 562 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9789811307850 , 978-981-13-0785-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Enzyme Catalysis – A Perspective 1 Enzymes: Their Place in Biology 2 Enzymes: Historical Aspects 3 Exploiting Enzymes: Technology and Applications 4 On Enzyme Nomenclature and Classification 5 Hallmarks of an Enzyme Catalyst 6 Origins of Enzyme Catalytic Power 7 Which Enzyme Uses What Tricks? 8 Structure and Catalysis: Conformational Flexibility and Protein Part II Enzyme Kinetic Practice and Measurements 9 Chemical Kinetics: Fundamentals 10 Concepts of Equilibrium and Steady State 11 ES Complex and Pre-steady-state Kinetics 12 Principles of Enzyme Assays 13 Good Kinetic Practices 14 Quantification of Catalysis and Measures of Enzyme Purity 15 Henri–Michaelis–Menten Equation 16 More Complex Rate Expressions 17 Enzyme Kinetic Data: Collection and Analysis Part III Elucidation of Kinetic Mechanisms 18 Approaches to Kinetic Mechanism: An Overview 19 Analysis of Initial Velocity Patterns 20 Enzyme Inhibition Analyses 21 Irreversible Inhibitions 22 Reversible Inhibitions 23 Alternate Substrate (Product) Interactions 24 pH Studies with Enzymes 25 Isotopes in Enzymology 26 Isotope Exchanges at Equilibrium 27 Isotope Effects in Enzymology 28 From Kinetic Data to Mechanism and Back Part IV Chemical Mechanisms and Catalysis 29 Chemical Reactivity and Molecular Interactions 30 Acid–Base Chemistry and Catalysis 31 Nucleophilic Catalysis and Covalent Reaction Intermediates 32 Phosphoryl Group Chemistry and Importance of ATP 33 Enzymatic Oxidation–Reduction Reactions 34 Carboxylations and Decarboxylations 35 Electrophilic Catalysis and Amino Acid Transformations 36 Integrating Kinetic and Chemical Mechanisms: A Synthesis Part V Frontiers in Enzymology 37 Regulation of Enzyme Activity 38 In Vitro Versus In Vivo: Concepts and Consequences 39 Future of Enzymology: An Appraisal 40 Closure – Whither Enzymology References Bibliography
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 128
    Call number: 9783319575773 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book integrates a wide range of subjects into a coherent purview of the status of coastal marine science. Designed for the professional or specialist in coastal science, oceanography, and related disciplines, this work will appeal to workers in multidisciplinary fields that strive for practical solutions to environmental problems in coastal marine settings around the world. Examples are drawn from many different geographic areas, including the Black Sea region. Subject areas covered include aspects of coastal marine geology, physics, chemistry, biology, and history. These subject areas were selected because they form the basis for integrative investigation of salient environmental problems or perspective solutions or interpretation of historical context.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxxvii, 701 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319575773 , 978-3-319-57577-3
    ISSN: 2211-0577 , 2211-0585
    Series Statement: Coastal research library volume 23
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction 1 The Sea, Cradle of Divine Spirituality / Constantin Jurca˘ and Alina Buzarna-Tihenea (Ga˘lbeaza˘) 2 Dobrudja, in the Mesopotamia of the West / Marin Petris¸or 3 Dobruja: A Unique, Intercultural and Spiritual Realm at the Black Sea / Elena Laza˘r and Henrieta Anis¸oara S¸ erban 4 About “Publius Ovidius Naso” ({ 17 p. Chr. n.) and His Poems Written in the “Getae” Language / Nicolae V. Dura˘ 5 The Global Warming and the Water Resources of the Earth / Adrian Bavaru and Rodica Bercu Part II Geology, Geophysics and Sedimentology 6 New Insights into the Black Sea Basin, in the Light of the Reprocessing of Vintage Regional Seismic Data / Ioan Munteanu, Paolo Diviacco, Chiara Sauli, Corneliu Dinu, Mihai Burca˘, Nicolae Panin, and Giuseppe Brancatelli 7 Lithodynamics of the Coastal Zone / Ruben D. Kosyan and Boris V. Divinskiy 8 Granulometry of Sediments in the Mamaia Bay Area / Da˘nuț I. Diaconeasa Part III Physics 9 Inertial Currents in Western Continental Black Sea Shelf / Maria-Emanuela Mihailov 10 Seasonal Changes of Hydrobiological and Bio-Optical Parameters in the Coastal Areas of the Western Part of the Black Sea /Alexander S. Kukushkin 11 Water Mass Measurements Around Benthic Communities: A Comparative Study Between Yo-Yo Conductivity-Temperature-Depth (CTD) Casts and High-Resolution Time Series Data Acquisition of Bottom Waters from the Page`s Escarpment in the Southern Bay of Biscay / Wolf-Christian Dullo, Sascha Fl€ogel, and Andres Rüggeberg Part IV Radioactivity and Radioecology 12 Pre and Post-Chernobyl Environmental Radioactivity in Romania: a Review / Constantin Dovlete, Iolanda Osvath, and Sandu Sonoc 13 Radionuclides Assessment for the Romanian Black Sea Shelf / Gianina Chiros¸ca, Maria-Emanuela Mihailov, Cornel Liviu T¸ ugulan, and Alecsandru Vladimir Chiros¸ca 14 Gamma-Ray Radionuclides in Sediments from Mamaia Beach on the Romanian Black Sea Coast / Vasile Pa˘tras¸cu, Romul Mircea Ma˘rgineanu, Ana-Maria Blebea-Apostu, Da˘nut¸ I. Diaconeasa, and Mariana Claudia Gomoiu 15 Radioactive Content in Fish from Black Sea Caches. Its Impact on Population by Food Consumption / Vasile Pa˘tras¸cu, Romul Mircea Ma˘rgineanu, Valodia Maximov, Ana-Maria Blebea-Apostu, Ma˘da˘lina Galat¸chi, Claudia Gomoiu, and George T¸ iganov 16 Levels of Activity Concentration, Migration and Dose Rates on Biota from Alpha-Radioisotopes of Plutonium in the Black Sea Ecosystem / Nataliya N. Tereshchenko 17 Radionuclides 137 Cs and 90 Sr in Components of the Black Sea Ecosystems: Contemporary Status and Prognosis / Natalya Yu. Mirzoyeva, Viktor N. Egorov, and Sergey B. Gulin 18 Radioecology of the Black Sea / Aleksandr Strezov Part V Chemistry 19 Phosphorus Fluxes in the Pelagic Zone of the Black Sea / Aleksandr V. Parkhomenko 20 Oil Hydrocarbons in Bottom Sediments of Sevastopol Bay (SW Crimean Peninsula, Black Sea): Spatial and Temporal Trends / Tatyana S. Osadchaya Part VI Biology and Microbiology 21 Macrophytobenthos from the Romanian Black Sea Coast – An Overview of the Studies and Actual State / Daciana Sava 22 Cenchrus longispinus (Hack) Fernald, One of the most Aggressive Alien Plants on the Romanian Black Sea Coast / Marius Fa˘ga˘raș 23 New Equipment and Technologies Used for Rapa Whelk Harvesting at the Romanian Black Sea Coast / George T¸ iganov, Cristian-Sorin Danilov, Magda Ioana Nenciu, Eugen Anton, and Aurel Na˘stase 24 Some Aspects of the Biology and the Present State of the Population of Protodorvillea kefersteini (Polychaeta: Dorvilleidae) in the Coastal Zone of the Crimea (The Black Sea) / Vera Kopiy 25 Governance and Socio Economic Implications of the Black Sea Small Scale Fisheries (Bulgaria) / Violin St. Raykov and Simona Nicheva 26 Conservation Status of the Fish Fauna in the Danube Delta Marine Zone / Carmen Georgeta Nicolae, Magda Ioana Nenciu, Valodia Maximov, Dana Popa, Monica Marin, and Mihaela Ivancia 27 Assessment of Cetacean Population Abundance at the Romanian Black Sea Coast in 2013 / George T¸ iganov, Cristian-Sorin Danilov, Magda Ioana Nenciu, Eugen Anton, and Aurel Na˘stase 28 The Black Sea Dolphin Nephron Studied by Romanian Nobel Laureate George Emil Palade / Vasile S^arbu, Raluca Melihov, and Daniel Ovidiu Costea 29 Effect of Water Different Salinity on the Morphology of Kudoa nova (Myxosporea: Kudoidae) Spores: Experimental Study / Violetta Yurakhno Part VII Ecology 30 Population – Structural and Functional Basic Element of Bioceonosis and Species. The Role of Population in the Knowledge of Species Autecology / Nicolae Donița˘ and Stoica Godeanu 31 The Marginal Biological Indicators – An Efficient Tool for Ecological Monitoring of the Marine Environment / Yuvenaly P. Zaitsev Part VIII History of Oceanography 32 Development of International Cooperation in Oceanography: Incentives from Science, Services, Economy and Security / Gunnar Kullenberg 33 Romanian Hydrography – Over 100 Years of History / Romeo Bos¸neagu 34 On Romanian Assertiveness in Navigation on the Black Sea (Fourteenth – Late Nineteenth Century) / Valentin Ciorbea and Nicoleta Stanca 35 An Original Document About the History of the Antarctic Expedition « Belgica » / Alexandru Marinescu 36 Venice-of-the-North’s Ups and Downs: A Brief History of the Port City of Bruges, Belgium / Roger H. Charlier and Constance C. Charlier Part IX Miscellanea 37 The Potential of Airborne LiDAR for Detection of New Archaeological Site in Romania / Ioana Vizireanu and Ra˘zvan Mateescu 38 Genetic Versus Han-Type Algorithms for Maritime Transportation Problems / Doina Carp, Constantin Popa, and Cristina S¸ erban 39 A Three-Dimensional Approach to Oil and Gas Shale Exploitation in the US / Alexandre Charles Thys 40 A Glance at the Medical Activity of “Prof. Dr. V. Sion” Hospital of Constanta in 1931 / Octavian Dumitru Unc and Alexandra Nicoleta Unc 41 Land and Water in Romania’s Food Economy / Aurel Lup, Indira Deniz Alim, and Liliana Miron Congratulations / Romanian Academy, Romanian Committee of History of Science and Technology, Academy of Romanian Scientists, Professor Ana Fabian (Cluj-Napoca), Professor Nicolae Dura˘ (Constant¸a), Professor Garabet Kümbetlian (Constant¸a), International Ocean Institute (Malta), Professor Alexandre Herlea (Paris), Walter Lenz (Germany), and Writer Gabriele Kuby (Germany) Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 129
    facet.materialart.12
    [Singapore] : Springer
    Call number: 9789811054303 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book focuses on the environmental components of sustainability, including aspects of resourcing and the environmental impacts of human societies. Marine and tropical forest ecosystems, food security and other natural resources, as well as technologies for the environmental control of societal impacts are examined. This volume is multi-disciplinary, but with a consistent focus on the natural environment. This 2-volume set discusses a wide range of topics concerning sustainability and human security in Asia, particularly South East Asia. The individual chapters have been contributed by authors from various fields, and due to the breadth of the material are separated into two thematic volumes.The set offers a valuable resource for professionals and researchers in the urban planning industry, postgraduates, policymakers, government officials and natural resources managers. In addition, it can be used in courses on Environmental Engineering, Agriculture and Forestry, Public Policy and Earth Science.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 250 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811054303 , 978-981-10-5430-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Natural Resource Conservation 1 Revegetation Prospects on Ex-illegal Gold Mining Sites Using Secondary Forest Seedling Materials / Wiwik Ekyastuti and Emi Roslinda 2 Hydrological Processes in Different Types of Teak (Tectona grandis L.) Plantation / Hatma Suryatmojo and M. Ali Imron 3 Sustainability Assessment of Highland Tropical Rainforest Ecosystem: A Case of Selupu Rejang Agropolitan Area, Indonesia / Sri Fatkhiati and Djoko Hartoyo Part II Environmental Control 4 The Diversity of Soil Fungus in and Around Termite Mounds of Globitermes sulphureus (Haviland) (Blattodea: Termitidae) and Response of Subterranean Termite to Fungi / Ikhsan Guswenrivo, Hideyuki Nagao, and Chow Yang Lee 5 Screening of Strains and Media of Termitomyces eurrhizus Collected from Japan Toward Nutritional Analyses / Kazuko Ono, Tsuyoshi Yoshimura, and Kazuhiko Kinjo 6 Volume Visualization of Hidden Gallery System of Drywood Termite Using Computed Tomography: A New Approach on Monitoring of Termite Infestation / S. Khoirul Himmi, Tsuyoshi Yoshimura, Yoshiyuki Yanase, Toshiyuki Torigoe, Masanori Akada, Motoko Ikeda, and Setsuo Imazu Part III Biomass and Microbiology in Tropical Regimes 7 The Potency of Fenton-Polyaluminum Chloride for Black Liquor Treatment / Ajeng Arum Sari, Anis Kristiani, Hendris Hendarsyah Kurniawan, and R. Irni Fitria Anggraini 8 Pretreatment of Sweet Sorghum Bagasse Using EFB-Based Black Liquor for Ethanol Production / Muryanto and Ajeng Arum Sari 9 Increasing Farmers’ Affordability for Anaerobic Digester Construction in Rural Area Using Spatial Cluster Analysis / Christia Meidiana, Siska Ita Selvia, and Dian Dinanti Part IV Marine Ecosystems 10 Marine Ecosystem Sustainability Post-Mine Closure Activities (Macrobenthos Dynamics Study Due to the Influence of Tailing Disposal in Buyat Bay, Minahasa, Indonesia) / Djoko Hartoyo, A. Harsono Soepardjo, Abimanyu T. Alamsyah, and Arie Herlambang 11 Reinventing Fiscal Policy on a Quintuple Helix Perspective Toward Indonesia-World Maritime Interaction: A Case in Batam Free Trade Zone and Lamongan, Indonesia / Haula Rosdiana, Inayati, and Maria R.U.D. Tambunan 12 Seaweed Utilization for Phytoremediation of Litopenaeus vannamei Shrimp Farming Waste in Recirculation Systems (Environmentally Friendly Design of Sustainable Shrimp Culture) / Sinung Rahardjo, A. Harsono Soepardjo, D. Djokosetiyanto, and Abimanyu T. Alamsyah Part V Food Security and Technology 13 Effect of Salt Stress on Growth Performance and Antioxidant Status of Local Black Rice (Oryza sativa L.) / Yuda C. Hariadi, Arry Y. Nurhayati, and Rida R. Akbar 14 Larvicidal Activity of Cerbera odollam Gaertn Against a Dengue Vector, Aedes aegypti (Diptera: Culicidae) / Didi Tarmadi, Dwi Jayanti Gunandini, and Sulaeman Yusuf 15 DNA-Based Occupancy Modeling: Human Activity Did Not Significantly Influence Common Palm Civet’s Occupancy / Sena A. Subrata, T.R.A. Budiman, and Fauzi Hamdan 16 Sustainable Development of Traditional Processed Fishery Products: A Feasibility and Risk Analysis of Small-Scale Businesses in West Kalimantan / Eva Dolorosa and Nurliza Nurliza 17 Obstacles to Achieving Food Security: The Failure of Rice Sector Policy and Its Impact on Peasant Deprivation in the Era of Political Reform in Indonesia / Sunardi Purwaatmoko 18 Identification of Phenotype and the Origin of Rambon Cattle of Indonesia / Yudi Adinata, Aryogi, Dicky Pamungkas, and Tety Hartatik 19 Machine Vision-Based Analysis for Black Tea Quality Evaluation / Avicienna Ulhaq Muqodas, Slamet Widodo, Kudang B. Seminar, and Mohamad Solahudin
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 130
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd
    Call number: AWI P5-18-91257 ; IASS 18.91435
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic is a region that has seen exponential growth as a space of geopolitical interest over the past decade. This insightful book is the first to analyse the European Union’s Arctic policy endeavours of the early 21st Century from a critical geopolitical perspective. Exploring the EU’s decade-long undertaking to construct legitimacy in the Arctic between 2008 and 2017, Andreas Raspotnik investigates whether the EU can figure prominently in the Arctic region as an international actor. This book presents the EU’s interest in the Arctic as a fascinating test case for how the EU aims to assert its policies and values in a neighbouring region. This contemporary and intriguing book will be an invaluable resource for scholars and students of international relations, European studies, geography, and Arctic studies, as well as those on courses relating to international organisations and global/regional politics. It will also appeal to the broader public with an interest in the challenges and opportunities of the Arctic region.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: x, 231 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-1-78811-208-6 , 9781788112093 (eBook)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: List of figures and tables. - List of boxes. - Acknowledgements. - List of abbreviations. - PART I INTRODUCTION . - 1. The Geopolitics of an Arctic Meltdown and the Question of EUropean Arctic Space. - PART II GEOPOLITICS. - 2. The Thought Experiment Referred to as Geopolitics. - PART III THE ARCTIC. - 3. Arctic Geopolitics and the Regional Zeitgeist of the Twenty-First Century. - PART IV THE EUROPEAN UNION. - 4. EUropean Dimensions of Arctic Presence. - 5. An Action in the Making: The EU’s Arctic Policy-Making Process. - 6. The EU’s Arctic Space-Making Practices. - PART V CONCLUSION. - 7. A European Geopolitical Subject in the Arctic?. - REFERENCES. - APPENDIX I. - APPENDIX II. - INDEX.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: RIFS Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 131
    Call number: AWI G6-18-91326
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 279 Seiten , Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783110402421
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - Acknowledgements. - 1 Introduction. - 1.1 Origin and characters of silicon and its isotopes. - 1.2 A brief description of silicon geochemistry. - 1.3 The history of silicon isotope studies. - 2 Analytical methods of silicon isotope composition. - 2.1 Gas source isotope ratio mass spectrometric analysis of silicon isotopes. - 2.2 Multi-collector inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometric (MC-ICPMS) analysis of silicon isotopes. - 2.3 Secondary ion mass spectrometry analyses. - 2.4 Standards and reference materials for silicon isotope measurement. - 2.5 Comparison of different methods on silicon isotope analyses. - 3 Mechanisms of silicon isotope fractionation. - 3.1 The thermodynamic silicon isotope exchange fractionation. - 3.2 Kinetic fractionation of silicon isotopes. - 4 Distribution of silicon isotopes in nature. - 4.1 Silicon isotope compositions of extraterrestrial materials. - 4.2 Silicon isotope distribution in lithosphere. - 4.3 Silicon isotope compositions of soils. - 4.4 Hydrosphere. - 4.5 Biosphere. - 5 Several aspects of silicon isotope applications. - 5.1 Studies on global silicon cycle. - 5.2 Silicon isotope studies on environmental variation of ocean. - 5.3 Studies on mechanisms of absorption, transportation and precipitation of silicon in plant growth processes. - 5.4 Studies on silicon source and genesis of ore deposits. - References. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 132
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Akureyri : International Arctic Science Committee
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI P5-18-91643
    In: IASC ... bulletin, 2018
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 84 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen, Karten
    ISBN: 978-9935-24-372-0
    ISSN: 1654-7594
    Series Statement: IASC Bulletin 2018
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS: PREFACE. - 1 IASC Internal Development. - IASC Organization. - IASC Council. - IASC Executive Committee. - IASC Secretariat. - ISIRA. - IASC Medal 2018. - 2 IASC Working Groups. - Cross-Cutting Activities. - Atmosphere Working Group (AWG). - Cryosphere Working Group (CWG). - Marine Working Group (MWG). - Social and Human Working Group (SHWG). - Terrestrial Working Group (TWG). - 3 Arctic Science Summit Week 2017. - Upcoming ASSWs. - 4 Data and Observations. - Arctic Data Committee (ADC). - Sustaining Arctic Observing Networks (SAON). - 5 Partnerships. - Arctic Council. - Asian Forum for Polar Sciences (AFoPS). - Association of Polar Early Career Scientists (APECS). - Circumpolar Health Research Network (CirchNet). - European Polar Board (EPB). - Forum of Arctic Research Operators (FARO). - International Arctic Social Sciences Association (IASSA). - International Association of Cryospheric Sciences (IACS). - International Council for the Exploration of the Sea (ICES). - The International Permafrost Association (IPA). - The Pacific Arctic Group (PAG). - The Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR). - University of the Arctic (UArctic). - WCRP Climate and Cryosphere (CliC). - 6 Capacity Building. - IASC Fellowship Program. - CAFF-IASC Fellowship. - Fellows’ Voices. - Overview of Supported Early Career Scientists.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 133
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred Wegener Institute, Helmholtz-Centre for Polar and Marine Research
    Call number: AWI A4-19-92165
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 86 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: January 2018
    Series Statement: Im Fokus / Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Helmholtz-Zentrum für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Language: German
    Note: TABLE OF CONTENTS: EDITORIAL. - Tracking Changes: research at our planet’s hotspots. - FOCUS TOPIC. - Hotspot Arktic - when the ice disappears. - OCEANOGRAPHY. - E-mails from the Filchner Ice Shelf. - SEA-ICE FORECASTING. - Great minds don’t always think alike. - CLIMATE MODELLING. - Always the right scale. - HYDROACOUSTICS. - The Music of the Ocean. - OCEANOGRAPHY. - The Pulse of Heat in the North Atlantic. - OCEANOGRAPHY. - Where is the giant iceberg from the Larsen C Ice Shelf heading?. - ATMOSPHERIC RESEARCH. - Hitchhiking across the arctic. - CLIMATE MODELLING. - The benefits of model. - REMOTE SENSING. - Minding the gaps. - ATMOSPHERIC RESEARCH. - The Ozone Story. - SEA-ICE PHYSICS. - A bird’s eye view of the ice. - RESEARCH NETWORK INITIATIVE. - Understanding the climate change on your own doorstep. - INFOGRAPHIC. - Decoding the Earth ́s climate history. - SEA LEVEL RISE. - Melting ice flooded shores. - MASTHEAD.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 134
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Köln : Carl Heymanns Verlag
    Call number: AWI S5-18-91862
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXV, 2377 Seiten , 19 cm
    Edition: 5. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783452287168
    Series Statement: Heymanns Taschenkommentare zum gewerblichen Rechtsschutz
    Uniform Title: Gemeinschaftsmarkenverordnung
    Former Title: 1.-4. Auflage unter dem Titel: Gemeinschaftsmarkenverordnung
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 135
    Call number: AWI G3-19-92415
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: VIII, 154, xv Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Table of contents Abstract Zusammenfassung 1 Motivation 2 Introduction 2.1 Arctic climate changes and their impacts on Coastal processes 2.2 Shoreline retreat along Arctic coasts 2.3 Impacts of Coastal erosion 2.3.1 Material fluxes 2.3.2 Retrogressive thaw slumps 2.3.3 Socio-economic impacts 2.4 Objectives 2.5 Study area 2.6 Thesis structure 2.7 Authors’ contributions 3 Variability in rates of Coastal change along the Yukon coast, 1951 to 2015 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Study Area 3.3 Data and Methods 3.3.1 Remote sensing data 3.3.2 Field survey data 3.3.3 Classification of shoreline 3.3.4 Transect-wise analyses of shoreline movements through time 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Temporal variations in shoreline change rates 3.4.2 Alongshore rates of change 3.4.3 Shoreline dynamics along field sites 3.4.4 Dynamics of lagoons, barrier Islands and spits (gravel features) 3.4.5 Yukon Territory land loss 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Temporal variations in shoreline change rates 3.5.2 Alongshore rates of change 3.5.3 Dynamics of lagoons, barrier Islands, and spits (gravel features) 3.5.4 Expected shoreline changes as a consequence of future climate warming 3.6 Conclusions Context 4 Coastal erosion of permafrost Solls along the Yukon Coastal Plain and Kuxes oforganic carbon to the Canadian Beaufort Sea 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Study Area 4.3 Methods 4.3.1 Sample collection and laboratory analyses 4.3.2 Soll organic carbon determinations 4.3.3 Flux of organic soil carbon and Sediments 4.3.4 Fate of the eroded soil organic carbon 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Ground lce 4.4.2 Organic carbon contents 4.4.3 Material fluxes 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Ground lce 4.5.2 Organic carbon contents 4.5.3 Material fluxes 4.5.4 Organic carbon in nearshore Sediments 4.6 Conclusion Context 5 Terrain Controls on the occurrence of Coastal retrogressive thaw slumpsalong the Yukon Coast, Canada 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Study Area 5.3 Methods 5.3.1 Mapping of RTSs and landform Classification 5.3.2 Environmental variables 5.3.3 Univariate regression trees 5.4 Results 5.4.1 Characteristics of RTS along the coast 5.4.2 Density and areal coverage od RTSs along the Yukon Coast 5.5 Discussion 5.5.1 Characteristics and distribution of RTSs along the Yukon Coast 5.5.2 Terrain factors explaining RTS occurrence 5.5.3 Coastal processes 5.6 Conclusions Context 6 Impacts of past and fiiture Coastal changes on the Yukon coast - threats forcultural sites, infrastructure and travel routes 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Study Area 6.3 Methods 6.3.1 Data for shoreline projections 6.3.2 Shoreline projection for the conservative scenario (S1) 6.3.3 Shoreline Projection for the dynamic scenario (S2) 6.3.4 Positioning and characterizing of cultural sites 6.3.5 Calculation of losses under the S1 and S2 scenarios 6.3.6 Estimation of future dynamics in very dynamic areas 6.4 Results and discussion 6.4.1 Past and future shoreline change rates 6.4.2 Cultural sites 6.4.3 Infrastructure and travel routes 6.5 Conclusions 7 Discussion 7.1 The importance of understanding climatic drivers of Coastal changes 7.2 The influence of shoreline change rates on retrogressive thaw slump activity 7.3 On the calculation of carbon fluxes from Coastal erosion along the Yukon coast 7.4 Impacts of present and future Coastal erosion on the natural and human environment 7.5 Synthesis 8 Summary and Conclusions Bibliography Supporting Material Data Set ds01 Table S1 Table S3 Abbreviations and Nomendature Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 136
    Call number: AWI G8-20-93468
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XIII, 151, A28 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Table of contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Abbreviations and Nomenclature 1. Introduction 1.1 Scientific Background 1.1.1 Climate and Permafrost 1.1.2 Remote Sensing 1.1.3 Research Questions 1.2 General Approach 1.3 Thesis Structure 1.4 Author’ s contributions 1.4.1 Chapter 2 1.4.2 Chapter 3 1.4.3 Chapter 4 1.4.4 Chapter 5 1.4.5 Appendix Paper 1 2. Detection of landscape dynamics in the Arctic Lena Delta withtemporally dense Landsat time-series Stacks 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Study Area and Data 2.3.1 Study Area 2.3.2 Data 2.3.3 Methods/processing 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Regional Scale changes 2.4.2 Local scale changes 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Regional scale changes 2.5.2 Local scale changes 2.5.3 Data quality 2.5.4 Data usage and outlook 2.6 Conclusion 2.7 Data Archive 2.8 Acknowledgements 2.9 Appendix A. Supplementary Data 3. Landsat-Based Trend Analysis of Lake Dynamics across NorthernPermafrost Regions 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Study Sites 3.3.1 Alaska North Slope (NSL) 3.3.2 Alaska Kobuk-Selawik Lowlands (AKS) 3.3.3 Central Yakutia (CYA) 3.3.4 Kolyma Lowland (KOL) 3.4 Data and Methods 3.4.1 Data and Trend Analysis 3.4.2 Pixel-Based Machine-Leaming Classification 3.4.3 Object-Based Image Analysis 3.4.4 Data Quality and Post-Processing 3.4.5 Calculation of Lake Change Statistics 3.5 Results 3.5.1 NSL (Alaska North Slope) 3.5.2 AKS (Alaska Kobuk-Selawik Lowlands) 3.5.3 CYA (Central Yakutia) 3.5.4 KOL (Kolyma Lowland) 3.6 Discussion 3.6.1 Data Analysis 3.6.2 Comparison of Sites and Prior Studies 3.7 Conclusions 3.8 Supplementary Materials 3.9 Acknowledgements 3.10 Appendix A 4. Remotely sensing recent permafrost region disturbances across Arcticto Subarctic transects 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Results 4.3.1 Lakes 4.3.2 Retrogressive Thaw Slumps 4.3.3 Wildfire 4.4 Discussion 4.5 Methods 4.5.1 Remote Sensing Data Processing 4.5.2 Auxiliary Data Sources 5. Tundra landform and Vegetation productivity trend maps for theArctic Coastal Plain of northern Alaska 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Background & Summary 5.3 Methods 5.3.1 Polygonal tundra geomorphology mapping 5.3.2 Image processing 5.3.3 Image Classification 5.3.4 Decadal scale NDVI trend analysis 5.4 Data Records 5.5 Technical Validation 5.5.1 Tundra Geomorphology Map 5.5.2 NDVI Trend Map 5.6 Data Citation 6. Discussion/Synthesis 6.1 Landsat-based trend analysis 6.1.1 Spatial Scale 6.1.2 Time series analysis 6.1.3 Model complexity 6.2 Mapping of permafrost landscape dynamics 6.2.1 Lake dynamics 6.2.2 Wildfire 6.2.3 Retrogressive Thaw Slumps 6.3 Pan-arctic scale distribution and consequences of changes inpermafrost 6.4 Outlook Bibliography A-1. Appendix: Reduced arctic tundra productivity linked with landform and climate change interactions A-1.1 Abstract A-1.2 Introduction A-1.3 Methods A-1.4 Results A-1.5 Discussion Danksagung/Acknowledgements Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 137
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    Call number: AWI G2-20-93405
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume describes the complex characteristics of almost all Russian coastal estuaries systematized in the following regions: the coasts of the White Sea, the Barents Sea, the Kara Sea, the Laptev Sea, the East Siberian Sea, the Chukchi Sea, the Black Sea, the Sea of Azov, the Baltic Sea, the Sea of Okhotsk, the Sea of Japan and the Bering Seas. The part on the Baltic Sea includes a detailed description of the Kaliningrad coast and the Gulf of Finland. Apart from the geology and morphology, this book also looks at the anthropogenic effects on shores as well as at hydrological conditions, local climate and water level characteristics, and at economic use of lagoons
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 270 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319433929 , 9783319433905 (print)
    Series Statement: Estuaries of the World
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Specific Features of Estuaries, Lagoons, Limans: Concepts and Terms / Petr Brovko and Ruben Kosyan 2 Estuaries and Lagoons of the Russian Arctic Seas / Vyacheslav Krylenko 3 Estuaries, Lagoons, and Limans of the Marginal Seas of Northeast Asia / Petr Brovko, Yuri Mikishin, and Tamara Ponomareva 4 Lagoons of the Black Sea / Vyacheslav Krylenko and Marina Krylenko 5 Lagoons of the Smallest Russian Sea / Marina Krylenko, Ruben Kosyan, and Vyacheslav Krylenko 6 Transboundary Lagoons of the Baltic Sea / Boris Chubarenko, Dmitriy Domnin, Svetlana Navrotskaya, Zhanna Stont, Vladimir Chechko, Valentina Bobykina, Vasiliy Pilipchuk, Konstantin Karmanov, Anastasea Domnina, Tatiana Bukanova, Victoria Topchaya, and Alexander Kileso 7 Neva Bay: A Technogenic Lagoon of the Eastern Gulf of Finland (Baltic Sea) / Daria Ryabchuk, Vladimir Zhamoida, Marina Orlova, Alexander Sergeev, Julia Bublichenko, Andrey Bublichenko, and Leontina Sukhacheva 8 The White Sea as an Estuarine System / Evgeniy Ignatov, Oleksiy Kalynychenko, and Anatoliy Pantiulin 9 The Diversity of Russian Estuaries / Ruben Kosyan, Petr Brovko, and Jean-Paul Ducrotoy Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 138
    Call number: 9783658130961 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (152 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783658130961 (e-book)
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1 Einleitung Literatur 2 Bauprojekte sind auch Kommunikationsbaustellen 2.1 Aufbau und Erhaltung einer Informationskultur im Projektteam 2.2 Veränderung im öffentlichen Raum schafft Kommunikationsbedarf 2.3 Problemlösung durch integrierte Kommunikation 2.4 Organisatorische Einbindung der Kommunikation in das Projektmanagement 2.5 Kommunikatoren nach innen und außen 2.6 Prozessorientiertes Phasenmodell 2.7 Umfeldanalyse zur Eruierung kritischer Themen 2.8 Festlegung der Kommunikationsstrategie 2.9 Ziele und Dialoggruppen 2.10 Das Bauprojekt bewusst positionieren 2.11 Einheitliche Botschaften nach innen und außen vermitteln 2.12 Strategische Planung des Maßnahmenkatalogs Literatur 3 Interne Kommunikation 3.1 Aufgabenstellungen der internen Kommunikation 3.2 Ratio und Empathie: Die Projektkultur entwickeln 3.3 Formelle und informelle interne Kommunikation 3.4 Formelles Informationsmanagement 3.5 Informeller Informationsaustausch 3.6 Instrumente der internen Kommunikation 3.7 Synchrone Kommunikationsmittel 3.8 Asynchrone Kommunikationsmittel Literatur 4 Externe Kommunikation 4.1 Das Modell PESO 4.2 Bezahlte Medienauftritte (Paid Content) 4.2.1 Advertorials 4.2.2 Baureportagen in Bewegtbildern 4.2.3 Gesponserte Blogbeiträge 4.3 Berichterstattung in den klassischen Medien (Eamed Content) 4.3.1 Basispressemappe als Faktensammlung 4.3.2 Media-Newsroom als Informationsdrehscheibe für Journalisten 4.3.3 Laufende Information über Medienmitteilungen 4.3.4 Pressekonferenzen schaffen persönliche Beziehungen 4.3.5 Einzelgespräche mit Journalisten 4.3.6 Individuelle Publikationen in Fachmedien 4.3.7 Bilder lassen Architektur im Gedächtnis bleiben 4.4 Widerhall in den sozialen Netzwerken (Shared Content) 4.5 Das Bauprojekt in der Selbstdarstellung (Owned Content) 4.5.1 Die Projektwebsite als Kommunikationsdrehscheibe 4.5.2 Stakeholder mit Newslettern am Laufenden halten 4.5.3 Corporate Publishing signalisiert Qualität 4.5.4 Informationspavillon als Ort für Einblicke und Auskünfte 4.5.5 Veranstaltungen Literatur 5 Vorsorgemaßnahmen gegen mögliche Krisen Literatur 6 Ansichten und Einsichten von Experten 6.1 Architekturkritiker und -joumalisten 6.1.1 Axel Simon: Vorsichtskultur der Schweiz führt zu Partizipationsverfahren 6.1.2 Walter Laser: Exklusivität als Türöffner für Fachmedien 6.1.3 Jakob Schoof: Visuelles entscheidet über Berichterstattung 6.2 Kommunikationsverantwortliche von Bauherren 6.2.1 Emst Eichinger: Die Projektdatenbank des größten Bauherrn Österreichs 6.2.2 Johanna Griesmayr: Direkte Kommunikation Online und über Ombudsleute 6.2.3 Peter Klinglmüller: Kommunikativer Hype um das neue grün-weiße Rapid-Stadion 6.3 Projektmanager 6.3.1 Jürgen Laukemper: Bauherren mit einer ausgeprägten Kommunikationskultur tun sich leichter 6.3.2 Andreas Gobiet: Kommunikation gehört Bautechnikem schon in der Ausbildung als Grundelement vermittelt 6.3.3 Wolfgang Kradischnig: Die Währung in einem Projekt ist Vertrauen 6.3.4 Hans Lechner: Planung und Architektur sind keine nonverbalen Kulturleistungen 6.3.5 Arnold Schmitzer: Die sieben Todsündenbeim Bauen 6.3.6 Verena Zybell: Ampelsignale steuern durch Projektengstellen Literatur 7 Resümee Weiterführende Literatur
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 139
    facet.materialart.12
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Call number: 9789402411010 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides an overview of the current state of knowledge of Arctic ice shelves, ice islands and related features. Ice shelves are permanent areas of ice which float on the ocean surface while attached to the coast, and typically occur in very cold environments where perennial sea ice builds up to great thickness, and/or where glaciers flow off the land and are preserved on the ocean surface. These landscape features are relatively poorly studied in the Arctic, yet they are potentially highly sensitive indicators of climate change because they respond to changes in atmospheric, oceanic and glaciological conditions. Recent fracturing and breakup events of ice shelves in the Canadian High Arctic have attracted significant scientific and public attention, and produced large ice islands which may pose a risk to Arctic shipping and offshore infrastructure. Much has been published about Antarctic ice shelves, but to date there has not been a dedicated book about Arctic ice shelves or ice islands. This book fills that gap.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 422 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (teilweise farbig)
    ISBN: 9789402411010 , 978-94-024-1101-0
    ISSN: 2510-0475 , 2510-0483
    Series Statement: Springer Polar Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Distribution and Characteristics of Arctic Ice Shelves 1 Arctic Ice Shelves: An Introduction / Julian A. Dowdeswell and Martin O. Jeffries 2 The Ellesmere Ice Shelves, Nunavut, Canada / Martin O. Jeffries 3 Eurasian Arctic Ice Shelves and Tidewater Ice Margins / Julian A. Dowdeswell 4 Greenland Ice Shelves and Ice Tongues / Niels Reeh Part II Physical Processes and Historical Changes of Arctic Ice Shelves 5 Changes in Canadian Arctic Ice Shelf Extent Since 1906 / Derek Mueller, Luke Copland, and Martin O. Jeffries 6 The Surface Mass Balance of the Ward Hunt Ice Shelf and Ward Hunt Ice Rise, Ellesmere Island, Nunavut, Canada / Carsten Braun 7 Holocene History of Arctic Ice Shelves / John H. England, David J.A. Evans, and Thomas R. Lakeman 8 An Overview of Paleoenvironmental Techniques for the Reconstruction of Past Arctic Ice Shelf Dynamics / Dermot Antoniades 9 Arctic Ice Shelf Ecosystems / Anne D. Jungblut, Derek Mueller, and Warwick F. Vincent Part III Arctic Ice Shelf Calving Processes and Ice Islands 10 Factors Contributing to Recent Arctic Ice Shelf Losses / Luke Copland, Colleen Mortimer, Adrienne White, Miriam Richer McCallum, and Derek Mueller 11 Ice Island Drift Mechanisms in the Canadian High Arctic / Wesley Van Wychen and Luke Copland 12 Recent Changes in Sea Ice Plugs Along the Northern Canadian Arctic Archipelago / Sierra Pope, Luke Copland, and Bea Alt 13 The Military Importance and Use of Ice Islands During the Cold War / William F. Althoff 14 Russian Drifting Stations on Arctic Ice Islands / Igor M. Belkin and Sergey A. Kessel 15 Risk Analysis and Hazards of Ice Islands / Mark Fuglem and Ian Jordaan Erratum Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 140
    Call number: 9781491903117 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xix, 590 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: First edition
    ISBN: 9781491903117 (e-book) , 978-1-4919-0311-7
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Preface Part I. Foundations of Data Systems 1. Reliable, Scalable, and Maintainable Applications Thinking About Data Systems Reliability Hardware Faults Software Errors Human Errors How Important Is Reliability? Scalability Describing Load Describing Performance Approaches for Coping with Load Maintainability Operability: Making Life Easy for Operations Simplicity: Managing Complexity Evolvability: Making Change Easy Summary 2. Data Models and Query Languages Relational Model Versus Document Model The Birth of NoSQL The Object-Relational Mismatch Many-to-One and Many-to-Many Relationships Are Document Databases Repeating History? Relational Versus Document Databases Today Query Languages for Data Declarative Queries on the Web MapReduce Querying Graph-Like Data Models Property Graphs The Cypher Query Language Graph Queries in SQL Triple-Stores and SPARQL The Foundation: Datalog Summary 3. Storage and Retrieval Data Structures That Power Your Database Hash Indexes SSTables and LSM-Trees B-Trees Comparing B-Trees and LSM-Trees Other Indexing Structures Transaction Processing or Analytics? Data Warehousing Stars and Snowflakes: Schemas for Analytics Column-Oriented Storage Column Compression Sort Order in Column Storage Writing to Column-Oriented Storage Aggregation: Data Cubes and Materialized Views Summary 4. Encoding and Evolution Formats for Encoding Data Language-Specific Formats JSON, XML, and Binary Variants Thrift and Protocol Buffers Avro The Merits of Schemas Modes of Dataflow Dataflow Through Databases Dataflow Through Services: REST and RPC Message-Passing Dataflow Summary Part II. Distributed Data 5. Replication Leaders and Followers Synchronous Versus Asynchronous Replication Setting Up New Followers Handling Node Outages Implementation of Replication Logs Problems with Replication Lag Reading Your Own Writes Monotonic Reads Consistent Prefix Reads Solutions for Replication Lag Multi-Leader Replication Use Cases for Multi-Leader Replication Handling Write Conflicts Multi-Leader Replication Topologies Leaderless Replication Writing to the Database When a Node Is Down Limitations of Quorum Consistency Sloppy Quorums and Hinted Handoff Detecting Concurrent Writes Summary 6. Partitioning Partitioning and Replication Partitioning of Key-Value Data Partitioning by Key Range Partitioning by Hash of Key Skewed Workloads and Relieving Hot Spots Partitioning and Secondary Indexes Partitioning Secondary Indexes by Document Partitioning Secondary Indexes by Term Rebalancing Partitions Strategies for Rebalancing Operations: Automatic or Manual Rebalancing Request Routing Parallel Query Execution Summary 7. Transactions The Slippery Concept of a Transaction The Meaning of ACID Single-Object and Multi-Object Operations Weak Isolation Levels Read Committed Snapshot Isolation and Repeatable Read Preventing Lost Updates Write Skew and Phantoms Serializability Actual Serial Execution Two-Phase Locking (2PL) Serializable Snapshot Isolation (SSI) Summary 8. The Trouble with Distributed Systems Faults and Partial Failures Cloud Computing and Supercomputing Unreliable Networks Network Faults in Practice Detecting Faults Timeouts and Unbounded Delays Synchronous Versus Asynchronous Networks Unreliable Clocks Monotonic Versus Time-of-Day Clocks Clock Synchronization and Accuracy Relying on Synchronized Clocks Process Pauses Knowledge, Truth, and Lies The Truth Is Defined by the Majority Byzantine Faults System Model and Reality Summary 9. Consistency and Consensus Consistency Guarantees Linearizability What Makes a System Linearizable? Relying on Linearizability Implementing Linearizable Systems The Cost of Linearizability Ordering Guarantees Ordering and Causality Sequence Number Ordering Total Order Broadcast Distributed Transactions and Consensus Atomic Commit and Two-Phase Commit (2PC) Distributed Transactions in Practice Fault-Tolerant Consensus Membership and Coordination Services Summary Part III. Derived Data 10. Batch Processing Batch Processing with Unix Tools Simple Log Analysis The Unix Philosophy MapReduce and Distributed Filesystems MapReduce Job Execution Reduce-Side Joins and Grouping Map-Side Joins The Output of Batch Workflows Comparing Hadoop to Distributed Databases Beyond MapReduce Materialization of Intermediate State Graphs and Iterative Processing High-Level APIs and Languages Summary 11. Stream Processing Transmitting Event Streams Messaging Systems Partitioned Logs Databases and Streams Keeping Systems in Sync Change Data Capture Event Sourcing State, Streams, and Immutability Processing Streams Uses of Stream Processing Reasoning About Time Stream Joins Fault Tolerance Summary 12. The Future of Data Systems Data Integration Combining Specialized Tools by Deriving Data Batch and Stream Processing Unbundling Databases Composing Data Storage Technologies Designing Applications Around Dataflow Observing Derived State Aiming for Correctness The End-to-End Argument for Databases Enforcing Constraints Timeliness and Integrity Trust, but Verify Doing the Right Thing Predictive Analytics Privacy and Tracking Summary Glossary Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 141
    Call number: 9783319350950 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides the proceedings of the 13th International Conference of Meteorology, Climatology and Atmospheric Physics (COMECAP 2016) that is held in Thessaloniki from 19 to 21 September 2016. The Conference addresses fields of interest for researchers, professionals and students related to the following topics: Agricultural Meteorology and Climatology, Air Quality (Indoor and Outdoor), Applied Meteorology and Climatology, Applications of Meteorology in the Energy sector, Atmospheric Physics and Chemistry, Atmospheric Radiation, Atmospheric Boundary layer, Biometeorology and Bioclimatology, Climate Dynamics, Climatic Changes, Cloud Physics, Dynamic and Synoptic Μeteorology, Extreme Events, Hydrology and Hydrometeorology, Mesoscale Meteorology, Micrometeorology-Urban Microclimate, Remote Sensing- Satellite Meteorology and Climatology, Weather Analysis and Forecasting. The book includes all papers that have been accepted after peer review for presentation in the conference
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXXI, 1259 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319350950 , 978-3-319-35095-0
    ISSN: 2194-5217 , 2194-5225
    Series Statement: Springer atmospheric sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Meteorology The Influence of WRF Parameterisation Schemes on High Resolution Simulations Over Greece / I. Tegoulias, S. Kartsios, I. Pytharoulis, S. Kotsopoulos and Theodore S. Karacostas Assessing the Sensitivity of COSMO/GR Atmospheric Model to Effectively Simulate the Influence of Diabatic Heating on Eastern Mediterranean Explosive Cyclogenesis Under Different Parameterizations of the Model Physics / J. Kouroutzoglou, E. Avgoustoglou, H.A. Flocas, M. Hatzaki, P. Skrimizeas, A. Lalos, K. Keay and I. Simmonds Evaluation of WRF Parameterization Schemes During Heat-Wave Events Over the Greater Area of South–East Mediterranean / C. Giannaros, D. Melas and T.M. Giannaros A Study of an Extreme Hot Weather Event in Greece with the WRF-ARW Atmospheric Model / G. Emmanouil, D. Vlachogiannis, A. Sfetsos, S. Karozis and A. Tasopoulou Lightning Forecasting in Europe: Results Obtained from One Year of Operational Simulations / T.M. Giannaros, V. Kotroni and K. Lagouvardos Numerical Simulations and Observational Study of a Mesoscale Convective System in France, During the HyMeX—SOP1 Using the WRF Model /1 S. Dafis, K. Lagouvardos, V. Kotroni, T.M. Giannaros and A. Bartzokas Design and Evaluation of Sensitivity Tests of COSMO Model Over the Mediterranean Area / E. Avgoustoglou, A. Voudouri, P. Khain, F. Grazzini and J.M. Bettems Comparison and Validation of WRF Model Physics Parameterizations Over the Domain of Greece / N. Politi, P.T. Nastos, A. Sfetsos, D. Vlachogiannis, N.R. Dalezios, N. Gounaris, M.R. Cardoso and M.M.P. Soares Severe Weather Events and Sea Level Variability Over the Mediterranean Sea: The WaveForUs Operational Platform / Y. Krestenitis, I. Pytharoulis, Theodore S. Karacostas, Y. Androulidakis, C. Makris, K. Kombiadou, I. Tegoulias, V. Baltikas, S. Kotsopoulos and S. Kartsios The Implementation of a Dust Wet Deposition Scheme in the WRF-CHEM Model / K. Tsarpalis, A. Papadopoulos and P. Katsafados Temperature Seasonal Predictability of the WRF Model / G. Varlas, P. Katsafados and A. Papadopoulos Numerical Modeling of a Tornado Event at Skala, Lakonia, Peloponnese in September 2015 / M.P. Mylonas, P.T. Nastos and Ioannis T. Matsangouras Towards Predictability Limit: Advancing the Deterministic Skill of Ensembles / I. Kioutsioukis Marine Boundary Layer Offshore and Coastal Coupled Simulations / C. Stathopoulos, G. Galanis and G. Kallos Observational and Numerical Study of a Tornado Outbreak in Attica and Euboea / A. Lampiris, S. Dafis and G. Papavasileiou The Effect of Surface Heterogeneity on the Vertical Structure of the Saharan Convective Boundary Layer / G. Papangelis, M. Tombrou and J. Kalogiros Numerical Study of the Medicane of November 2014 / I. Pytharoulis, Ioannis T. Matsangouras, I. Tegoulias, S. Kotsopoulos, Theodore S. Karacostas and P.T. Nastos Numerical Modeling Analysis of Tornadoes Using the COSMO.GR Model Over Greece / Ioannis T. Matsangouras, E. Avgoustoglou, F. Gofa, I. Pytharoulis, P.T. Nastos and H.W. Bluestein Performance of RegCM4 Model During Heat Waves—A Case Study for China / D.K. Papanastasiou, X. Huang, A. Poupkou, X. Pu, P. Zanis, T. Wang and D. Melas The Role of Heat Extinction Depth Concept to Fire Behavior: An Application to WRF-SFIRE Model / S. Kartsios, Theodore S. Karacostas, I. Pytharoulis and A.P. Dimitrakopoulos Impacts of Observational Data Assimilation on Operational Forecasts / A. Voudouri, E. Avgoustoglou and P. Kaufmann Comparative Forecasts of a Local Area Model (WRF) in Summer for Cyprus / F. Tymvios, D. Charalambous, J. Lelieveld and S. Michaelides Implementation of a Hybrid Surface Layer Parameterization Scheme for the Coupled Atmosphere-Ocean Wave System WEW / P. Katsafados, G. Varlas, A. Papadopoulos and G. Korres Development and Implementation of a Soil Moisture Perturbation Method for EPS Initial Conditions / P. Louka, F. Gofa, C. Marsigli and A. Montani The Impact of Cyclone Xaver on Hydropower Potential in Norway . . . 175 I. Cheliotis, G. Varlas and K. Christakos Heavy Convective Rainfall Forecast Over Paraguay Using Coupled WRF-Cloud Model / V. Spiridonov, J. Baez and B. Telenta The Heat Health Warning System of DWD—Concept and Lessons Learned / A. Matzarakis Impact of Storm Seeding to Hailstone Features in Central Macedonia / D. Foris and V. Foris Validating SAF NWC Products Over the Greek Area / A. Karagiannidis, K. Lagouvardos, V. Kotroni and T.M. Giannaros Use of Global Precipitation Measurement’s Satellite Data for the Study of a Mesoscale Convective System /D. Mitropoulos and H. Feidas Flash Flood Risk and Vulnerability Analysis in Urban Areas: The Case of October 22, 2015, in Attica, Greece / K. Papagiannaki, V. Kotroni, K. Lagouvardos and A. Bezes The First Joint Hydro-Meteo Warnings in Croatia During Heavy Rainfall Period in October 2015 / P. Mutic, T. Jurlina, T. Vujnovic, D. Oskorus, N. Strelec-Mahovic and T. Renko A Total Weighted Least Squares Method for the Determination of the Meteoric Water Line of Precipitation for Hydrological Purposes / A.A. Argiriou, V. Salamalikis and E. Dotsika Storm Characteristics Over Central Macedonia and Thessaly and Their Relation to Atmospheric Parameters / E. Chatzi Radar Climatology of Supercell Thunderstorms in Northern and Central Greece / M. Christodoulou and M. Sioutas Comparison of Physically and Image Based Atmospheric Correction Methods for Sentinel-2 Satellite Imagery / G. Lantzanakis, Z. Mitraka and N. Chrysoulakis First Rains as Extreme Events Influencing Marine Primary Production / D. Kotta, D. Kitsiou and P. Kassomenos Hail Characteristics and Cloud Seeding Effect for Hail Suppression in Central Macedonia, Greece / M. Sioutas Satellite Rainfall Error Analysis with the Use of High-Resolution X-Band Dual-Polarization Radar Observations Over the Italian Alps / M.N. Anagnostou, J. Kalogiros, E. Nikolopoulos, Y. Derin, E.N. Anagnostou and M. Borga The DAPHNE Conceptual Model for Designing a Precipitation Enhancement Project in Thessaly, Greece / Theodore S. Karacostas, I. Pytharoulis, I. Tegoulias, D. Bampzelis, S. Kartsios, S. Kotsopoulos, P. Zanis, E. Katragkou and K. Tympanidis Watershed Size, an Alternative or a Misguided Parameter for River’s Waterpower? Implementation in Macedonia, Greece / G. Grimpylakos, K. Albanakis and Theodore S. Karacostas Survey of the Severe Hailstorms During Summer 2014 in the Northern Part of Greece / P. Fragkouli, A. Tyraski and K. Lagouvardos Assessment of the Thermal Comfort Conditions in a University Campus Using a 3D Microscale Climate Model, Utilizing Mobile Measurements / P.T. Nastos, K.P. Moustris, I. Charalampopoulos, I.K. Larissi and Athanasios G. Paliatsos Diurnal Distribution of Storm Characteristics in Central Macedonia During the Warm Season of the Year Using a C-Band Weather Radar / D. Bampzelis and Theodore S. Karacostas Rain Enhancement Feasibility Potential of Orographic Clouds Over Northern Greece / K. Tympanidis, Theodore S. Karacostas and D. Bampzelis A Preliminary Study on the Effect of Rainfall Events on Human Thermal Comfort Under Hot Weather Conditions / I. Charalampopoulos and I. Tsiros One Day-Ahead Prognosis of Energy Demand Using Artificial Intelligence and Biometeorological Indices / D. Zafirakis, K.P. Moustris, D.H. Alamo and R.J. Nebot Medina The Effect of Rainfall Intensity on the Flood Generation of Mountainous Watersheds (Chalkidiki Prefecture, North Greece) / A. Kastridis and D. Stathis Air Temperature Estimation Over the Ainos Mountain, Kefallinia Island Using Linear Regression Analysis / S. Maniatis, A. Kamoutsis, A. Chronopoulou-Sereli and P.T. Nastos Dust Over the Area of the East Mediterranean: The Severe Dust Event of the Period 7–12 September 2015. Synoptic and Dynamic Analysis / K. Nicolaides and F. Tymvios On the Dynamics Underlying the Emergence of Coherent Structures in Barotropic Turbulence / N.A. Bakas, N.C. Constantinou and P.J. Ioannou Structure and Stability of Low Amplitude Jet Equilibria in Barotropic Turbulence / N.C. Constantinou, P.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 142
    Call number: 9789811031151 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is a compilation of selected papers presented in the International Conference on the theme ‘Wood is Good: Current Trends and Future Prospects in Wood’. The contents of the book deal with recent innovations, trends and challenges in wood science and are grouped in five distinct sections. They cover a wide range of topics like wood variability, processing and utilization, wood protection, wood-based composites, wood energy and the role of wood in mitigating climate change. With the ever increasing human population and growing demand for wood, this book offers valuable insights for better understanding and efficient utilization of this wonderful gift of nature. This book will be useful to researchers, professionals, and policy makers involved in forestry and wood related areas.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIV, 480 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811031151 , 978-981-10-3115-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Wood Properties and Variability Optimizing Wood Utilization Based on Whole Tree Inherent Property Maps / Mathew Leitch and Scott Miller Screening Corewood of Pine for Wood Properties / M. Sharma, J.C.F. Walker and Shakti S. Chauhan Imaging Spiral Grain in Pinus radiata with X-ray Microtomography / Jimmy Thomas and David A. Collings Rapid Measurement of Density of Wood in Progeny Trial of Acacia mangium Willd. Using Resistograph—A Nondestructive Method / A.R. Uthappa, Maheshwar Hegde, P. Karthick Kumar, B. Gurudev Singh and R.S. Prashanth Eliminating Growth-Stresses in Eucalyptus: A Scoping Study with E. bosistoana and E. nitens / M. Sharma, J.C.F. Walker and Shakti S. Chauhan Longitudinal Growth Strains in Melia dubia / Sandhya Sharma, Santosh Sumbali, Pankaj Aggarwal and Shakti S. Chauhan Immunofluorescence Localization of β-(1-4)- D -Galactan and Xylans in Tension Wood and Normal Wood Fibres of Leucaena leucocephala / S. Pramod, Kishore S. Rajput and Karumanchi S. Rao Comparative Wood Anatomy of Four Artocarpus Species of North East India with Reference to Their Identification / M.K. Singh, C.L. Sharma and M. Sharma Wood Anatomy of Some Members of Family Fagaceae from North-East India / M. Sharma, W. Shylla and C.L. Sharma Anatomical Characterisation and In Vitro Laboratory Decay Test of Different Woods Decayed by Xylaria hypoxylon / Rina D. Koyani, S. Pramod, H.R. Patel, A.M. Vasava, K.S. Rao and Kishore S. Rajput Growth Ring Structure and Specific Gravity Variation in Juvenile and Mature Wood of Natural-Grown Teak (Tectona grandis L.f.) / Satish Kumar Sinha, R. Vijendra Rao, T.S. Rathore and H.P. Borgaonkar Variability for Heartwood Content in Three Commercially Important Tree Species of Peninsular India—Hardwickia binata, Pterocarpus santalinus and Santalum album / A.N. Arun Kumar, Geeta Joshi and S. Manikandan Relations Between Growth Traits and Wood Parameters of Tectona grandis L.f. in Even-Aged Plantations in Tamil Nadu / C. Buvaneswaran, M. George, K. Vinoth Kumar and R. Velumani Variation in Heartwood Formation and Wood Density in Plantation-Grown Red Sanders (Pterocarpus santalinus) / K. Suresh, Maheshwar Hegde, P. Deenathayalan, P. Karthick Kumar, M. Thangapandi, B. Gurudev Singh and N. Krishnakumar Identification and Characterization of Tension Wood in Acacia auriculiformis A. Cunn. ex Benth. and Acacia mangium Willd. Grown in Kerala / E.V. Anoop, C.M. Jijeesh, S. Jinu, R. Vishnu and M.C. Anish Basic Density and Fibre Morphological Characteristics of Selected Pulpwood Species of Kerala / E.V. Anoop, Arun Joseph, C.M. Jijeesh, R. Vishnu and Anju S. Vijayan Estimation of Leaf Area–Wood Density Traits Relationship in Tropical Dry Evergreen Forests of Southern Coromandel Coast, Peninsular India / M. Udayakumar and T. Sekar Variations on Pulping Properties of Gmelina arborea Roxb. Grown in Different Geographical Regions of Tamil Nadu, India / J. Soosai Raj, A. Mayavel, V.N. Mutharaian and A. Nicodemus Biochemical Characterization of Wood Lignin of Hevea brasiliensis / S. Pramod, C.P. Reghu and K.S. Rao Part II Wood Protection Protection of Wood: A Global Perspective on the Future / Jeffrey J. Morrell Conveyor Belt Pressure Impregnation of Wood / Peter Vinden, Grigori Torgovnikov and Anil K. Sethy Natural Resistance of Imported Timbers Against Termites and Fungi in Indian Condition—A Comparison / Rashmi Ramesh Shanbhag, R. Sundararaj, H.C. Nagaveni, G. Vijayalakshmi and B. Lingappa Enhancing Photostability of Wood Coatings Using Titanium Dioxide Nanoparticles / Kavyashree Srinivas and Krishna K. Pandey Screening of Oils of Pongamia pinnata Linn., Jatropha curcas Linn. and Simarouba glauca D.C. for Developing Eco-Friendly Wood Preservatives / D. Venmalar Fungal Inhibition in Wood Treated with Lantana camara L. Extract / Heena Gupta, Kulwant Rai Sharma and J.N. Sharma Powderpost Beetle Menace in Wooden Handicraft Industries and Their Management / Raja Muthukrishnan and O.K. Remadevi Effect of Thermal Modification on Physical Properties of Bambusa nutans / Kiran Ghadge and Krishna K. Pandey Part III Wood-Based Composites Micromechanics of Cellulose Fibres and Their Composites / Ramesh Babu Adusumalli, Karthik Chethan Venkateshan and Wolfgang Gindl-Altmutter Adhesives of Bio-origin for Wood Composites / D. Sujatha, S.K. Nath and B.S. Mamatha Experimental and Numerical Modeling of Hemp–Polyester Composites / D.S. Chethan, G.S. Venkatesh, Gunti Ranga Srinivas and C.S. Vinod Kumar Lantana Fiber-Filled Polypropylene Composite / Amey Kale, N. Raghu, Shakti S. Chauhan and Pankaj Aggarwal Development of Fire Retardant Wood Composite Using Amino Resin / B.S. Mamatha, D. Sujatha, S.K. Nath, D.N. Uday and Anand Nandanwar Study on Utilization of Plantation-Grown Timber Species Grevillea robusta (Silver Oak) for Medium-Density Fibre Board / D.N. Uday, B.S. Mamatha, D. Sujatha and V. Prakash Suitability of Mixed Species of Bamboo (Bambusa polymorpha and Bambusa tulda) for Medium-Density Particle Board / Amit Ashok Mahadik, Anil Negi and Amey Pravin Awale Part IV Wood Utilization Pattern A Comparative Assessment of Autoclave and Microwave-Assisted Peroxometal Complex in Delignification of Wood Biomass for Enhanced Sugar Production / Pradeep Verma and Venkatesh Chaturvedi Yield Evaluation of Oyster Mushroom on Dust Waste of Some Common Timber Species / C. Sneha and Minnu Tomy Study on Fuel Properties of Important Biomass Briquetting Feedstocks in India / Ritesh Kumar, M. Srinivasa Rao, R. Ezhumalai and R. Tailor Study on Chemical, Elemental and Gasification Characteristics of Lantana camara Wood / R. Ezhumalai and Ritesh Kumar Search for Future Fuels—Pathway Points to a ‘Boring’ Process / L.N. Santhakumaran Wood Use in India—Readying for that Elusive Renaissance? / K. Satyanarayana Rao Part V Wood and Climate Change Wood is Good for REDD+! / Ederson A. Zanetti How Good is Wood? Facts and Myths Regarding Wood as a Green Building Material / Arijit Sinha Carbon Sequestration by Bamboo Farming on Marginal Land and Sustainable Use of Wood Waste for Bioenergy: Case Studies from Abellon Clean Energy / Beena Patel, Bharat Gami and Pankaj Patel Use Wood—Combat Climate Change / S.K. Nath Author Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 143
    Call number: 9789462392076 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is the first comprehensive overview and evaluation of the origins, history and current size and condition of all of Iceland's major glaciers (including Vatnajökull, the largest in Europe) at the beginning of the twenty-first century. It is not only illustrated with many beautiful photographs and graphs of recent statistics and scientific data, but is also a collection of historical writings and drawings from annals, sagas, folk tales, diaries, reports, stories and poems, as it presents a unique approach to the study of glaciers on an island in the North Atlantic.Balancing and comparing the world of man with the world of nature, the perceptions of art and culture with the systematic and pragmatic analyses of science, The Glaciers of Iceland present a wide spectrum of readers with a new and stimulating view of the origins, development and possible future of these massive natural phenomena, as well as the study and role of glaciology, within specific time lines and geographical locations. Icelandic glaciers the author argues could prove essential for understanding the current unsettling progress of global warming. The glaciers of Iceland, therefore, aims at presenting to a wide readership an original, historical, cultural and scientific overview of these geophysical features in Iceland while also suggesting increasingly important lessons and models for man's future interaction with the world's glaciers as a whole.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 613 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9789462392076 , 978-94-6239-207-6
    ISSN: 2543-0327 , 2543-0335
    Series Statement: Atlantis advances in quaternary science volume 2
    Uniform Title: Jöklar á Islandi
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I The Origins and History of Glaciers and Glaciology 1 Origins and Nature of Glaciers 2 Reading the Landscape 3 Iceland 4 History of Glaciology in Iceland Part II The Glaciers of Iceland 5 Glaciers of Southern Iceland 6 Glaciers of the Central Highlands 7 Glaciers of Northern and Western Iceland 8 Vatnajökull and Glaciers of Eastern Iceland Appendix Afterword
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 144
    Call number: 9783319261942 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book deals with the most striking landscapes and landforms of Italy. Attention is given to landform diversity and landscape evolution through time which has been controlled by very diverse geological conditions and dramatic climate changes that have characterized the Italian peninsula and islands since the end of the last glaciation. In addition, various examples of human impact on the landscape are presented. Landscapes and Landforms of Italy contains more than thirty case studies of a multitude of Italian geographical landmarks. The topics and sites described in this book range from the Alpine glaciers to the Etna and Vesuvius volcanoes, taking into account the most representative fluvial, coastal, gravity-induced, karst and structural landscapes of the country. Chapters on the geomorphological landmarks of the cities of Rome and Venice are also included. The book provides the readers with the opportunity to explore the variety of Italian landscapes and landforms through informative texts illustrated with several color maps and photos. This book will be relevant to scientists, scholars and any readers interested in geology, physical geography, geomorphology, landscape tourism, geoheritage and environmental protection
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiii, 539 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319261942 , 978-3-319-26194-2
    ISSN: 2213-2104 , 2213-2090
    Series Statement: World geomorphological landscapes
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Chapter 1. Introduction to the Landscapes and Landforms of Italy (Mauro Soldati) -- Part I: Physical Environment -- Chapter 2. The Great Diversity of Italian Landscapes and Landforms: Their Origin and Human Imprint (Mauro Marchetti) -- Chapter 3. Outline of the Geology of Italy (Alfonso Bosellini) -- Chapter 4. The Climate of Italy (Simona Fratianni) -- Chapter 5. Morphological Regions of Italy (Paola Fredi) -- Part II: Landscapes and Landforms. Chapter 6. The Glaciers of the Valle d’Aosta and Piemonte Regions: Records of Present and Past Environmental and Climate Changes (Marco Giardino) -- Chapter 7. Landscapes of Northern Lombardy: From the Glacial Scenery of Upper Valtellina to the Prealpine Lacustrine Environment of Lake Como (Irene Bollati) -- Chapter 8. The Adamello-Presanella and Brenta Massifs, Central Alps: Contrasting High-mountain Landscapes and Landforms (Alberto Carton) -- Chapter 9. Large Ancient Landslides in Trentino, Northeastern Alps, as Evidence of Post-glacial Dynamics (Alberto Carton) -- Chapter 10. The Dolomite Landscape of the Alta Badia (Northeastern Alps): A Remarkable Record of Geological and Geomorphological History (Mauro Marchetti) -- Chapter 11. The Vajont Valley (Eastern Alps): A Complex Landscape Deeply Marked by Landsliding (Alessandro Pasuto) -- Chapter 12. Karst Landforms in Friuli Venezia Giulia: From Alpine to Coastal Karst (Franco Cucchi) -- Chapter 13. The Tagliamento River: The Fluvial Landscape and Long-term Evolution of a Large Alpine Braided River (Nicola Surian).-Chapter 14. Lake Garda: An Outstanding Archive of Quaternary Geomorphological Evolution (Carlo Baroni) -- Chapter 15. Geomorphological Processes and Landscape Evolution of the Lagoon of Venice (Aldino Bondesan) -- Chapter16. The Po Delta Region: Depositional Evolution, Climate Change and Human Intervention Through the Last 5,000 Years (Marco Stefani) -- Chapter 17. Landscapes and Landforms Driven by Geological Structures in the Northwestern Apennines (Luisa Pellegrini) -- Chapter 18. Fingerprints of Large-scale Landslides in the Landscape of the Emilia Apennines (Giovanni Bertolini) -- Chapter 19. Mud Volcanoes in the Emilia-Romagna Apennines: Small Landforms of Outstanding Scenic and Scientific Value (Doriano Castaldini) -- Chapter 20. The Outstanding Terraced Landscape of the Cinque Terre Coastal Slopes (Eastern Liguria) (Pierluigi Brandolini) -- Chapter 21. Tuscany Hills and Valleys: Uplift, Exhumation, Valley Downcutting and Relict Landforms (Mauro Coltorti) -- Chapter 22. Landscapes and Landforms of the Duchy of Urbino in Italian Renaissance Paintings (Olivia Nesci) -- Chapter 23. Rocky Cliffs Joining Velvet Beaches: The Northern Marche Coast (Daniele Savelli) -- Chapter 24. The Typical Badlands Landscapes Between the Tyrrhenian Sea and the Tiber River (Maurizio Del Monte) -- 25. The Tuff Cities: A ‘Living Landscape’ at the Border of Volcanoes in Central Italy (Claudio Margottin) -- Chapter 26. A Route of Fire in Central Italy: The Latium Ancient Volcanoes (Paola Fredi) -- Chapter 27. Relief, Intermontane Basins and Civilization in the Umbria-Marche Apennines: Origin and Life by Geological Consent (Marta Della Seta) -- Chapter 28. The Terminillo, Gran Sasso and Majella Mountains: The ‘Old Guardians’ of the Tyrrhenian and Adriatic Seas (Tommaso Piacentini) -- Chapter 29. Aeternae Urbis Geomorphologia - Geomorphology of Rome, Aeterna Urbs (Maurizio Del Monte) -- Chapter 30. Granite Landscapes of Sardinia: Long-term Evolution of Scenic Landforms (Rita T. Melis) -- Chapter 31. The Coastal Dunes of Sardinia: Landscape Response to Climate and Sea Level Changes (Rita T. Melis) -- Chapter 32. The Terrestrial and Submarine Landscape of the Tremiti Archipelago, Adriatic Sea (Enrico Miccadei) -- Chapter 33. Vesuvius and Campi Flegrei: Volcanic History, Landforms and Impact on Settlements (Pietro P.C. Aucelli) -- Chapter 34. Sorrento Peninsula and Amalfi Coast: The Long-term History of an Enchanting Promontory (Aldo Cinque) -- Chapter 35. The Coastal Landscape of Cilento (Southern Italy): A challenge for Protection and Tourism Valorisation (Alessio Valente) -- Chapter 36. The Salento Peninsula (Apulia, Southern Italy): A Water-shaped Landscape Without Rivers (Giuseppe Mastronuzzi) -- Chapter 37. The Landscape of the Aspromonte Massif: A Geomorphological Open-air Laboratory (Gaetano Robustelli) -- Chapter 38. Volcanic Landforms and Landscapes of the Aeolian Islands (Southern Tyrrhenian Sea, Sicily): Implications for Hazard Evaluation (Federico Lucchi) -- Chapter 39. Geomorphology of the Capo San Vito Peninsula (NW Sicily): An Example of Tectonically and Climatically Controlled Landscape (Valerio Agnesi) -- Chapter 40. Landforms and Landscapes of Mount Etna (Sicily): Relationships Between a Volcano, its Environment and Human Activity (Stefano Branca) -- Chapter 41. Pantelleria Island (Strait of Sicily): Volcanic History and Geomorphological Landscape (Silvio G. Rotolo) -- Part III: Geoheritage -- Chapter 42. Geoheritage in Italy (Maria Cristina Giovagnoli) -- Chapter 43. Geomorphodiversity in Italy: Examples from the Dolomites, Northern Apennines and Vesuvius (Mario Panizza) -- Chapter 44. Goethe’s Italian Journey and the Geological Landscape (Paola Coratza) -- Chapter 45. Wine Landscapes of Italy (Vincenzo Amato) -- Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 145
    Call number: 9783319474298 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This compelling volume provides a broad and accessible overview on the rapidly developing field of social neuroscience. A major goal of the volume is to integrate research findings on the neural basis of social behavior across different levels of analysis from rodent studies on molecular neurobiology to behavioral neuroscience to fMRI imaging data on human social behavior.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 429 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319474298 , 978-3-319-47429-8
    ISSN: 1866-3389 , 1866-3370
    Series Statement: Current topics in behavioral neurosciences volume 30
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Social Behavior in Rodents Conspecific Interactions in Adult Laboratory Rodents: Friends or Foes? / Michael Lukas and Trynke R. de Jong Recognizing Others: Rodent’s Social Memories / Judith Camats Perna and Mario Engelmann Social Odors: Alarm Pheromones and Social Buffering / Yasushi Kiyokawa Acoustic Communication in Rats: Effects of Social Experiences on Ultrasonic Vocalizations as Socio-affective Signals / Markus Wöhr, K. Alexander Engelhardt, Dominik Seffer, A. Özge Sungur and Rainer K.W. Schwarting From Play to Aggression: High-Frequency 50-kHz Ultrasonic Vocalizations as Play and Appeasement Signals in Rats / Theresa M. Kisko, Markus Wöhr, Vivien C. Pellis and Sergio M. Pellis The Psycho-Neurology of Cross-Species Affective/Social Neuroscience: Understanding Animal Affective States as a Guide to Development of Novel Psychiatric Treatments / Jaak Panksepp Social Reward and Empathy as Proximal Contributions to Altruism: The Camaraderie Effect / Garet P. Lahvis A Social Reinforcement Learning Hypothesis of Mutual Reward Preferences in Rats / Julen Hernandez-Lallement, Marijn van Wingerden, Sandra Schäble and Tobias Kalenscher Part II Social Behavior in Humans A Plea for Cross-species Social Neuroscience / Christian Keysers and Valeria Gazzola Models, Mechanisms and Moderators Dissociating Empathy and Theory of Mind / Philipp Kanske, Anne Böckler and Tania Singer Reward: From Basic Reinforcers to Anticipation of Social Cues / Lena Rademacher, Martin Schulte-Rüther, Bernd Hanewald and Sarah Lammertz Human Cooperation and Its Underlying Mechanisms / Sabrina Strang and Soyoung Q. Park The Social Neuroscience of Interpersonal Emotions / Laura Müller-Pinzler, Sören Krach, Ulrike M. Krämer and Frieder M. Paulus Deconstructing Anger in the Human Brain Gadi Gilam and Talma Hendler On the Control of Social Approach–Avoidance Behavior: Neural and Endocrine Mechanisms / Reinoud Kaldewaij, Saskia B.J. Koch, Inge Volman, Ivan Toni and Karin Roelofs Mapping Social Interactions: The Science of Proxemics / Cade McCall Part III Clinical Implications Genetic Animal Models for Autism Spectrum Disorder / Jan C. Schroeder, Dominik Reim, Tobias M. Boeckers and Michael J. Schmeisser Treatment Approaches in Rodent Models for Autism Spectrum Disorder / Susanna Pietropaolo, Wim E. Crusio and Francesca R. D’amato Neuroimaging-Based Phenotyping of the Autism Spectrum / Boris C. Bernhardt, Adriana Di Martino, Sofie L. Valk and Gregory L. Wallace Current Practice and Future Avenues in Autism Therapy / L. Poustka and I. Kamp-Becker The Social Context Network Model in Psychiatric and Neurological Diseases / Sandra Baez, Adolfo M. García and Agustín Ibanez Social-Cognitive Deficits in Schizophrenia Daniela Mier and Peter Kirsch The Programming of the Social Brain by Stress During Childhood and Adolescence: From Rodents to Humans / Stamatina Tzanoulinou and Carmen Sandi
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 146
    Call number: 9783319578224 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume presents a collection of contributions that were published in "Pure and Applied Geophysics - pageoph" and which deals with the major earthquake that hit Illapel, Chile on September 16, 2015 with magnitude 8.3, and associated trans-oceanic tsunami. The subducting Nazca plate beneath the Andes caused this major earthquake, generating strong shaking, permanent deformation, free oscillations of the Earth, and tsunamis. This event occurred in the flat-angle subducting segment of the plate.The generated tsunami spread throughout the entire Pacific Ocean and was recorded by numerous coastal tide gauges and open-ocean DART stations. All articles give an up-to-date account of research in one of the most active seismic zones worldwide. An introductory article by Kenji Satake rounds this collection off.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 335 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: previously published in Pure and Applied Geophysics (PAGEOPH)
    ISBN: 9783319578224 , 978-3-319-57822-4
    ISSN: 2504-3625 , 2504-3633
    Series Statement: Pageoph topical volumes
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface A Review of Source Models of the 2015 Illapel, Chile Earthquake and Insights from Tsunami Data / Kenji Satake and Mohammad Heidarzadeh, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1450-5 Rapidly Estimated Seismic Source Parameters for the 16 September 2015 Illapel, Chile Mw 8 3 Earthquake / Lingling Ye, Thorne Lay, Hiroo Kanamori and Keith D. Koper, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1202-y Rupture Process During the 2015 Illapel, Chile Earthquake: Zigzag-Along-Dip Rupture Episodes / Ryo Okuwaki, Yuji Yagi, Rafael Aránguiz, Juan González and Gabriel González, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1271-6 Imaging Rupture Process of the 2015 Mw 8 3 Illapel Earthquake Using the US Seismic Array / Bo Li and Abhijit Ghosh, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1323-y Interseismic Coupling, Megathrust Earthquakes and Seismic Swarms Along the Chilean Subduction Zone (38°–18°S) / M. Métois, C. Vigny and A. Socquet, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1280-5 Low-Frequency Centroid Moment Tensor Inversion of the 2015 Illapel Earthquake from Superconducting-Gravimeter Data / Eliška Zábranová and Ctirad Matyska, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1252-9 Coseismic Fault Slip of the September 16, 2015 Mw 8 3 Illapel, Chile Earthquake Estimated from InSAR Data / Yingfeng Zhang, Guohong Zhang, Eric A. Hetland, Xinjian Shan, Shaoyan Wen and Ronghu Zuo, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1266-3 Analysis of the Illapel Mw = 8 3 Thrust Earthquake Rupture Zone Using GOCE-Derived Gradients / Orlando Álvarez, Agustina Pesce, Mario Gimenez, Andres Folguera, Santiago Soler and Wenjin Chen, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1376-y Chile2015: Lévy Flight and Long-Range Correlation Analysis of Earthquake Magnitudes in Chile / Maria P. Beccar-Varela, Hector Gonzalez-Huizar, Maria C. Mariani, Laura F. Serpa and Osei K. Tweneboah, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1334-8 Time-Based Network Analysis Before and After the Mw 8 3 Illapel Earthquake 2015 Chile / Denisse Pastén, Felipe Torres, Benjamín Toledo, Víctor Muñoz, José Rogan and Juan Alejandro Valdivia, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1335-7 Chilean Earthquakes: Aquifer Responses at the Russian Platform / Alina Besedina, Evgeny Vinogradov, Ella Gorbunova and Igor Svintsov, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1256-5 Ionospheric Plasma Response to Mw 8 3 Chile Illapel Earthquake on September 16, 2015 / C. D. Reddy, Mahesh N. Shrivastava, Gopi K. Seemala, Gabriel González and Juan Carlos Baez, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1282-3 Remote Sensing of Atmospheric and Ionospheric Signals Prior to the Mw 8 3 Illapel Earthquake, Chile 2015 / Mohammad Reza Mansouri Daneshvar and Friedemann T. Freund, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1366-0 Chile2015: Induced Magnetic Fields on the Z Component by Tsunami Wave Propagation / V. Klausner, T. Almeida, F. C. De Meneses, E. A. Kherani, V. G. Pillat and M. T. A. H. Muella, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1279-y First Report on Seismogenic Magnetic Disturbances over Brazilian Sector / V. Klausner, T. Almeida, F. C. De Meneses, E. A. Kherani, V. G. Pillat, M. T. A. H. Muella and P. R. Fagundes, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1455-0 The 16 September 2015 Chile Tsunami from the Post-Tsunami Survey and Numerical Modeling Perspectives / Rafael Aránguiz, Gabriel González, Juan González, Patricio A. Catalán, Rodrigo Cienfuegos, Yuji Yagi, Ryo Okuwaki, Luisa Urra, Karla Contreras, Ian Del Rio and Camilo Rojas, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1225-4 Field Survey of the 2015 Chile Tsunami with Emphasis on Coastal Wetland and Conservation Areas / Manuel Contreras-López, Patricio Winckler, Ignacio Sepúlveda, Adolfo Andaur-Álvarez, Fernanda Cortés-Molina, Camila J. Guerrero, Cyntia E. Mizobe, Felipe Igualt, Wolfgang Breuer, José F. Beyá, Hernán Vergara and Rodrigo Figueroa-Sterquel, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1235-2 A Study of the 2015 Mw 8 3 Illapel Earthquake and Tsunami: Numerical and Analytical Approaches / Mauricio Fuentes, Sebastián Riquelme, Gavin Hayes, Miguel Medina, Diego Melgar, Gabriel Vargas, José González and Angelo Villalobos, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1305-0 Real-Time Assessment of the 16 September 2015 Chile Tsunami and Implications for Near-Field Forecast / Liujuan Tang, Vasily V. Titov, Christopher Moore and Yong Wei, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1226-3 . Comparison Between Tsunami Signals Generated by Different Source Models and the Observed Data of the Illapel 2015 Earthquake / Ignacia Calisto, Matthew Miller and Iván Constanzo, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1253-8 Tsunami Characteristics Along the Peru–Chile Trench: Analysis of the 2015 Mw8 3 Illapel, the 2014 Mw8 2 Iquique and the 2010 Mw8 8 Maule Tsunamis in the Near-field / R. Omira, M. A. Baptista and F. Lisboa, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1277-0 Tsunami Penetration in Tidal Rivers, with Observations of the Chile 2015 Tsunami in Rivers in Japan / Elena Tolkova, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1229-0
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 147
    Call number: 9783319396170 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook provides a comprehensive overview on the diverse strategies invertebrate animals have developed for nitrogen excretion and maintenance of acid-base balance and summarizes the most recent findings in the field, obtained by state-of-the-art methodology. A broad range of terrestrial, freshwater and marine invertebrate groups are covered, including crustaceans, cephalopods, insects and worms. In addition the impact of current and future changes in ocean acidification on marine invertebrates due to anthropogenic CO2 release will be analyzed. The book addresses graduate students and young researchers interested in general animal physiology, comparative physiology and marine/aquatic animal physiology. Also it is an essential source for researchers dealing with the effects of increasing pCO2 levels on aquatic animals, of which the vast majority are indeed invertebrates. All chapters are peer-reviewed.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 306 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319396170 , 978-3-319-39617-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Nitrogen Excretion in Aquatic Crustaceans / Dirk Weihrauch, Sandra Fehsenfeld, and Alex Quijada-Rodriguez 2 Nitrogenous Waste Metabolism Within Terrestrial Crustacea, with Special Reference to Purine Deposits and Their Metabolism / Stuart M. Linton, Jonathan C. Wright, and Caitlin G. Howe 3 Gill Ion Transport ATPases and Ammonia Excretion in Aquatic Crustaceans / Francisco A. Leone, Malson N. Lucena, Daniela P. Garçon, Marcelo R. Pinto, and John C. McNamara 4 Nitrogen Excretion and Metabolism in Insects / M. J. O’Donnell and Andrew Donini 5 Nitrogen Excretion in Nematodes, Platyhelminthes, and Annelids / Alex R. Quijada-Rodriguez, Aida Adlimoghaddam, and Dirk Weihrauch 6 Acid–Base Regulation in Aquatic Decapod Crustaceans / Sandra Fehsenfeld and Dirk Weihrauch 7 Cell Biology of Reef-Building Corals: Ion Transport, Acid/Base Regulation, and Energy Metabolism / Martin Tresguerres, Katie L. Barott, Megan E. Barron, Dimitri D. Deheyn, David I. Kline, and Lauren B. Linsmayer 8 Acid–Base Regulation in Insect Haemolymph / Philip G.D. Matthews 9 Acid–Base Loops in Insect Larvae with Extremely Alkaline Midgut Regions / Horst Onken and David F. Moffett 10 pH Regulation and Excretion in Echinoderms / Meike Stumpp and Marian Y. Hu 11 Acid–Base Regulation and Ammonia Excretion in Cephalopods: An Ontogenetic Overview / Marian Hu and Yung-Che Tseng Service Part Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 148
    facet.materialart.12
    [Berlin] : Springer
    Call number: 9783642254406 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book focusses on atmospheric processes, which directly affect human environments within the lowest 100–1000 meters of the atmosphere over regions of only a few kilometres in extent. The book is the translation into English of the third edition of the German book “Applied Meteorology – Micrometeorological Methods”. It presents, with selected examples, the basics of micrometeorology applied to disciplines such as biometeorology, agrometeorology, hydrometeorology, technical meteorology, environmental meteorology, and biogeosciences. The important issues discussed in this book are the transport processes and fluxes between the atmosphere and the underlying surface. Vegetated and heterogeneous surfaces are special subjects. The author covers the areas of theory, measurement techniques, experimental methods, and modelling all in ways that can be used independently in teaching, research, or practical applications.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxi, 362 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: second edition
    ISBN: 9783642254406 , 978-3-642-25440-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 General Basics 1.1 Micrometeorology 1.2 Atmospheric Scales 1.3 Atmospheric Boundary Layer 1.4 Energy Balance at the Earth’s Surface 1.4.1 Net Radiation at the Earth’s Surface 1.4.2 Ground Heat Flux and Ground Heat Storage 1.4.3 Turbulent Fluxes 1.5 Water Balance Equation References 2 Basic Equations of Atmospheric Turbulence 2.1 Equation of Motion 2.1.1 Navier-Stokes Equation of Mean Motion 2.1.2 Turbulent Equation of Motion 2.1.3 Closure Techniques 2.2 Equation of the Turbulence Kinetic Energy 2.3 Flux-Gradient Similarity 2.3.1 Profile Equations for Neutral Stratification 2.3.2 Integration of the Profile Equation—Roughness and Zero-Plane Displacement 2.3.3 Monin-Obukhov’s Similarity Theory 2.3.4 Bowen-Ratio Similarity 2.4 Flux-Variance Similarity 2.5 Turbulence Spectrum 2.6 Atmospheric Boundary Layer 2.6.1 Mixed Layer Height 2.6.2 Resistance Law 2.6.3 Integral Turbulence Characteristics References 3 Specifics of the Near-Surface Turbulence 3.1 Properties of the Underlying Surface 3.1.1 Roughness—Additional Remarks 3.1.2 Zero-Plane Displacement—Additional Remarks 3.1.3 Profiles in Plant Canopies 3.2 Internal Boundary Layers 3.2.1 Definition 3.2.2 Experimental Findings 3.2.3 Thermal Internal Boundary Layer 3.2.4 Blending-Height Concept 3.2.5 Practical Relevance of Internal Boundary Layers 3.3 Obstacles 3.4 Footprint 3.4.1 Definition 3.4.2 Footprint Models 3.4.3 Application of Footprint Models 3.5 High Vegetation 3.5.1 Behaviour of Meteorological Parameters in a Forest 3.5.2 Counter Gradient Fluxes—Coherent Structures 3.5.3 Roughness Sublayer—Mixing Layer 3.5.4 Coupling Between the Atmosphere and Plant Canopies 3.6 Advection 3.7 Conditions Under Stable Stratification 3.8 Energy Balance Closure References 4 Experimental Methods for Estimating the Fluxes of Energy and Matter 4.1 Profile Method 4.1.1 Profile Method with Two Measurement Heights 4.1.2 Profile Measurements with Several Measurement Heights 4.1.3 Power-Law 4.2 Eddy-Covariance Method 4.2.1 General Basics 4.2.2 Basics in Measurement Technique 4.2.3 Applicable Correction Methods 4.2.4 Corrections in Question 4.2.5 Quality Assurance 4.2.6 Overall Evaluation 4.3 Flux-Variance Relations 4.4 Accumulation Methods 4.4.1 Eddy-Accumulations-Method (EA) 4.4.2 Relaxed Eddy-Accumulation Method (REA) 4.4.3 Disjunct Eddy-Covariance Method (DEC) 4.4.4 Surface Renewal Method 4.5 Fluxes of Chemical Substances References 5 Modeling of the Energy and Matter Exchange 5.1 Energy Balance Methods 5.1.1 Determination of the Potential Evaporation 5.1.2 Determination of the Actual Evaporation 5.1.3 Determination from Routine Weather Observations 5.2 Hydrodynamical Multilayer Models 5.3 Resistance Approach 5.4 Modelling of Water Surfaces 5.5 Boundary Layer Modelling 5.5.1 Prognostic Models for the Mixed Layer Height 5.5.2 Parametrization of the Wind Profile in the Boundary Layer 5.6 Modeling in Large-Scale Models 5.7 Large-Eddy Simulation 5.8 Area Averaging 5.8.1 Simple Area Averaging Methods 5.8.2 Complex Area-Averaging Methods 5.8.3 Model Coupling References 6 Measurement Technique 6.1 Data Collection 6.1.1 Principles of Digital Data Collection 6.1.2 Signal Sampling 6.1.3 Transfer Function 6.1.4 Inertia of a Measurement System 6.2 Measurement of Meteorological Elements 6.2.1 Radiation Measurements 6.2.2 Wind Measurements 6.2.3 Temperature and Humidity Measurements 6.2.4 Precipitation Measurements 6.2.5 Remote Sensing Methods 6.2.6 Other Measurement Techniques 6.3 Quality Assurance 6.3.1 Measurement Planning 6.3.2 Quality Control 6.3.3 Intercomparison of Measurement Devices References 7 Microclimatology 7.1 Climatological Scales 7.2 Generation of Local Climates 7.2.1 Small-Scale Changes of Climate Elements 7.2.2 Local Climate Types 7.3 Microclimate Relevant Circulations 7.3.1 Land-Sea Wind Circulation 7.3.2 Mountain-Valley Circulation 7.4 Local Cold-Air Flows 7.5 Land Use Changes and Local Climate 7.5.1 Changes of Surface Roughness 7.5.2 Changes of the Evaporation 7.5.3 Change of the Albedo 7.5.4 Degradation 7.6 Microclimatological Measurements References 8 Applied Meteorology 8.1 Examples of Applied Meteorological Applications 8.1.1 Distribution of Air Pollution 8.1.2 Meteorological Conditions of Wind Energy Use 8.1.3 Sound Propagation in the Atmosphere 8.1.4 Human Biometeorology 8.2 Perspectives of the Applied Meteorology References Appendix References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 149
    Call number: 9783319514123 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook deals with the most important items in Marine Geology, including some pioneer work. The list of topics has grown greatly in the last few decades beyond the items identified by Eugen Seibold as central and now includes prominently such things as methane and climate change; that is, the carbon cycle and the Earth system as a whole. Relevant geophysical, geochemical, sedimentological and paleontological methods are shortly described. They should allow the reader to comment on new results about plate tectonics, marine sedimentation from the coasts to the deep sea, climatological aspects, paleoceanology and the use of the sea floor. The text tries to transmit to the reader excitement of marine geological research both aboard and in modern laboratories. Basic mineralogical, geochemical, biological and other relevant data and a detailed list of books and symposia are given in an Appendix. This Introduction builds on the third edition of “The Sea Floor” by E. Seibold and W.H. Berger. While much of the original text was written by Seibold, a considerable portion of the material presented in this edition is new, taking into account the recent great shift in marine geological research, some of it with great relevance to human concerns arising in a rapidly changing world.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 268 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 29 cm
    Edition: Fourth edition
    ISBN: 9783319514123 , 978-3-319-51412-3
    ISSN: 2510-1307 , 2510-1315
    Series Statement: Springer Textbooks in Earth Sciences, Geography and Environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 2 Origin and Morphology of Ocean Basins 3 Origin and Morphology of Ocean Margins 4 Sources and Composition of Marine Sediments 5 Effects of Waves and Currents 6 Sea-Level Processes and Effects of Sea-Level Change 7 Productivity of the Ocean and Implications 8 Benthic Organisms and Environmental Reconstruction 9 Imprint of Climate Zonation on Marine Sediments 10 Deep-Sea Sediments: Patterns and Processes 11 Geologic History of the Sea: The Ice-Age Ocean 12 Cenozoic History from Deep-Ocean Drilling 13 Cretaceous Environments and Deep-Ocean Drilling 14 Resources from the Ocean Floor 15 Problems Ahead Appendix Glossary Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 150
    Call number: AWI Bio-20-93988
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: x, 181 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2017 , Contents Abstract Kurzfassung Contents 1. List of figures 2. List of tables Chapter 1. General introduction 1. Motivation 2. Scientific background 3. Objectives of the thesis 4. Thesis outline Chapter 2. Manuscript 1: Treeline dynamics in Siberia under changing climates as inferred from an individual-based model for Larix 1. Abstract 2. Introduction 3. Material and Methods 4. Results 5. Discussion 6. Acknowledgements Chapter 3. Manuscript 2: Field and simulation data reveal dissimilar responses of Larix gmelinii stands to increasing temperature across the Siberian treeline ecotone 1. Abstract 2. Introduction 3. Methods 4. Results 5. Discussion 6. Acknowledgements Chapter 4. Manuscript 3: High gene flow and complex treeline dynamics on the Taymyr Peninsula (north-central Siberia), revealed by nuclear microsatellites of Larix 1. Abstract 2. Introduction 3. Materials and methods 4. Results 5. Discussion 6. Acknowledgements Chapter 5. Manuscript 4: Dispersal distances at treeline in Siberia - genetic guided model improvement 1. Abstract 2. Introduction 3. Methods 4. Results 5. Discussion 6. Acknowledgements Chapter 6. Synopsis 1. Towards a better understanding of Siberian treeline dynamics 2. Methodological challenges to reconstruct and predict the treeline advance 3. Conclusions 4. Outlook Appendix 1. Supplementary information for manuscript 1 (Chapter 2) 2. Supplementary information for manuscript 2 (Chapter 3) 3. Supplementary information for manuscript 3 (Chapter 4) 4. Supplementary information for manuscript 4 (Chapter 5) Bibliography Acknowledgements - Danksagung Declaration
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 151
    Call number: AWI Bio-20-93994
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: viii, 140 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2017 , Table of Contents I. Abstract II. Deutsche Zusammenfassung 0 Challenge 1 Introduction 1.1 The treeline ecotone 1.2 Stand structure drivers in the treeline ecotone 1.3 Climate change and recent treeline changes 1.4 Methods for treeline studies 1.4.1 Overview 1.4.2 Field-based treeline studies 1.4.3 Modelling treeline dynamics 1.5 Study Area 1.6 The Siberian treeline ecotone 1.7 Larix as study Species 1.8 Objectives of this thesis 1.9 Thesis outline 1.10 Contribution of the authors 1.10.1 Manuscript!- published 1.10.2 Manuscript II - submitted 1.10.3 Manuscript III-in preparation 1.10.4 Manuscript IV-submitted 2 Manuscript I Treeline dynamics in Siberia under changing climates as inferred from an individual-based model for Larix 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and Methods 2.3.1 Reference sites 2.3.2 Description of the model LAVESI 2.3.3 The ODD-Protocol for LAVESI 2.3.4 Parameterization 2.3.5 Khatanga climate time-series 2.3.6 Sensitivity analysis 2.3.7 Model experiments 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Sensitivity analysis 2.4.2 Taymyr treeline application 2.4.3 Temperature experiments 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Assessment of LAVESI sensitivity 2.5.2 Larix stand simulation under the Taymyr Peninsula weather 2.5.3 Transient Larix response to hypothetical future temperature changes 2.5.4 Conclusions 2.6 Acknowledgements 3 Manuscript II Dissimilar responses of larch stands in northern Siberia to increasing temperatures - a field and simulation based study 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Study area 3.3.2 Field-based approach 3.3.3 Age analyses 3.3.4 Stand structure analyses 3.3.5 Seed analyses 3.3.6 Establishment history 3.3.7 Modelling approach 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Field data 3.4.2 Simulation study 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Data acquisition 3.5.2 Larch-stand patterns across the Siberian treeline ecotone 3.5.3 Warming causes densification in the forest-tundra 3.5.4 Intra-specific competition inhibits densification in the closed forest 3.5.5 Recruitment limitation decelerates densification and northward expansion ofthe single-tree tundra 3.6 Conclusions 3.7 Acknowledgements 4 Manuscript III Spatial patterns and growth sensitivity of larch stands in the Taimyr Depression 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Methods 4.3.1 Study Area 4.3.2 Field data collection 4.3.3 Spatial point patterns 4.3.4 Dendrological approach 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Spatial patterns 4.4.2 Tree growth 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Spatial patterns 4.5.2 Tree chronology characteristics 4.6 Conclusion 5 Manuscript IV Patterns of larch stands under different disturbance regimes in the lower Kolyma River area (Russian Far East) 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Methods 5.3.1 Study area and field data collection 5.3.2 Site description 5.3.3 Dendrochronological approach 5.3.4 Statistical analyses 5.4 Results 5.4.1 General stand characteristics and age structure 5.4.2 Spatial patterns 5.5 Discussion 5.5.1 Fire related disturbances 5.5.2 Water-related disturbances: lake drainage, flooding, polygon development 5.5.3 Implications and conclusion 6 Synthesis and Discussion 6.1 Assessment of applied methods 6.1.1 Field-based observations: 6.1.2 Modelling 6.2 Overview of larch stand structures and spatial pattern on different spatial scales 6.2.1 Recent stand structures 6.2.2 Spatial Patterns 6.3 Stand structure drivers and treeline changes 6.3.1 Climate change 6.3.2 Disturbances 6.3.3 Autecology 6.4 Conclusion 6.5 Outlook 7 Appendix 7.1 Supplementary information for Manuscript I 7.2 Supplementary information for Manuscript II 7.2.1 Manuscript II: Appendix 1. Climatic information for the study region 7.2.2 Manuscript II: Appendix 2. Plot-specific values and krummholz appearance 7.2.3 Manuscript II: Appendix 3. Regression analysis for age data 7.2.4 Manuscript II: Appendix 4. Model description 7.3 Supplementary information for Manuscript III 7.4 Supplementary information for Manuscript IV 7.5 Supplementary information 8 References Danksagung Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 152
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Harlow, England : Pearson
    Call number: AWI G10-21-94627
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxv, 810 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten , 28 cm
    Edition: Fourth edition
    ISBN: 9781292083575
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface to the fourth edition Contributors Editor's acknowledgements Acknowledgements Part I: The role of physical geography 1 Approaching physical geography 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Historical development of physical geography 1.2.1 Physical geography before 1800 1.2.2 Physical geography between 1800 and 1950 1.2.3 Physical geography since 1950 1.3 Scientific methods 1.3.1 The positivist method 1.3.2 Critique of the positivist method 1.3.3 Realism as an alternative positivist approach 1.3.4 Benefits of multiple scientific methods in physical geography 1.4 The field, the laboratory and the model 1.4.1 Approaching data collection from the environment 1.4.2 Approaching laboratory work 1.4.3 Approaching numerical modelling 1.5 Using physical geography for managing the environment 1.6 Summary Further reading Part II: Continents and oceans 2 Earth geology and tectonics 2.1 Introduction 2.2 The Earth's structure 2.2.1 The interior of the Earth 2.2.2 The outer layers of the Earth 2.3 Rock type and formation 2.3.1 Igneous rock 2.3.2 Sedimentary rock 2.3.3 Metamorphic rock 2.3.4 The rock cycle 2.4 History of plate tectonics 2.4.1 Early ideas of global tectonics 2.4.2 Evidence that led directly to plate tectonic theory 2.5 The theory of plate tectonics 2.5.1 Lithospheric plates 2.5.2 Rates of plate movement 2.6 Structural features related directly to motion of the plates 2.6.1 Divergent plate boundaries 2.6.2 Transform faults 2.6.3 Convergent plate boundaries 2.6.4 Hot spots 2.7 The history of the continents 2.8 Summary Further reading 3 Oceans 3.1 Introduction 3.2 The ocean basins 3.2.1 The scale of the oceans 3.2.2 Geological structure of the ocean basins 3.2.3 The depth and shape of the ocean basins 3.3 Physical properties of the ocean 3.3.1 Salinity 3.3.2 Temperature structure of the oceans 3.4 Ocean circulation 3.4.1 Surface currents 3.4.2 The deep currents of the oceans 3.4.3 The weather of the ocean 3.5 Sediments in the ocean 3.6 Biological productivity 3.6.1 Photosynthesis in the ocean 3.6.2 Importance of nutrient supply to primary productivity 3.6.3 Animals of the sea 3.6.4 Pollution 3.7 Effect of global climate change on the oceans 3.8 Summary Further reading Part III: Past, present and future climate and weather 4 The Pleistocene 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Long-term cycles, astronomical forcing and feedback mechanisms 4.2.1 Orbital forcing theory 4.2.2 Evidence that orbital forcing causes climate change 4.2.3 Problems with orbital forcing theory 4.2.4 Internal feedback mechanisms 4.3 Short-term cycles 4.3.1 Glacial instability 4.3.2 The Younger Dryas 4.4 Further evidence for environmental change 4.4.1 Landforms 4.4.2 Plants 4.4.3 Insects 4.4.4 Other animal remains 4.5 Dating methods 4.5.1 Age estimation techniques 4.5.2 Age equivalent labels 4.5.3 Relative chronology 4.6 Pleistocene stratigraphy and correlation 4.7 Palaeodimate modelling 4.8 Summary Further reading 5 The Holocene 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Holocene climatic change 5.2.1 How the Holocene began 5.2.2 Drivers of climate change during the Holocene 5.2.3 The Little Ice Age 5.3 Holocene geomorphological change 5.3.1 Retreating ice sheets 5.3.2 Rising seas 5.4 Holocene ecosystem change 5.4.1 Responses of ecosystems to the end of the last glacial 5.4.2 Tropical Africa and the Sahara 5.4.3 European ecosystems 5.4.4 Island ecosystems 5.5 The rise of civilizations 5.5.1 Humans at the end of the last glacial 5.5.2 The beginnings of agriculture 5.5.3 Social and environmental consequences of agriculture 5.6 Human interaction with physical geography 5.6.1 Out of Eden? 5.6.2 Deforestation 5.6.3 Soil erosion and impoverishment 5.6.4 Irrigation and drainage 5.7 Summary Further reading 6 Atmospheric processes 6.1 Introduction 6.2 The basics of climate 6.3 The global atmospheric circulation 6.4 Radiative and energy systems 6.4.1 The nature of energy 6.4.2 Distinguishing between temperature and heat 6.4.3 Radiation 6.4.4 Thermal inertia 6.4.5 The atmospheric energy balance 6.5 Moisture circulation systems 6.5.1 Moisture in the atmosphere and the hydrological cycle 6.5.2 Global distribution of precipitation and evaporation 6.5.3 The influence of vegetation on evaporation 6.5.4 Drought 6.6 Motion in the atmosphere 6.6.1 Convective overturning 6.6.2 The Earth's rotation and the winds 6.6.3 Long waves. Planetary Waves and Rossby Waves 6.6.4 Jet streams 6.7 The influence of oceans and ice on atmospheric processes 6.8 The Walker circulation 6.8.1 El Niño Southern Oscillation 6.8.2 North Atlantic Oscillation 6.9 Interactions between radiation, atmospheric trace gases and clouds 6.9.1 The greenhouse effect 6.9.2 A simple climate model of the enhanced greenhouse effect 6.9.3 Radiative interactions with clouds and sulfate aerosols 6.10 Ceoengineering 6.11 Summary Further reading 7 Contemporary climate change 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Climate change 7.2.1 Long-term change 7.2.2 Recent climate change and its causes 7.2.3 Predictions from global climate models (GCMs) 7.2.4 Critical evaluation of the state-of-the-art in GCMs 7.3 The carbon cycle: interaction with the climate system 7.4 Mitigation 7.5 Destruction of the ozone layer by chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) 7.6 The future 7.7 Summary Further reading 8 Global climate and weather 8.1 Introduction 8.2 General controls of global climates 8.3 The tropics and subtropics 8.3.1 Equatorial regions 8.3.2 The Sahel and desert margins 8.3.3 Subtropical deserts 8.3.4 Humid subtropics 8.4 Mid and high-latitude climates 8.4.1 Depressions, fronts and anticyclones 8.4.2 Mid-latitude western continental margins 8.4.3 Mid-latitude east continental margins and continental interiors 8.5 Polar climates 8.6 A global overview 8.7 Summary Further reading 9 Regional and local climates 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Altitude and topography 9.2.1 Pressure 9.2.2 Temperature 9.2.3 Wind 9.2.4 Precipitation 9.2.5 Frost hollows 9.3 Influence of water bodies 9.4 Human influences 9.4.1 Shelter belts 9.4.2 Urban climates 9.4.3 Atmospheric pollution and haze 9.5 Summary Further reading Part IV: Biogeography and ecology 10 The biosphere 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Biological concepts 10.2.1 What is a species? 10.2.2 The naming of species 10.2.3 Levels of organization 10.2.4 Biodiversity 10.3 Patterns of distribution 10.3.1 Potential species distributions 10.3.2 Actual species distributions 10.3.3 Spatial patterns in biodiversity 10.4 Terrestrial biomes 10.4.1 Equatorial and tropical forests 10.4.2 Savanna 10.4.3 Hot Desert 10.4.4 Mediterranean-type biome 10.4.5 Temperate grassland 10.4.6 Temperate broadleaf forest 10.4.7 Taiga 10.4.8 Tundra 10.5 Aquatic biomes 10.5.1 Marine regions 10.5.2 Freshwater regions 10.6 Summary Further reading 11 Ecosystem processes 11.1 Introduction 11.2 The flow of energy and resources 11.2.1 Energy entering an ecosystem 11.2.2 Ecological thermodynamics 11.2.3 Trophic levels and food webs 11.2.4 Biogeochemical cycles 11.3 Biotic interactions 11.3.1 Mutualism 11.3.2 Herbivory, prédation and parasitism 11.3.3 Commensalism 11.3.4 Amensalism 11.3.5 Competition 11.4 Temporal change in ecosystems 11.4.1 Short-term changes 11.4.2 Disturbance and resilience 11.4.3 Succession 11.5 Human impact 11.5.1 Degrading ecosystems 11.5.2 Urban ecology 11.5.3 Conservation 11.6 Summary Further reading 12 Freshwater ecosystems 12.1 Introduction 12.2 Running waters: rivers and streams 12.2.1 River ecosystem geomorphological units 12.2.2 Spatial variability of river ecosystems 12.2.3 Temporal variability of river ecosystems 12.2.4 Human alterations to river ecosystems 12.3 Still waters: lakes and ponds 12.3.1 Classification of lake ecosystems 12.3.2 Spatial variability of lake ecosystems 12.3.3 Human influences on lake ecosystems 12.4 Summary Further reading 13 Vegetation and env
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 153
    Call number: 9789400706682 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This is the first comprehensive science-based textbook on the biology and ecology of the Baltic Sea, one of the world’s largest brackish water bodies. The aim of this book is to provide students and other readers with knowledge about the conditions for life in brackish water, the functioning of the Baltic Sea ecosystem and its environmental problems and management. It highlights biological variation along the unique environmental gradients of the brackish Baltic Sea Area (the Baltic Sea, Belt Sea and Kattegat), especially those in salinity and climate. The first part of the book presents the challenges for life processes and ecosystem dynamics that result from the Baltic Sea’s highly variable recent geological history and geographical isolation. The second part explains interactions between organisms and their environment, including biogeochemical cycles, patterns of biodiversity, genetic diversity and evolution, biological invasions and physiological adaptations. In the third part, the subsystems of the Baltic Sea ecosystem - the pelagic zone, the sea ice, the deep soft sea beds, the phytobenthic zone, the sandy coasts, and estuaries and coastal lagoons - are treated in detail with respect to the structure and function of communities and habitats and consequences of natural and anthropogenic constraints, such as climate change, discharges of nutrients and hazardous substances. Finally, the fourth part of the book discusses monitoring and ecosystem-based management to deal with contemporary and emerging threats to the ecosystem’s health.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxxi, 683 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9789400706682 , 978-94-007-0668-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I The Baltic Sea environment 1 Brackish water as an environment / Hendrik Schubert, Dirk Schories, Bernd Schneider, and Uwe Selig 2 Why is the Baltic Sea so special to live in? / Pauline Snoeijs-Leijonmalm and Elinor Andrén Part II Ecological processes in the Baltic Sea 3 Biogeochemical cycles / Bernd Schneider, Olaf Dellwig, Karol Kuliński, Anders Omstedt, Falk Pollehne, Gregor Rehder, and Oleg Savchuk 4 Patterns of biodiversity / Pauline Snoeijs-Leijonmalm 5 Biological invasions / Sergej Olenin, Stephan Gollasch, Maiju Lehtiniemi, Mariusz Sapota, and Anastasija Zaiko 6 Genetic diversity and evolution / Risto Väinölä and Kerstin Johannesson 7 Physiological adaptations / Hendrik Schubert, Irena Telesh, Mikko Nikinmaa, and Sergei Skarlato Part III Subsystems of the Baltic Sea ecosystem 8 The pelagic food web / Agneta Andersson, Timo Tamminen, Sirpa Lehtinen, Klaus Jürgens, Matthias Labrenz, and Markku Viitasalo 9 Life associated with Baltic Sea ice / David N. Thomas, Hermanni Kaartokallio, Letizia Tedesco, Markus Majaneva, Jonna Piiparinen, Eeva Eronen-Rasimus, Janne-Markus Rintala, Harri Kuosa, Jaanika Blomster, Jouni Vainio, and Mats A. Granskog 10 Deep soft seabeds / Urszula Janas, Erik Bonsdorff, Jan Warzocha, and Teresa Radziejewska 11 The phytobenthic zone / Hans Kautsky, Georg Martin, and Pauline Snoeijs-Leijonmalm 12 Sandy coasts / Teresa Radziejewska, Jonne Kotta, and Lech Kotwicki 13 Estuaries and coastal lagoons / Hendrik Schubert and Irena Telesh Part IV Monitoring and ecosystem-based management of the Baltic Sea 14 Biological indicators / Michael L. Zettler, Alexander Darr, Matthias Labrenz, Sigrid Sagert, Uwe Selig, Ursula Siebert, and Nardine Stybel 15 Bio-optical water quality assessment / Susanne Kratzer, Piotr Kowalczuk, and Sławomir Sagan 16 Chemical pollution and ecotoxicology / Kari K. Lehtonen, Anders Bignert, Clare Bradshaw, Katja Broeg, and Doris Schiedek 17 Ecosystem health / Maria Laamanen, Samuli Korpinen, Ulla Li Zweifel, and Jesper H. Andersen 18 Ecosystem goods, services and management / Jan Marcin Węsławski, Eugeniusz Andrulewicz, Christoffer Boström, Jan Horbowy, Tomasz Linkowski, Johanna Mattila, Sergej Olenin, Joanna Piwowarczyk, and Krzysztof Skóra Subject index Taxonomy index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 154
    Call number: 9783319657172 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Within the last few decades, arachnology in the Neotropical region has experienced a great development filling the knowledge gap in one of the most diverse regions of the world. Nevertheless, large geographical areas remain poorly sampled, especially within the Amazon, and new genera and species have been continuously discovered, even in urban areas. In congruence with the recent improvements in research, several aspects of the ecology, behaviour and natural history of spiders, such as interactions with other predators and parasitoids, social interactions, dispersal patterns, habitat requirements, mating behaviors, among others, are being carefully investigated. These recent contributions incorporate substantial information on the preexisting knowledge on these subjects every year. Our main objective with this book is to present a summary on these new researches and on the currently knowledge on the main subjects involved in the general theme, emphasizing the contribution of the rich fauna of the Neotropical region to the research of behaviour and ecology of the spiders. 
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: Online-Ressource (xvii, 437 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319657172 , 978-3-319-65717-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Curves, Maps and Hotspots: The Diversity and Distribution of Araneomorph Spiders in the Neotropics / Adalberto J. Santos, Antonio D. Brescovit, Márcia de Oliveira-Tomasi, Philip Russo, and Ubirajara Oliveira 2 Behavior and Biology of Mygalomorphae / Fernando Pérez-Miles and Carlos Perafán 3 Neotropical Arachnological Collections: Basic Tools for the Development of Spider Research / Antonio D. Brescovit, Oscar Francke, Álvaro Laborda, Griselda Montiel Parra, Cristina Scioscia, Miguel Simó, and Carlos Víquez Núñez 4 Habitat Selection and Dispersal / Dinesh Rao 5 Dispersal Strategies, Genetic Diversity, and Distribution of Two Wolf Spiders (Araneae, Lycosidae): Potential Bio-Indicators of Ecosystem Health of Coastal Dune Habitats of South America / Leticia Bidegaray-Batista, Miquel Arnedo, Ana Carlozzi, Carolina Jorge, Patricio Pliscoff, Rodrigo Postiglioni, Miguel Simó, and Anita Aisenberg 6 Webs: Diversity, Structure and Function / Sean J. Blamires, Shichang Zhang, and I-Min Tso 7 Spider–Plant Interactions: An Ecological Approach / João Vasconcellos-Neto, Yuri Fanchini Messas, Hebert da Silva Souza, German Antonio Villanueva-Bonila, and Gustavo Quevedo Romero 8 Spiders as Plant Partners: Complementing Ant Services to Plants with Extrafloral Nectaries / Kleber Del-Claro, Vanessa Stefani, Larissa Nahas, and Helena Maura Torezan-Silingardi 9 Foraging Strategies of Cursorial and Ambush Spiders / Rodrigo H. Willemart and Mariángeles Lacava 10 Trophic Niches and Trophic Adaptations of Prey-Specialized Spiders from the Neotropics: A Guide / Stano Pekár, Luis Fernando García, and Carmen Viera 11 Spiders Associated with Agroecosystems: Roles and Perspectives / Marco Antonio Benamú, Mariángeles Lacava, Luis Fernando García, Martín Santana, and Carmen Viera 12 Sexual Selection in Neotropical Spiders: Examples from Selected Groups / Luiz Ernesto Costa-Schmidt, María José Albo, Fedra Bollatti, Franco Cargnelutti, Lucía Calbacho-Rosa, Sofía Copperi, Nelson Ferretti, Matías Izquierdo, and Alfredo V. Peretti 13 Parental Care and Sociality / Carmen Viera and Ingi Agnarsson 14 Plasticity and Cognition in Spiders / Hilton F. Japyassú 15 Anti-Predator Strategies / Felipe M. Gawryszewski 16 Host Behavioural Manipulation of Spiders by Ichneumonid Wasps / Marcelo O. Gonzaga, Thiago G. Kloss, and Jober F. Sobczak
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 155
    Call number: 9789811019500 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This contributed volume presents the latest research and state-of-the-art approaches in the study of microalgae. It describes in detail technologies for the cultivation of marine, freshwater and extremophilic algae, as well as phototrophic biofilms, cyanobacterial mats and periphytons, including the media requirements and growth rates of different types of algae. The second part of the book is dedicated to the biotechnological applications of algal biomass and secondary metabolites produced by these organisms, and critically discusses topics such as algae-based biofuels and CO2 sequestration. In addition, it reviews the prospects and challenges of algal bioremediation of domestic and industrial wastewaters, including the use of planktonic and self-immobilized algae systems in wastewater treatment, explaining their merits and drawbacks. Lastly, it highlights research methods and approaches related to the production of high-value products and bioactive compounds.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 326 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811019500 , 978-981-10-1950-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Event-Based Control Systems for Microalgae Culture in Industrial Reactors / A. Pawlowski, J.L. Guzmán, M. Berenguel, F.G. Acién and S. Dormido Dynamic Modeling of Microalgal Production in Photobioreactors / I. Fernández, J.L. Guzmán, M. Berenguel and F.G. Acién Generation and Harvesting of Microalgae Biomass for Biofuel Production / Md. Asraful Alam, Zhongming Wang and Zhenhong Yuan Microalgae-Based Biorefineries as a Promising Approach to Biofuel Production / Jorge Alberto Vieira Costa, Luiza Moraes, Juliana Botelho Moreira, Gabriel Martins da Rosa, Adriano Seizi Arruda Henrard and Michele Greque de Morais Microalgae Mixotrophic Growth: Opportunity for Stream Depurationand Carbon Recovery / Giuliana D’Imporzano, Salati Silvia, Veronesi Davide, Scaglia Barbara and Adani Fabrizio Sustainable Utilization of Marine Algae Biomass for Environmental Bioremediation / Laura Bulgariu and Dumitru Bulgariu Selective Metal Ion Homeostasis in Cyanobacteria / Lee Hudek and M. Leigh Ackland Bioadsorption of Heavy Metals / Aridane G. González, Oleg S. Pokrovsky, J. Magdalena Santana-Casiano and Melchor González-Dávila Wastewater Treatment Using Phototrophic–Heterotrophic Biofilms and Microbial Mats / J. Paniagua-Michel Algae as Source of Food and Nutraceuticals / Katarzyna Godlewska, Agnieszka Dmytryk, Łukasz Tuhy and Katarzyna Chojnacka Algae as Source of Pharmaceuticals / Agnieszka Dmytryk, Łukasz Tuhy and Katarzyna Chojnacka Production of Primary and Secondary Metabolites Using Algae / Milagros Rico, Aridane G. González, Magdalena Santana-Casiano, Melchor González-Dávila, Norma Pérez-Almeida and Miguel Suarez de Tangil
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 156
    Call number: 9780191091926 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 231 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 978-0-19-109192-6 , 9780191091926 (e-book)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Introduction to the second edition What this book is about How the book is organized Why R? Updates Acknowledgements Chapter 1: Getting and Getting Acquainted with R 1.1 Getting started 1.2 Getting R 1.3 Getting R Studio 1.4 Let's play 1.5 Usin g R as a giant calculator (the size of your computer) 1.6 Your first script 1.7 Intermezzo remarks 1.8 Important functionality: packages 1.9 Getting help 1.10 A mini-practical - some in-depth play 1.11 Some more top tips and hints for a successful first (and more) R experience Appendix 1a Mini-tutorial solutions Appendix 1b File extensions and operating systems Chapter 2: Getting Your Data into R 2.1 Getting data ready for R 2.2 Getting your data into R 2.3 Checking that your data are your data 2.4 Basic troubleshooting while importing data 2.5 Summing up Appendix Advanced activity: dealing with untidy data Chapter 3: Data Management, Manipulation, and Exploration with dplyr 3.1 Summary statistics for each variable 3.2 dplyr verbs 3.3 Subsetting 3.4 Transforming 3.5 Sorting 3.6 Mini-summary and two top tips 3.7 Calculating summary statistics about groups of your data 3.8 What have you learned ... lots Appendix 3a Comparing classic methods and dplyr Appendix 3b Advanced dplyr Chapter 4: Visualizing Your Data 4.1 The first step in every data analysis — making a picture 4.2 ggplot2: a grammar for graphics 4.3 Box-and-whisker plots 4.4 Distributions: making histograms of numeric variables 4.5 Saving your graphs for presentation, documents, etc. 4.6 Closing remarks Chapter 5: Introducing Statistics in R 5.1 Getting started doing statistics in R 5.2 x2 contingency table analysis 5.3 Two-sample t-test 5.4 Introducing ... linear models 5.5 Simple linear regression 5.6 Analysis of variance: the one-way ANOVA 5.7 Wrapping up Appendix Getting packages not on CRAN Chapter 6: Advancing Your Statistics in R 6.1 Getting started with more advanced statistics 6.2 The two-way ANOVA 6.3 Analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) 6.4 Overview: an analysis workflow Chapter 7: Getting Started with Generalized Linear Models 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Counts and rates — Poisson GLMs 7.3 Doing it wrong 7.4 Doing it right — the Poisson GLM 7.5 When a Poisson GLM isn’t good for counts 7.6 Summary, and beyond simple Poisson regression Chapter 8: Pimping Your Plots: Scales and Themes in ggplot2 8.1 What you already know about graphs 8.2 Preparation 8.3 What you may want to customize 8.4 Axis labels, axis limits, and annotation 8.5 Scales 8.6 The theme 8.7 Summing up Chapter 9: Closing Remarks: Final Comments and Encouragement General Appendices Appendix 1 Data Sources Appendix 2 Further Reading Appendix 3 R Markdown Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 157
    Call number: AWI G3-19-92414
    Description / Table of Contents: Permafrost, defined as ground that remains frozen for at least two consecutive years, is a prominent feature of polar regions. In the Northern Hemisphere, approximately 23 million km2 of the ground are affected by permafrost. Climatic warming, which has a greater effect on the Arctic than on any other region on Earth, leads to permafrost thaw, caused by gradual deepening of the seasonal unfrozen layer (active layer), thermokarst formation (i.e. land subsidence due to ground ice loss) and thermo-erosion. In the course of thaw, formerly freeze-locked organic carbon (OC) is mobilized and mineralized into greenhouse gases (GHGs), fostering further climate warming – a process known as permafrost carbon feedback. Current climate models focus on GHG release from gradual deepening of the active layer and neglect the OC turnover during lateral transport induced by thermokarst and abrupt thermo-erosion. As such, the accelerated erosion of Arctic permafrost coasts, which make up ~34 % of the global coasts, deliver vast amounts of OC into the Arctic Ocean. However, little is known about the amounts of labile and fast bioavailable dissolved OC (DOC), the impact of thermokarst on mobilized organic matter (OM) characteristics, and the release of GHGs from eroding permafrost coasts. To fill that knowledge gap, the main objectives of the thesis are to investigate (i) how much DOC is mobilized from coastal erosion, (ii) how thermokarst and -erosion alters OM characteristics upon thaw on transit to the ocean, and (iii) how much GHGs are emitted from the nearshore zones of eroding permafrost coasts. Field work and sampling took place along the Yukon coast and on Qikiqtaruk (Herschel Island) in the western Canadian Arctic. An interdisciplinary approach was used to quantify OM (OC and nitrogen) as well as to identify degradation processes. The methods used included sedimentology, geo- and hydrochemistry, remote sensing, statistical analyses, and gas chromatography. The thesis shows that considerable amounts of DOC are released from eroding permafrost coasts. Although OC fluxes into the ocean are dominated by DOC from Arctic rivers and particulate OC (POC), labile DOC derived from permafrost plays an important role as it is quickly available for biogeochemical cycling and turnover into GHGs. During transit from land to ocean OM characteristics are substantially altered by thermokarst formation and thermo-erosion. In mudpools, originating from in-situ thawed permafrost, as well as in thaw streams draining thermokarst features towards the ocean, mobilized OM issubject to dilution with melted ground ice and degradation, which result in a decrease of OM contents by more than 50 %. The turnover of OC continues in the nearshore zone. The biochemically most labile OC portions are rapidly lost within months and mineralized into GHGs. The production of GHGs in the ocean is 60 to 80 % as efficient as on land and primarily in form of carbon dioxide (CO2), due to aerobic conditions in the nearshore zone. During each open water season in the Arctic approximately 0.7 to 1.2 Tg of CO2 are emitted from the coastal fringe. The remaining OM is buried in nearshore and shelf sediments, potentially remobilized by waves, currents and ice scouring at later stages. To conclude, the thesis shows that eroding permafrost coasts release large amounts of OC, from which considerable portions are labile DOC. In the course of thermokarst formation and thermo-erosion, OM is diluted and the most labile portions subject to rapid turnover into GHGs. This shows that eroding permafrost coasts are a major yet neglected source of CO2 to the atmosphere. With increasing temperatures and longer sea ice-free conditions projected for the Arctic, the erosion of permafrost coasts accelerates. Consequently, the transfer of OC to the ocean accompanied by GHG production increases, which is expected to have drastic impacts for the climate and coastal ecosystems.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: IX, 106, A1-A-57 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Table of contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Abbreviations and nomenclatureI 1. Introduction 1.1 Scientific background 1.1.1 Permafrost and ground ice 1.1.2 Organic carbon pools and fluxes into the Arctic Ocean 1.1.3 Climate warming and permafrost thaw 1.1.4 Permafrost degradation and coastal erosion 1.1.5 Study area Yukon coast and Qikiqtaruk 1.2 Knowledge gaps 1.3 Aims and objectives 1.4 Thesis structure and author's contribution 2. Eroding permafrost coasts release low amounts of dissolved organic carbon (DOC) from ground ice into the nearshore zone of the Arctic Ocean 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Study area 2.4 Methods 2.4.1 Field work 2.4.2 DOC concentration 2.4.3 DOC flux estimation 2.5 Results 2.5.1 Segmentation of the coast - literature synthesis 2.5.2 DOC concentration 2.5.3 DOC stocks and fluxes 2.6 Discussion 2.6.1 DOC concentrations in ground ice 2.6.2 DOC fluxes from the YC 2.6.3 DOC fluxes and the Arctic carbon budget 2.7 Conclusion and Outlook 2.8 Acknowledgements 3.Transformation of terrestrial organic matter along thermokarst-affected permafrost coasts in the Arctic 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Study area 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Field work 3.3.2 Sedimentology, stratigraphy, and vegetation 3.3.3 Organic matter 3.3.4 Statistics 3.3.5 Transformation of organic matter 3.3.6 Fate of organic matter in the nearshore zone 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Sedimentology, stratigraphy, and vegetation 3.4.2 Organic matter 3.4.3 C/N-ratios and δ13C 3.4.4 Biomarkers 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Transformation of organic matter in the disturbed zone 3.5.2 Fate of organic matter in the nearshore zone 3.5.3 Environmental impact of the RTS 3.6 Conclusion 3.7 Acknowledgements 4. Rapid greenhouse gas release from eroding permafrost coasts 4.1 Summary 4.2 Background 4.3 Study site 4.4 Sampling and incubation setup 4.5 Findings and discussion 4.6 Conclusion 4.7 Methods 4.7.1 Incubation conditions 4.7.2 Gas measurements 4.7.3 Geo- and hydrochemical analysis 4.8 Acknowledgements 5. Synthesis 5.1 Mobilization of permafrost OC pools by coastal erosion 5.2 Transformation of permafrost OM on transit from land to sea 5.3 Fate and pathways of permafrost OC in the nearshore zone 5.4 Conclusion and outlook References Appendix I: Dissolved organic carbon (DOC) in Arctic ground ice I-1 Abstract I-2 Introduction I-3 Study area and study sites I-4 Material and methods I-4-1 Laboratory analyses I-4-2 Statistical methods I-5 Results I-5-1 DOC and DIC concentrations I-5-2 Correlation matrix I-5-3 Principal components I-5-4 Univariate Tree Model (UTM) I-6 Discussion I-6-1 DOC stocks in ground ice and relevance to carbon cycling I-6-2 Carbon sequestration and origin in relation to inorganic geochemistry I-6-3 DOC mobility and quality upon permafrost degradation I-7 Conclusions and outlook I-8 Acknowledgements Appendix II: Supplementary material for Chapter 2 II-1 Supplementary table - Ground ice and geochemical data II-2 Supplementary table - Coastal segments and DOC flux Appendix III: Supplementary material for Chapter 3 III-1 Normalized Differenced Vegetation Index map III-2 Photograph of a massive ice bed in a RTS III-3 Calculation of biomarker proxies III-4 Supplementary table - Summary of geochemical data III-5 Supplementary table - Summary of statistical analysis AppendixI V: Supplementary material for Chapter 4 IV-1 Design of the incubation experiment IV-2 Photograph of a standard incubation setup IV-3 Conversion of gas amounts into mass IV-4 Total and daily aerobic CH4 production IV-5 Histogram summarizing OC losses and CO2 emissions IV-6 Supplementary table - Summary of TOC, DOC, and pH data IV-7 Supplementary table - Summary of TN, TOC/TN, and δ13C-TOC data IV-8 Supplementary table - Summary of total CO2 and CH4 production data IV-9 Supplementary table - Comparison of incubation setups IV-10 Supplementary table - Summary of daily CO2 production data IV-11 Supplementary table - Summary of daily CH4 production data Acknowledgements-Danksagung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 158
    Call number: AWI Bio-20-93992
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XIII, 137 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme , 1 CD-ROM
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2017 , Content List of Abbreviations List of Figures List of Tables Summary Zusammenfassung Motivation Chapter 1 1. Scientific background 1.1 Late Quaternary climate changes and treeline transition in northern Siberia 1.2 Natural archives and proxies to assess vegetation history 1.3 Study area 1.3 Objectives of the thesis 1.4 Thesis outline 1.4.1 Chapters and manuscripts 1.4.2 Author's contribution 1.4.2.1 Manuscript I - published 1.4.2.2 Manuscript II - submitted 1.4.2.3 Manuscript III - prepared for submission Chapter 2 2. Manuscript I: Sedimentary ancient DNA and pollen reveal the composition of plant organic matter in Late Quaternary permafrost sediments of the Buor Khaya Peninsula (north-eastern Siberia) 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Geographical settings 2.4 Material and methods 2.4.1 Core material 2.4.2 Subsampling of the permafrost core 2.4.3 Molecular genetic laboratory work 2.4.4 Analysis of sequence data and taxonomic assignments 2.4.5 Pollen sample treatment and analysis 2.4.6 Statistical analyses and visualization 2.5 Results 2.5.1 SedaDNA 2.5.1.1 SedaDNA of terrestrial plants 2.5.1.2 SedaDNA of swamp and aquatic plants 2.5.1.3 SedaDNA of bryophytes and algae 2.5.2 Pollen 2.5.2.1 Pollen of terrestrial plants 2.5.2.2 Pollen and spores of swamp and aquatic plants 2.5.2.3 Spores and algae 2.5.3 Ratios of terrestrial to swamp and aquatic taxa and Poaceae to Cyperaceae 2.6 Discussion 2.6.1 Quality and proxy value of sedaDNA and pollen data 2.6.2 Environmental conditions during the pre-LGM (54-51 kyr BP, 18.9-8.35 m) and composition of deposited organic matter 2.6.3 Environmental conditions during the post-LGM (11.4-9.7 kyr BP (13.4-11.1 cal kyr BP)) and composition of deposited organic matter 2.7 Conclusions 2.8 Acknowledgements Chapter 3 3. Manuscript II: Genetic variation of larches at the Siberian tundra-taiga ecotone inferred from the assembly of chloroplast genomes and mitochondrial sequences 3.1. Abstract 3.2. Introduction 3.3. Material and methods 3.3.1 Plant material 3.3.2 DNA isolation and sequencing 3.3.3 Sequence processing and de novo assembly 3.3.4 Chloroplast genome assembly, annotation and variant detection 3.3.5 Mitochondrial sequences 3.3.6 Analyses of genetic variation 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Chloroplast genome structure and genetic variation 3.4.2 Mitochondrial sequences and genetic variation 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 De novo assembly and genetic variation of chloroplast genomes and mitochondrial sequences 3.5.2 The distribution of genetic variation at the tundra-taiga ecotone 3.6 Conclusions 3.7 Acknowledgements Chapter 4 4. Manuscript III: The history of tree and shrub taxa and past genetic variation of larches on Bol'shoy Lyakhovsky Island (New Siberian Archipelago) since the last interglacial uncovered by sedimentary ancient DNA 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Materials and methods 4.3.1 Geographic setting 4.3.2 Core material 4.3.2.1 Core L14-02: Yedoma Ice Complex 4.3.2.2 Core L14-03: Thermo terrace 4.3.2.3 Core L14-04 and hand-pieces L14-04B and L14-04C: Thermo terrace including Eemian deposits 4.3.2.4 Core L14-05: Alas 4.3.3 Core sub-sampling 4.3.4 Molecular genetic laboratory work 4.3.4.1 Sedimentary ancient DNA metabarcoding approach 4.3.4.2 Specific amplification of Larix from sedimentary ancient DNA 4.3.5 Filtering of Illumina sequencing data and taxonomic assignments 4.3.6 Statistical analyses and visualization 4.3.7 Geochronology 4.4. Results 4.4.1 Overall composition of the DNA metabarcoding data 4.4.2 Terrestrial vegetation composition 4.4.2.1 Core L14-02: Late Pleistocene Yedoma Ice Complex 4.4.2.2 L14-03: Deeper late Pleistocene deposits 4.4.2.3 L14-04 Thermo terrace including Eemian deposits 4.4.2.4 Core L14-05: Alas with Holocene lake deposits and taberits of the Yedoma Ice Complex 4.4.2.5 The multivariate structure of the terrestrial vegetation among samples and cores 4.4.3 Genetic variation ofsediment-derived Larix sequences 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Tree taxa in the sedaDNA record - where do they come from? 4.5.2 Terrestrial plant community changes of warm phases since the last interglacial 4.5.3 Past genetic diversity of larch populations on Bol'shoy Lyakhovsky Island 4.6 Conclusion 4.7 Acknowledgements Chapter 5 5. Synopsis 5.1 The proxy potential of sedaDNA in paleobotanical reconstructions from sedimentary deposits 5.1.1 Combining sedaDNA and pollen to assess plant diversity and vegetation composition 5.1.2 Current limits and opportunities of sedaDNA approaches 5.2 Using genomic data to trace modern and past treeline dynamics 5.2.1 Modern genomic variation at the Siberian treeline 5.2.2 PCR-based markers for paleoenvironmental genetics 5.3 Terrestrial plant community changes and treeline dynamics in north-eastern Siberia since the last interglacial 5.3.1 Vegetation changes in north-eastern Siberia since the last interglacial 5.3.2 Implications for treeline dynamics 5.4 Conclusion 5.5 Outlook Appendix 1. Supplementary material for Manuscript I (Chapter 2) 2. Supplementary material for Manuscript II (Chapter 3) 3. Supplementary material for Manuscript III (Chapter 4) References Acknowledgements Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 159
    Call number: 9783658070557 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Das Werk stellt die Vorteile und Möglichkeiten der Teilzeitführung für Unternehmen dar. Praxisnah und durch Fallbeispiele erläutert, werden Rahmenbedingungen und Gestaltungsmöglichkeiten von Teilzeitführung beschrieben, typische Probleme identifiziert und praktische Empfehlungen für Personaler und Führungskräfte herausgearbeitet. Im Führungskräftebereich wird Teilzeitarbeit im deutschsprachigen Raum noch selten genutzt. Immer mehr Unternehmen setzen sich jedoch mit den Vorteilen einer flexiblen Arbeitszeitgestaltung auseinander und treiben das Thema mit strategischen Konzepten wie bspw. Teilzeitquoten oder expliziten Teilzeitprogrammen für Führungskräfte voran. Dabei kommen ganz unterschiedliche Arbeitszeitmodelle von Jobsharing bis zu vollzeitnaher Teilzeit zum Einsatz. Das Buch zeigt aktuelle Konzepte aus Unternehmen und diskutiert kritisch Parameter einer erfolgreichen Umsetzung.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (262 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783658070557 (e-book)
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Teil I Grundlagen und Rahmenbedingungen der Teilzeitführung 1 Führen in Teilzeit - Zum Stand der Dinge in Theorie und Praxis / Anja Karlshaus und Boris Kaehler 2 Führung in Teilzeit? - Eine empirische Analyse zur Verbreitung von Teilzeitarbeit unter Führungskräften in Deutschland und Europa / Stefan Stuth und Lena Hipp 3 Zur familienpolitischen Bedeutung von Führung in flexiblen Arbeitsmodellen / Dilek Kolat und Andrea Schirmacher 4 Arbeitsrechtliche Rahmenbedingungen der Teilzeitführung / Kara Preedy 5 Chancengleichheit zwischen Teilzeit- und Vollzeitführungskräften / Günther Vedder und Margit Vedder 6 Reduzierte Arbeitszeit in Führungspositionen: Empirische Befunde und Erfolgsfaktoren in der 360-Grad-Perspektiv / Nina Bessing, Marc Gärtner und Katharina Schiederig 7 Implementierung von Teilzeitführung / Angela Fauth-Herkner und Stefanie Wiebrock 8 Chancen und Risiken bei der Implementierung von Teilzeitführung / Desiree H. Ladwig und Michel E. Domsch 9 Persönliche Kompetenzen und unterstützende Rahmenbedingungen für eine gelungene Teilzeitführung / Gerda Köster 10 Teilzeitführung - Grenzen und kritische Aspekte / Oliver Stettes Teil II Organisationsbeispiele aus der Praxis 11 Praxisbeispiel Barmenia Versicherungen: Teilzeitführung als Prozess / Ulrike Rüß 12 Praxisbeispiel Commerzbank AG: Top-Sharing und das Vertretermodell / Angelika Bauernfeind, Sabine Prößl und Alexandra Warkus 13 Praxisbeispiel Daimler AG: Teilzeitführung als Bestandteil eines umfassenden Diversity-Management-Ansatzes / Angela Lechner 14 Praxisbeispiel EY: Flexibilität und individuelle Ausgestaltung als Erfolgsvoraussetzung / Isabell Galvagni und Eva Voß 15 Praxisbeispiel HUK-COBURG: Teilzeitführung im Rahmen einer familienbewussten Unternehmens- und Personalpolitik / Sarah Rössler und Grit Renning 16 Praxisbeispiel Polizei: Eine Frage der Balance / Andrea Jochmann- Döll 17 Praxisbeispiel der Stadt Köln: Teilzeitführung als Instrument zur Förderung der Gendergerechtigkeit / Christine Kronenberg 18 Praxisbeispiel TUI Deutschland GmbH: Der Weg von der Anwesenheits- zur Performancekultur / Christian Meyenberg und Christoph Schinner Sachverzeichnis
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 160
    facet.materialart.12
    Princeton : Princeton University Press
    Call number: 9781400888665 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 262 Seiten) , Diagramme, Illustrationen, Karten
    ISBN: 9781400888665 (e-book)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Chapter 1 Introdution Chapter 2 Origins Building a Planet, Shaping the Oceans Water, Salt, and Circulation Life, Oxygen, and Carbon Chapter 3 Controls On change Orbital and Solar Changes Greenhouse Gases Plate Tectonics Impacts Chapter 4 Snowball earth and the explosions of life Into the Freezer Out of the Freezer, Into a Greenhouse A Tale of Two Explosions Reverberations Chapter 5 Oceans On acid About Acidification Acidification in Action Chapter 6 The age of reptiles Choking Oceans Salty Giants Chapter 7 Winter is coming Reconstructing Sea-Level Change The Great Northern Ice Ages Ocean Controls on CO2 A Seesaw in the Ocean Chapter 8 Future Oceans and climate Our Carbon Emissions Consequences Epilogue Acknowledgments Bibliography Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 161
    facet.materialart.12
    Berlin : Springer
    Call number: 9783662554760 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is the first comprehensive introduction to the theory of equatorially-confined waves and currents in the ocean. Among the topics treated are inertial and shear instabilities, wave generation by coastal reflection, semiannual and annual cycles in the tropic sea, transient equatorial waves, vertically-propagating beams, equatorial Ekman layers, the Yoshida jet model, generation of coastal Kelvin waves from equatorial waves by reflection, Rossby solitary waves, and Kelvin frontogenesis. A series of appendices on midlatitude theories for waves, jets and wave reflections add further material to assist the reader in understanding the differences between the same phenomenon in the equatorial zone versus higher latitudes.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 517 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-662-55476-0 , 9783662554760
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 An Observational Overview of the Equatorial Ocean 1.1 The Thermocline: The Tropical Ocean as a Two-Layer Model 1.2 Equatorial Currents 1.3 The Somali Current and the Monsoon 1.4 Deep Internal Jets 1.5 The El Niño/Southern Oscillation (ENSO) 1.6 Upwelling in the Gulf of Guinea 1.7 Seasonal Variations of the Thermocline 1.8 Summary References 2 Basic Equations and Normal Modes 2.1 Model 2.2 Boundary Conditions 2.3 Separation of Variables 2.4 Lamb’s Parameter, Equivalent Depths, Kelvin Phase Speeds and All that 2.5 Vertical Modes and Layer Models 2.6 Nondimensionalization References 3 Kelvin, Yanai, Rossby and Gravity Waves 3.1 Latitudinal Wave Modes: An Overview 3.2 Latitudinal Wave Modes: Structure and Spatial Symmetries 3.3 Dispersion Relations: Exact and Approximate Frequencies 3.4 Analytic Approximations to Equatorial Wave Frequencies 3.4.1 Explicit Formulas 3.4.2 Long Wave Series 3.5 Separation of Time Scales 3.6 Forced Waves 3.7 How the Mixed-Rossby Gravity Wave Earned Its Name 3.8 Hough-Hermite Vector Basis 3.8.1 Introduction 3.8.2 Inner Product and Orthogonality 3.8.3 Orthonormal Basis Functions 3.9 Applications of the Hough-Hermite Basis: Linear Initial-Value Problems 3.10 Initialization Through Hough-Hermite Expansion 3.11 Energy Relationships 3.12 The Equatorial Beta-Plane as the Thin Limit of the Nonlinear Shallow Water Equations on the Sphere References 4 The “Long Wave” Approximation & Geostrophy 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Quasi-Geostrophy 4.3 The “Meridional Geostrophy”, “Low Frequency” or “Long Wave” Approximation 4.4 Boundary Conditions 4.5 Frequency Separation of Slow [Rossby/Kelvin] and Fast [Gravity] Waves 4.6 Initial Value Problems in an Unbounded Ocean, Linearized About a State of Rest, in the Long Wave Approximation 4.7 Reflection from an Eastern Boundary in the Long Wave Approximation 4.7.1 The Method of Images 4.7.2 Dilated Images 4.7.3 Zonal Velocity 4.8 Forced Problems in the Long Wave Approximation References 5 The Equator as Wall: Coastally Trapped Waves and Ray-Tracing 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Coastally-Trapped Waves 5.3 Ray-Tracing For Coastal Waves 5.4 Ray-Tracing on the Equatorial Beta-Plane 5.5 Coastal and Equatorial Kelvin Waves 5.6 Topographic and Rotational Rossby Waves and Potential Vorticity References 6 Reflections and Boundaries 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Reflection of Midlatitude Rossby Waves from a Zonal Boundary 6.3 Reflection of Equatorial Waves from a Western Boundary 6.4 Reflection from an Eastern Boundary 6.5 The Meridional Geostrophy/Long Wave Approximation and Boundaries 6.6 Quasi-normal Modes: Definition and Other Weakly Non-existent Phenomena 6.7 Quasi-normal Modes in the Long Wave Approximation: Derivation 6.8 Quasi-normal Modes in the Long Wave Approximation: Discussion 6.9 High Frequency Quasi-free Equatorial Oscillations 6.10 Scattering and Reflection from Islands References 7 Response of the Equatorial Ocean to Periodic Forcing 7.1 Introduction 7.2 A Hierarchy of Models for Time-Periodic Forcing 7.3 Description of the Model and the Problem 7.4 Numerical Models: Reflections and “Ringing” 7.5 Atlantic Versus Pacific 7.6 Summary References 8 Impulsive Forcing and Spin-Up 8.1 Introduction 8.2 The Reflection of the Switched-On Kelvin Wave 8.3 Spin-Up of a Zonally-Bounded Ocean: Overview 8.4 The Interior (Yoshida) Solution 8.5 Inertial-Gravity Waves 8.6 Western Boundary Response 8.7 Sverdrup Flow on the Equatorial Beta-Plane 8.8 Spin-Up: General Considerations 8.9 Equatorial Spin-Up: Details 8.10 Equatorial Spin-Up: Summary References 9 Yoshida Jet and Theories of the Undercurrent 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Wind-Driven Circulation in an Unbounded Ocean: f-Plane 9.3 The Yoshida Jet 9.4 An Interlude: Solving Inhomogeneous Differential Equations at Low Latitudes 9.4.1 Forced Eigenoperators: Hermite Series 9.4.2 Hutton–Euler Acceleration of Slowly Converging Hermite Series 9.4.3 Regularized Forcing 9.4.4 Bessel Function Explicit Solution for the Yoshida Jet 9.4.5 Rational Approximations: Two-Point Padé Approximants and Rational Chebyshev Galerkin Methods 9.5 Unstratified Models of the Undercurrent 9.5.1 Theory of Fofonoff and Montgomery (1955) 9.5.2 Model of Stommel (1960) 9.5.3 Gill (1971) and Hidaka (1961) References 10 Stratified Models of Mean Currents 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Modal Decompositions for Linear, Stratified Flow 10.3 Different Balances of Forces 10.3.1 Bjerknes Balance 10.4 Forced Baroclinic Flow in the “Bjerknes” Approximation 10.4.1 Other Balances 10.5 The Sensitivity of the Undercurrent to Parameters 10.6 Observations of Subsurface Countercurrents (Tsuchiya Jets) 10.7 Alternate Methods for Vertical Structure with Viscosity 10.8 McPhaden’s Model of the EUC and SSCC’s: Results 10.9 A Critique of Linear Models of the Continuously-Stratified, Wind-Driven Ocean References 11 Waves and Beams in the Continuously Stratified Ocean 11.1 Introduction 11.1.1 Equatorial Beams: A Theoretical Inevitability 11.1.2 Slinky Physics and Impedance Mismatch, or How Water Can Be as Reflective as Silvered Glass 11.1.3 Shallow Barriers to Downward Beams 11.1.4 Equatorial Methodology 11.2 Alternate Form of the Vertical Structure Equation 11.3 The Thermocline as a Mirror 11.4 The Mirror-Thermocline Concept: A Critique 11.5 The Zonal Wavenumber Condition for Strong Excitation of a Mode 11.6 Kelvin Beams: Background 11.7 Equatorial Kelvin Beams: Results References 12 Stable Linearized Waves in a Shear Flow 12.1 Introduction 12.2 UðyÞ: Pure Latitudinal Shear 12.3 Neutral Waves in Flow Varying with Both Latitude and Height: Numerical Studies 12.4 Vertical Shear and the Method of Multiple Scales References 13 Inertial Instability, Pancakes and Deep Internal Jets 13.1 Introduction: Stratospheric Pancakes and Equatorial Deep Jets 13.2 Particle Argument 13.2.1 Linear Inertial Instability 13.3 Centrifugal Instability: Rayleigh’s Parcel Argument 13.4 Equatorial Gamma-Plane Approximation 13.5 Dynamical Equator 13.6 Gamma-Plane Instability 13.7 Mixed Kelvin-Inertial Instability 13.8 Summary References 14 Kelvin Wave Instability: Critical Latitudes and Exponentially Small Effects 14.1 Proxies and the Optical Theorem 14.2 Six Ways to Calculate Kelvin Instability 14.2.1 Power Series for the Eigenvalue 14.2.2 Hermite-Padé Approximants 14.2.3 Numerical Methods 14.3 Instability for the Equatorial Kelvin Wave in the Small Wavenumber Limit 14.3.1 Beyond-All-Orders Rossby Wave Instability 14.3.2 Beyond-All-Orders Kelvin Wave Instability in Weak Shear in the Long Wave Approximation 14.4 Kelvin Instability in Shear: The General Case References 15 Nonmodal Instability 15.1 Introduction 15.2 Couette and Poiseuille Flow and Subcritical Bifurcation 15.3 The Fundamental Orr Solution 15.4 Interpretation: The “Venetian Blind Effect” 15.5 Refinements to the Orr Solution 15.6 The “Checkerboard” and Bessel Solution 15.6.1 The “Checkerboard” Solution 15.7 The Dandelion Strategy 15.8 Three-Dimensional Transients 15.9 ODE Models and Nonnormal Matrices 15.10 Nonmodal Instability in the Tropics 15.11 Summary References 16 Nonlinear Equatorial Waves 16.1 Introduction 16.2 Weakly Nonlinear Multiple Scale Perturbation Theory 16.2.1 Reduction from Three Space Dimensions to One 16.2.2 Three Dimensions and Baroclinic Modes 16.3 Solitary and Cnoidal Waves 16.4 Dispersion and Waves 16.4.1 Derivation of the Group Velocity Through the Method of Multiple Scales 16.5 Integrability, Chaos and the Inverse Scattering Method 16.6 Low Order Spectral Truncation (LOST) 16.7 Nonlinear Equatorial Kelvin Waves 16.7.1 Physics of the One-Dimensional Advection (ODA) Equation: ut + cux + buux = 0 16.7.2 Post-Breaking: Overturning, Taylor Shock or “Soliton Clusters”? 16.7.3 Viscous Regularization of Kelvin Fronts: Burgers’ Equation And Matched Asymptotic Perturbation Theory 16.8 Kelvin-Gravity Wave Shortwave Resonance: Curving Fronts and Undulations 16.9 Kelvin Solitary and Cnoidal Waves 16.10 Corner Waves and the Cnoidal-Corner-Breaking Scenario 16.11 Rossby Solitary Waves 16.12 Antisymmetr
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 162
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319540542 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Do you know silica, the tetrahedra of silicon and oxygen constituting the crystals of New Agers and the desiccant in a box of new shoes? It's no mere mundane mineral. As chemically reacting silicate rocks, silica set off the chain of events known as the origin of life. As biomineralized opal, it is the cell wall, skeleton, spicules, and scales of organisms ornamenting numerous lobes of the tree of life. Cryptocrystalline silica made into stone tools helped drive the evolution of our hands and our capability for complex grammar, music, and mathematics. As quartz crystals, silica is impressively electric and ubiquitous in modern technology (think sonar, radios, telephones, ultrasound, and cheap but precise watches). Silica is inescapable when we take a drink or mow the lawn and it has already started to save the Earth from the carbon dioxide we're spewing into the atmosphere. This book tells these scientific tales and more, to give dear, modest silica its due.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 201 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319540542 , 978-3-319-54054-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 A Brief Introduction to the Players 1.1 Silicon 1.2 Silica 1.3 Silicic Acid 1.4 Silicate 1.5 Silicone 2 The Origin of Life Was Brought to You in Part by Silicate Rocks 2.1 Setting the Stage 2.2 A Flight of Fancy 2.3 The Early Earth Was Not Hellacious 2.4 A Fly in the Soup 2.5 The Lost City 2.6 Generating Organic Compounds 2.7 Inventing Metabolism 2.8 The World’s Earliest Biological Carbon Fixation 2.9 Replication Further Reading 3 The Making of Humankind: Silica Lends a Hand (and Maybe a Brain) 3.1 Stone Tools and Their Makers 3.1.1 The Earliest Stone Tools 3.1.2 The Oldowan Industry and Its Practitioners 3.1.3 The Acheulean Industry and Its Practitioners 3.1.4 Neanderthals and the Levallois Technique 3.1.5 Homo sapiens 3.2 Hands and Brains 3.2.1 Give Us a Hand 3.2.2 If I Only Had a Brain Further Reading 4 Mystical Crystals of Silica 4.1 What Is a Crystal? 4.2 Pyroelectricity 4.3 Piezoelectricity 4.4 Sonar 4.5 Quartz Oscillators 4.6 But Why Is There a Piezoelectric Effect? Further Reading 5 Glass Houses and Nanotechnology 5.1 Silica-Centric Musings on the Origin of Biomineralization 5.2 The Early Fossil Record of Silica Biomineralization 5.3 Not All Biomineralization Is Silica Biomineralization 5.4 The World’s First Arms Race 5.5 How to Make a Glass House: Man Versus Nature 5.5.1 Man 5.5.2 Nature 5.6 Some Silica Biomineralizing Organisms that We Are Learning From 5.6.1 Choanoflagellates 5.6.2 Siliceous Sponges 5.6.3 Diatoms 5.7 Siliceous Nanotechnology Further Reading 6 Chicks Need Silica, Too 6.1 It’s All About the Chicks 6.2 Silicosis 6.3 The Dog Days of Silica Medical Research 6.4 Collagen 6.5 Do Human Beings Require Silica? 6.6 To Supplement or not to Supplement 6.7 Silica, Aluminum, and Alzheimer’s Disease Further Reading 7 Of Fields, Phytoliths, and Sewage 7.1 All Plants Have Silica 7.2 Opal Phytoliths 7.3 The Benefits of Opal Phytoliths and of Dissolved Silica 7.4 Is Silica an Essential Plant Nutrient? 7.5 Impact of Agriculture on the Silica Cycle 7.6 The Growing Creep of Silica Removal 7.7 Let’s Go for a Walk Through Time 7.8 Silica in Sewage 7.9 A Plea for Hardy Souls Further Reading 8 Silica, Be Dammed! 8.1 To Put It in a Nutshell 8.2 A Brief History of Human Damming, or How Long Has This Been Going on 8.3 Dams and Silica 8.4 Dams, Eutrophication, and Silica 8.5 Case Study #1: The Laurentian Great Lakes 8.6 Case Study #2: The Baltic Sea 8.7 Case Study #3: The Black Sea 8.8 The Global View Further Reading 9 The Venerable Silica Cycle 9.1 The Silica Cycle 9.2 Silicate Weathering 9.3 Getting Silica from Continent to Ocean 9.4 The Weathering of Oceanic Crust 9.5 Silica Biomineralization in the Ocean 9.6 Silica’s Return to the Mantle 9.7 The Earth’s Early Ocean Was a Tremendously Siliceous Place 9.8 Silica, Cyanobacteria, and Banded Iron Formations 9.9 And then Along Came True Silica Biomineralization Further Reading 10 Silica Saves the Day 10.1 The Goldilocks Zone 10.2 Most of Us Can Model 10.2.1 The Warmth of the Sun 10.2.2 Albedo, Which Is Not a Pasta Sauce 10.2.3 Emissivity 10.3 The Importance of Greenhouse Gases 10.4 Silicate Weathering Consumes Carbon Dioxide 10.5 The Temperature Dependence of Silicate Weathering 10.6 The Paleocene-Eocene Thermal Maximum 10.7 Enhanced Weathering Further Reading
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 163
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319560175
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is about the roles and importance of Ultraviolet (UV) light from sun and from man-made UV lamps in our daily life, on health and diseases, also its application in sterilization and treatment. The key words are: reactive oxygen species, DNA damage, UV mutagenicity, skin cancers, polymorphous light eruption, Xeroderma pigmentosum, vitiligo, psoriasis, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetes mellitus, metabolic syndromes, cardiovascular diseases, dermatology, photobiology, photodermatosis, vitamin D synthesis, vitamin D efficiency, water sterilization, blood sterilization, phototherapies, skin tanning and UV dosimeter. The book starts with introduction to UV light and the history of development of UV lamps and its applications. It then moves to describing the interaction of this light with biological components and the production of reactive oxygen species, their roles in cell signaling, cellular defense from foreign invaders, in mutagenesis leading to skin diseases including vitiligo, polymorphous light eruption and various forms of skin cancer. Then it presents the synthesis and importance of UV light and diseases, induced due to the deficiency of vitamin D. Roles of UV light in sterilization, disinfection, phototherapies are depicted in the next part and finally use and abuse of UV light in tanning salon and the availability and importance of use of UV dosimeter are highlighted. The three main focuses of this book are: - Damage to biological systems by UV light leading to certain skin diseases; most importantly skin cancers. - Importance of UV light in the in vivo synthesis of vitamin D when human bodies are exposed to it. - Diseases caused due to the deficiency of vitamin D and the use of UV lamps in phototherapy and sterilization processes. The editor has considerable experience in publishing medical books and has used it critically selecting the matters which will attract the readers from many areas of medical and non-medical fields. It is hoped that the materials presented in this book will give great benefit and will stimulate both novice and expert researchers in the field. The book gives excellent overviews of the current status of research and pointers to the future research achievements. Clinicians, medical general practitioners, technicians and staff working in UV related industries and especially those working in tanning salon should benefit from the information presented in safe handling of this light.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 365 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319560175 , 978-3-319-56017-5
    ISSN: 0065-2598 , 2214-8019
    Series Statement: Advances in experimental medicine and biology Volume 996
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction, Historical Aspects and Sources of UV Light 1 History of UV Lamps, Types, and Their Applications / Shamim I. Ahmad, Luisa Christensen, and Elma Baron Part II UV Photoproducts, Damage to DNA and Mutagenesis 2 Ultraviolet Light Induced Generation of Reactive Oxygen Species / T.L. de Jager, A.E. Cockrell, and S.S. Du Plessis Part III UV Light and Human Diseases 3 UV-Induced Molecular Signaling Differences in Melanoma and Non-melanoma Skin Cancer / Feng Liu-Smith, Jinjing Jia, and Yan Zheng 4 Xeroderma Pigmentosa Group A (XPA), Nucleotide Excision Repair and Regulation by ATR in Response to Ultraviolet Irradiation / Phillip R. Musich, Zhengke Li, and Yue Zou 5 Impact of Ultraviolet Light on Vitiligo / Rasnik K. Singh 6 Polymorphous Light Eruption / Marcella Guarrera 7 Ultraviolet Radiations: Skin Defense-Damage Mechanism / Dheeraj Mohania, Shikha Chandel, Parveen Kumar, Vivek Verma, Kumar Digvijay, Deepika Tripathi, Khushboo Choudhury, Sandeep Kumar Mitten, and Dilip Shah 8 Ultraviolet Photobiology in Dermatology / Luisa Christensen, Amanda Suggs, and Elma Baron 9 Ultraviolet A-1 in Dermatological Diseases / Torello M. Lotti and Serena Gianfaldoni 10 Photodermatoses in the Pigmented Skin / Vinod Kumar Sharma and Kanika Sahni 11 Psycho-Neuro-Endocrine- Immunology: A Psychobiological Concept / Katlein França and Torello M. Lotti Part IV UV Light Benefits to Man 12 Ultraviolet B Radiation: The Vitamin D Connection / Michael F. Holick 13 Role of Vitamin D in Rheumatoid Arthritis / Mattia Bellan, Pier Paolo Sainaghi, and Mario Pirisi 14 Asthma and Allergy “Epidemic” and the Role of Vitamin D Deficiency / Konstantinos Douros, Barbara Boutopoulou, Sotirios Fouzas, and Ioanna Loukou 15 Vitamin D Metabolism and the Implications for Atherosclerosis / Amanda L. Bennett and Carl J. Lavie 16 Vitamin D and Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus / Claire Michael Issa 17 Impact of UV Radiation on Genome Stability and Human Health / Sujit Roy 18 Vitamin D, Cardiovascular Disease and Risk Factors / Tea Skaaby, Betina H. Thuesen, and Allan Linneberg Part V UV Light in Sterilization 19 Biofilms: Microbial Strategies for Surviving UV Exposure / Carla C.C.R. de Carvalho 20 UV Induced Mutagenicity in Water: Causes, Detection, Identification and Prevention / Roberta (C.H.M.) Hofman-Caris 21 Role of Ultraviolet Disinfection in the Prevention of Surgical Site Infections / Sarah Simmons, Charles Dale, James Holt, Katie Velasquez, and Mark Stibich 22 UV Disinfection of Wastewater and Combined Sewer Overflows / John Gibson, Jennifer Drake, and Bryan Karney Part VI UV Light in Phototherapy 23 Phototherapy in Atopic Dermatitis / José María Ortiz-Salvador and Amparo Pérez-Ferriols 24 Phototherapy of Psoriasis, a Chronic Inflammatory Skin Disease / Emőke Rácz and Errol P. Prens 25 Ultraviolet Irradiation of Blood: “The Cure That Time Forgot”? / Michael R. Hamblin 26 From UV Protection to Protection in the Whole Spectral Range of the Solar Radiation: New Aspects of Sunscreen Development / Leonhard Zastrow, Martina C. Meinke, Stephanie Albrecht, Alexa Patzelt, and Juergen Lademann 27 Safety and Efficacy of Phototherapy in the Management of Eczema / Annalisa Patrizi, Beatrice Raone, and Giulia Maria Ravaioli Part VII Tanning Saloon 28 UV Driven Tanning Salons: Danger on Main Street / Jean-François Doré and Marie-Christine Chignol Part VIII UV Dosimeters 29 Dose Quantification in UV Phototherapy / David Robert Grimes Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 164
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319256917 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book presents a collection of accepted papers from the 3DGeoinfo 2015 international conference held in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia from October 28 - 30, 2015. All papers underwent double-blind review by experts from around the globe. The conference brought together pioneering international researchers and practitioners to facilitate the dialogue on emerging topics in the field of 3D geo-information. The focus areas include: - Data Collection and Modeling: advanced approaches for 3D data collection, reconstruction and methods for representation - Data Management: topological, geometrical and network models for maintenance of 3D geoinformation - Data Analysis and Visualization: frameworks for representing 3D spatial relationships, 3D spatial analysis and algorithms for navigation, interpolation, advanced VR, AR and MR visualisation, as well as 3D visualization on mobile devices - 3D Applications: city models, Cadastre, LBS, etc.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vii, 512 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319256917 , 978-3-319-25691-7
    ISSN: 1863-2246 , 1863-2351
    Series Statement: Lecture notes in geoinformation and cartography
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Realistic Benchmarks for Point Cloud Data Management Systems / Peter van Oosterom, Oscar Martinez-Rubi, Theo Tijssen and Romulo Gonçalves Does a Finer Level of Detail of a 3D City Model Bring an Improvement for Estimating Shadows? / Filip Biljecki, Hugo Ledoux and Jantien Stoter Interactive and View-Dependent See-Through Lenses for Massive 3D Point Clouds / Sören Discher, Rico Richter and Jürgen Döllner Representation of CityGML Instance Models in BaseX / Sabine Koch and Marc-O. Löwner A Spatio-Semantic Query Language for the Integrated Analysis of City Models and Building Information Models / S. Daum, A. Borrmann and T.H. Kolbe A Methodology for Modelling of 3D Spatial Constraints / Daniel Xu, Peter van Oosterom and Sisi Zlatanova Reconstructing 3D Building Models with the 2D Cadastre for Semantic Enhancement / Frédéric Pedrinis and Gilles Gesquière A 3D LADM Prototype Implementation in INTERLIS / Eftychia Kalogianni, Efi Dimopoulou and Peter van Oosterom Web-Based Tool for the Sustainable Refurbishment in Historic Districts Based on 3D City Model / Iñaki Prieto, Jose Luis Izkara and Rubén Béjar Terrestrial Laser Scanners Self-calibration Study: Datum Constraints Analyses for Network Configurations / Mohd Azwan Abbas, Halim Setan, Zulkepli Majid, Albert K. Chong, Lau Chong Luh, Khairulnizam M. Idris and Mohd Farid Mohd Ariff Managing Versions and History Within Semantic 3D City Models for the Next Generation of CityGML / Kanishk Chaturvedi, Carl Stephen Smyth, Gilles Gesquière, Tatjana Kutzner and Thomas H. Kolbe Cartographic Enrichment of 3D City Models—State of the Art and Research Perspectives / Stefan Peters, Mathias Jahnke, Christian E. Murphy, Liqiu Meng and Alias Abdul-Rahman Comparison of 2D & 3D Parameter-Based Models in Urban Fine Dust Distribution Modelling / Yahya Ghassoun and M.-O. Löwner Investigating Semantic Functionality of 3D Geometry for Land Administration / George Floros, Eva Tsiliakou, Dimitrios Kitsakis, Ioannis Pispidikis and Efi Dimopoulou 3D Complete Traffic Noise Analysis Based on CityGML / Lu Lu, Thomas Becker and Marc-Oliver Löwner Highly Efficient Computer Oriented Octree Data Structure and Neighbours Search in 3D GIS / Noraidah Keling, Izham Mohamad Yusoff, Habibah Lateh and Uznir Ujang Framework for on an Open 3D Urban Analysis / Marc-O. Löwner and Thomas Becker Usability Assessment of a Virtual Globe-Based 4D Archaeological GIS / Berdien De Roo, Jean Bourgeois and Philippe De Maeyer Temporal and Spatial Database Support for Geothermal Sub-surface Applications / M. Jahn, M. Breunig, E. Butwilowski, P.V. Kuper, A. Thomsen, M. Al-Doori and E. Schill Automatic Semantic and Geometric Enrichment of CityGML Building Models Using HOG-Based Template Matching / Jon Slade, Christopher B. Jones and Paul L. Rosin Stochastic Buildings Generation to Assist in the Design of Right to Build Plans / Mickaël Brasebin, Julien Perret and Romain Reuillon 3D Marine Administration System Based on LADM / Aikaterini Athanasiou, Ioannis Pispidikis and Efi Dimopoulou Assessing the Suitability of Using Google Glass in Designing 3D Geographic Information for Navigation / Kelvin Wong and Claire Ellul Review and Assessment of Current Cadastral Data Models for 3D Cadastral Applications / Ali Aien, Abbas Rajabifard, Mohsen Kalantari and Ian Williamson The Hierarchical Three-Dimensional (3D) Dynamic Water Infiltration on Multi-layers of Soil According to Voronoi Sequence Nodes Based on the Three-Dimensional Triangular Irregular Network (3D TIN) / Siti Nurbaidzuri Reli, Izham Mohamad Yusoff, Habibah Lateh and Uznir Ujang A Data Model for the Interactive Construction and Correction of 3D Building Geometry Based on Planar Half-Spaces / Martin Kada, Andreas Wichmann, Nina Manzke and Yevgeniya Filippovska The Potential of the 3D Dual Half-Edge (DHE) Data Structure for Integrated 2D-Space and Scale Modelling: A Review / Hairi Karim, Alias Abdul Rahman, Pawel Boguslawski, Martijn Meijers and Peter van Oosterom Towards Integrating BIM and GIS—An End-to-End Example from Point Cloud to Analysis / Claire Ellul, Gareth Boyes, Charles Thomson and Dietmar Backes
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 165
    Call number: 9781610918435 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: In the latest installment of State of the World, a diverse group of education experts share innovative approaches to teaching and learning in a new era. Topics include systems thinking for kids; the importance of play in early education; social emotional learning; comprehensive sexuality education; indigenous knowledge; sustainable business; medical training to treat the whole person; teaching law in the Anthropocene; and more.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xx, 370 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781610918435 , 978-1-61091-843-5
    ISSN: 2945-5758 , 2945-5766
    Series Statement: State of the world [2017]
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Foreword / David Orr Acknowledgments INTRODUCTION 1 EarthEd: Rethinking Education on a Changing Planet / Erik Assadourian PART ONE: EARTH EDUCATION FUNDAMENTALS 2 Outdoor School for All: Reconnecting Children to Nature / David Sobel 3 Ecoliteracy and Schooling for Sustainability / Michael K. Stone 4 Education for the Eighth Fire: Indigeneity and Native Ways of Learning / Melissa K. Nelson 5 Pathway to Stewardship: A Framework for Children and Youth / Jacob Rodenburg and Nicole Bell 6 Growing a New School Food Culture / Luis González Reyes 7 The Centrality of Character Education for Creating and Sustaining a Just World / Marvin W. Berkowitz 8 Social and Emotional Learning for a Challenging Century / Pamela Barker and Amy McConnell Franklin 9 Prioritizing Play / David Whitebread 10 Looking the Monster in the Eye: Drawing Comics for Sustainability / Marilyn Mehlmann with Esbjörn Jorsäter, Alexander Mehlmann, and Olena Pometun 11 Deeper Learning and the Future of Education / Dennis McGrath and Monica M. Martinez 12 All Systems Go! Developing a Generation of “Systems-Smart” Kids / Linda Booth Sweeney 13 Reining in the Commercialization of Childhood / Josh Golin and Melissa Campbell 14 Home Economics Education: Preparation for a Sustainable and Healthy Future / Helen Maguire and Amanda McCloat 15 Our Bodies, Our Future: Expanding Comprehensive Sexuality Education / Mona Kaidbey and Robert Engelman PART T WO: HIGHER EDUCATION REIMAGINED 16 Suddenly More Than Academic: Higher Education for a Post-Growth World / Michael Maniates 17 Bringing the Classroom Back to Life / Jonathan Dawson and Hugo Oliveira 18 Preparing Vocational Training for the Eco-Technical Transition / Nancy Lee Wood 19 Sustainability Education in Prisons: Transforming Lives, Transforming the World / Joslyn Rose Trivett, Raquel Pinderhughes, Kelli Bush, Liliana Caughman, and Carri J. LeRoy 20 Bringing the Earth Back into Economics / Joshua Farley 21 New Times, New Tools: Agricultural Education for the Twenty-First Century / Laura Lengnick 22 Educating Engineers for the Anthropocene / Daniel Hoornweg, Nadine Ibrahim, and Chibulu Luo 23 The Evolving Focus of Business Sustainability Education / Andrew J. Hoffman 24 Teaching Doctors to Care for Patient and Planet / Jessica Pierce CONCLUSION 25 The Future of Education: A Glimpse from 2030 / Erik Assadourian Notes Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 166
    Call number: 9783319501710 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book contributes to the literature on resilience, hazard planning, risk management, environmental policy and design, presenting articles that focus on building resilience through social and technical means. Bringing together contributions from Japanese authors, the book also offers a rare English-language glimpse into current policy and practice in Japan since the 2011 Tohoku disaster. The growth of resilience as a common point of contact for fields as disparate as economics, architecture and population politics reflects a shared concern about our capacity to cope with and adapt to change. The ability to bounce back from hardship and disaster is essential to all of our futures. Yet, if such ability is to be sustainable, and not rely on a “brute force” response, innovation will need to become a core practice for policymakers and on-the-ground responders alike. The book offers a valuable reference guide for graduate students, researchers and policy analysts who are looking for a holistic but practical approach to resilience planning.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 396 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319501710 , 978-3-319-50171-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction 1 Understanding Change Through the Lens of Resilience / Wanglin Yan and Will Galloway Part II Recognizing Vulnerability 2 Japan After March 11th 2011: Between Swift Reconstruction and Sustainable Restructuring / Christian Dimmer 3 Climate Change Vulnerability of Olive Oil Groves in Dry Areas of Tunisia: Case Study in the Governorate of Médenine / Mohamed Ouessar 4 The Vehicle Transportation Problem in the Megacity São Paulo (Brazil) / Renato Cesar Sato and Luciana Ferreira da Silva 5 Disasters and Their Impacts on Air Quality in the Human Living Environment / Yoshika Sekine and Naohide Shinohara 6 Vulnerability of Pastoral Social-Ecological Systems in Mongolia / T. Chuluun, M. Altanbagana, Dennis Ojima, R. Tsolmon and B. Suvdantsetseg Part III Awareness and Preparedness for Change 7 The Importance of Information Availability for Climate Change Preparedness in the Cultural Heritage Sector: A Comparison Between the UK and Japan / Matthew Jones 8 Anticipating Environmental Change in Development Planning for the Archipelago of Indonesia / Abimanyu Takdir Alamsyah 9 Institutional and Technical Innovation in Pakistan for Resilience to Extreme Climate Events / Pervaiz Amir 10 Development of an International Institutional Framework for Climate Adaptation and Practice in Adaptation Planning in Developing Countries / Makoto Kato 11 Mainstreaming Climate Change Adaptation Products and Services by Japanese Companies with Base-of-the- Economic-Pyramid (BoP) Businesses / Tokutaro Hiramoto 12 Systems Established for Reconstruction After the Great East Japan Earthquake, and the Current Situation on the Ground / Sosuke Tanaka Part IV Tools and Methods for Building Resiliency 13 Developing an ICT-Based Toolbox for Resilient Capacity Building: Challenges, Obstacles and Approaches / Qian Ye, Xiaobing Hu and Zhangang Han 14 Development of Tools to Assess Vulnerability to Climate Change in South Asia / Upali Imbulana 15 Development Plan as a Tool to Improve the Disaster Resilience of Urban Areas / Ranjith Perera and Dzul Khaimi bin Khailani 16 Swarm Planning—Developing a Tool for Innovative Resilience Planning / Rob Roggema and Nikolay Popov Part V Transformation from Disaster and Crisis 17 Green Infrastructure in Reconstruction After the 2011 Earthquake and Tsunami: A Case Study of Historical Change on Awaji Island in Japan / Tomohiro Ichinose 18 The Long Term Economic Value of Holistic Ecological Planning for Disaster Risk / Misato Uehara 19 Disaster Response and Public Consultation in Cleaning Up Radioactive Contamination of the Environment / Mimi Nameki 20 Building Resilience in Africa Through Transformation and a Green Economy: Challenges and Opportunities / Andries Jordaan Part VI Building Resiliency with Community 21 Community Based Environmental Design: Empowering Local Expertise in Design Charrettes / Rob Roggema, Lisa Vos and John Martin 22 Solar-Based Decentralized Energy Solution—A Case of Entrepreneur Based Model from Rural India / Manjushree Banerjee, I.H. Rehman and Jitendra Tiwari 23 The Importance of Social Capital in Building Community Resilience / Daniel P. Aldrich 24 The Veneer House Experience: The Role of Architects in Recovering Community After Disaster / Hiroto Kobayashi Part VII Conclusion 25 Understanding Resilience Through the Lens of Change / Will Galloway and Wanglin Yan
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 167
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319427317 (e-books)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book represents an important new contribution to the literature that presents practical and comprehensive solutions to mining activities. Its timely content has been prepared by several experts from around the world and its practical format addresses the major environmental predictive techniques required for the extraction and processing of metal resources. Packed with reviews and case studies, it covers current methods used to forecast environmental effects of metal mining.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 413 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319427317 , 978-3-319-42731-7
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction Predictive Environmental Indicators in Metal Mining / Bernd Lottermoser Part II Waste Quality Principles of Sulfide Oxidation and Acid Rock Drainage / Anita Parbhakar-Fox and Bernd Lottermoser Prediction of Sulfidic Waste Characteristics / Anita Parbhakar-Fox and Bernd Lottermoser Micro-analytical Technologies for Mineral Mapping and Trace Element Deportment / Ron F. Berry, Leonid V. Danyushevsky, Karsten Goemann, Anita Parbhakar-Fox and Thomas Rodemann Predicting Waste Properties Using the Geochemistry-Mineralogy- Texture-Geometallurgy Approach / Anita Parbhakar-Fox Chemical Staining Techniques for Drill Core Characterization / Anita Parbhakar-Fox, Nathan Fox, Jake Moltzen and Bernd Lottermoser Prediction of Acid Rock Drainage Using Field-Based Testing Tools / Anita Parbhakar-Fox, John Aalders, Laura Jackson and Bernd Lottermoser Prediction of Acid Rock Drainage from Automated Mineralogy / Anita Parbhakar-Fox, Bernd Lottermoser, Richard Hartner, Ron F. Berry and Taryn L. Noble Predictive Waste Classification Using Field-Based and Environmental Geometallurgy Indicators, Mount Lyell, Tasmania / Anita Parbhakar-Fox and Bernd Lottermoser Predictive Waste Classification Using the Geochemistry-Mineralogy- Texture-Geometallurgy (GMTG) Approach at a Polymetallic Mine / Anita Parbhakar-Fox and Bernd Lottermoser Part III Water Quality pH Testing Methods for Sulfidic Mine Wastes / Taryn L. Noble, Bernd Lottermoser and Anita Parbhakar-Fox Modified Abrasion pH and NAGpH Testing of Minerals / Taryn L. Noble and Bernd Lottermoser Prediction of Leachate Quality for a Gossan Dump, Angostura, Spain / Anita Parbhakar-Fox, Julie Hunt, Bernd Lottermoser, Eleanor M. van Veen and Nathan Fox Prediction of Metal Mobility from Sulfidic Waste Rocks Using Micro-analytical Tools, Baal Gammon, Northern Australia / Nathan Fox, Anita Parbhakar-Fox and Bernd Lottermoser Prediction of Metal Mobility from Sulfidic Waste Rocks Using Micro-Analytical Tools, Spray, Tasmania / Nathan Fox, Anita Parbhakar-Fox and Bernd Lottermoser Part IV Air Quality Mineral Dust Emissions at Metalliferous Mine Sites / Taryn L. Noble, Anita Parbhakar-Fox, Ron F. Berry and Bernd Lottermoser Mineral Dust Properties at the Mt Lyell Cu-Au Mine Site, Australia / Taryn L. Noble, Ron F. Berry and Bernd Lottermoser Assessing Mineral Dust Properties Using Passive Dust Samplers and Scanning Electron Microscopy / Taryn L. Noble, Ron F. Berry, Karsten Goemann and Bernd Lottermoser Prediction of Mineral Dust Properties at Mine Sites / Taryn L. Noble, Ron F. Berry, Karsten Goemann and Bernd Lottermoser Part V Land Quality Bioaccessibility Testing for Metals at Mine Sites / Eleanor M. van Veen and Bernd Lottermoser Prediction of Plant Metal Bioaccessibility in Mineralized and Sulfidic Rocks / Eleanor M. van Veen, Bernd Lottermoser and Taryn L. Noble Predicting Plant Metal Bioaccessibility at the Historic Wheal Maid Tailings Lagoons, Cornwall, UK / Eleanor M. van Veen, Bernd Lottermoser, Anita Parbhakar-Fox and Julie Hunt Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 168
    Call number: AWI S5-18-91741
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xcix, 2868 Seiten
    Edition: 10., vollständig überarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage
    ISBN: 9783452282750 (238.00 EUR)
    Series Statement: Heymanns Kommentare zum gewerblichen Rechtsschutz
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 169
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Dessau-Roßlau : Umweltbundesamt
    Call number: AWI S6-21-94442
    Description / Table of Contents: Leo und Polly entdecken Eisbären und Pinguine, die größte Wüste der Welt, rasende Gletscher und einzigartige Schneeflocken. Sie hören berühmte letzte Worte und erfahren, warum Meereis besser ist als weniger Eis. Denn das ewige Eis ist bedroht - durch den Menschen! Was man selber dagegen tun kann, davon erzählt dieses Buch. Mit original Narwal-Gesang und Pinguinrufen.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 41 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Stand: September 2017
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 170
    Call number: AWI Bio-23-95432
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 942 Seiten , Illustrationen , 25 cm
    Edition: English edition with updated taxonomy and added species
    ISBN: 3946583067 , 9783946583066 , 978-3-946583-06-6
    Uniform Title: Diatomeen im Süßwasser-Benthos von Mitteleuropa
    Language: English
    Note: Table of contents Foreword to the German Edition Foreword to the English Edition Acknowledgments Introduction How to use this book Identification characters Glossary Key to the genera Key to the diatom genera covered by this book Genera and species Achnanthes Bory 1822 Achnanthidium Kützing 1844 Adlofia Lange-Bertalot in Moser et al. 1998 Amphipleura Kützing 1844 Amphora Ehrenberg ex Kützing 1844 Aneumastus D.G. Mann et A.J. Stickle in Round et al. 1990 Anomoeoneis Pfitzer 1871 Astartiella Witkowski, Lange-Bertalot et Metzeltin in Moser et al. 1998 Bacillaria Gmelin 1791 Berkeleya Greville 1827 Biremis D.G. Mann et E.J. Cox 1990 Brachysira Kützing 1836 Caloneis P.T. Cleve 1894 Campylodiscus Ehrenberg 1844 Cavinula D.G. Mann et A.J. Stickle in Round et al. 1990 Chamaepinnularia Lange-Bertalot et Krammer in Lange-Bertalot & Metzeltin 1996 Cocconeis Ehrenberg 1837 Cosmioneis D.G. Mann et A.J. Stickle in Round et al. 1990 Craticula Grunow 1868 Crenotia A.Z. Wojtal 2013 Ctenophora (Grunow) Williams et Round 1986 Cylindrotheca Rabenhorst 1859 Cymatopleura W. Smith 1851 Cymbella C. Agardh 1830 Cymbellafalsa Lange-Bertalot et Metzeltin 2009 Cymbellonitzschia Hustedt in A. Schmidt et al. 1924 Cymbopleura (Krammer) Krammer 1999 Delicata Krammer 2003 Denticula Kützing 1844 Diadesmis Kützing 1844 Diatoma Bory 1824 Didymosphenia M. Schmidt 1899 Dipioneis Ehrenberg 1844 Ellerbeckia R.M. Crawford 1988 Encyonema Kützing 1833 Encyonopsis Krammer 1997 Entomoneis Ehrenberg 1845 Epithemia Brebisson ex Kützing 1844 Eucocconeis P.T. Cleve ex F. Meister 1912 Eunotia Ehrenberg 1837 Fallacia A.J. Stickle et D.G. Mann in Round et al. 1990 Fistulifera Lange-Bertalot 1997 Fragilaria Lyngbye 1819 Fragilariforma Williams et Round 1988 Frustulia Rabenhorst 1853 Geissleria Lange-Bertalot et Metzeltin 1996 Gliwiczia M. Kulikovskiy, Lange-Bertalot et A. Witkowski 2013 Gomphocymbellopsis Krammer 2003 Gomphoneis Cleve 1894 Gomphonema Ehrenberg 1832 Gomphosphenia Lange-Bertalot 1995 Gyrosigma Hassall 1845 Flalamphora (Cleve) Levkov 2009 Hannaea R.M. Patrick 1966 Hantzschia Grunow 1877 Hippodonta Lange-Bertalot, Metzeltin et Witkowski 1996 Humidophila Lowe, Kociolek, Johansen, Van de Vijver, Lange-Bertalot et Kopalovä 2014 Karayevia F.E. Round et L. Bukhtiyarova ex F. E. Round Khursevichia M.S. Kulikovskiy, Lange-Bertalot et Metzeltin 2012 Kobayasiella Lange-Bertalot 1999 Kolbesia F.E. Round et L. Bukhtiyarova ex F.E. Round 1998 Lemnicola Round et Basson 1997 Luticola D.G. Mann in Round et al. 1990 Mastogloia Thwaites in W. Smith 1856 Mayamaea Lange-Bertalot 1997 Melosira C. Agardh 1824 Meridion C. Agardh 1824 Microcostatus Johansen et Sray 1998 Navicula Bory 1822 Navicymbula Krammer 2003 Neidiomorpha Lange-Bertalot et Cantonati 2010 Neidium Pfitzer 1871 Nitzschia Hassall 1845 Nupela Vyverman et Compere 1991 Odontidium Kützing 1844 Orthoseira Thwaites 1848 Paraplaconeis M.S. Kulikovskiy, Lange-Bertlot et Metzeltin 2012 Parlibellus EJ. Cox 1988 Peronia Brebisson et Arnott ex Kitton 1868 Pinnularia Ehrenberg 1843 Placoneis Mereschkowsky 1903 Planothidium Round et Bukhtiyarova 1996 Platessa Lange-Bertalot 2004 Prestauroneis K. Bruder et Medlin 2008 Psammothidium Bukhtiyarova et Round 1996 Pseudofallacia Liu, Kociolek et Wang 2012 Pseudostaurosira Williams et Round 1988 Reimeria Kociolek et Stoermer 1987 Rhoicosphenia Grunow 1860 Rhopalodia O. Müller 1895 Rossithidium Bukhtiyarova et Round 1996 Sellaphora Mereschkowsky 1902 Simonsenia Lange-Bertalot 1979 Skabitschewskia Kulikovskiy et Lange-Bertalot 2015 Stauroforma Flower, Jones et Round 1996 Stauroneis Ehrenberg 1843 Stauronella Mereschkowsky 1901 Staurosira Ehrenberg 1842 Staurosirella Williams et Round 1988 Stenopterobia Brebisson ex Van Heurck 1896 Surirella Turpin 1828 Tabellaria Ehrenberg ex Kützing 1844 Tabularia (Kützing) D.M. Williams et Round 1986 Tetracyclus Ralfs 1843 Tryblionella W. Smith 1853 Ulnaria (Kützing) P. Compere 2001 Selected brackish-water taxa found along the northern Germany coastline References Plates Index to the species
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 171
    Call number: 9783319433943 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book introduces the concept of soil security and its five dimensions: Capability, Capital, Condition, Connectivity and Codification. These five dimensions make it possible to understand soil's role in delivering ecosystem services and to quantify soil resource by measuring, mapping, modeling and managing it. Each dimension refers to a specific aspect: contribution to global challenges (Capability), value of the soil (Capital), current state of the soil (Condition), how people are connected to the soil (Connectivity) and development of good policy (Codification). This book considers soil security as an integral part of meeting the ongoing challenge to maintain human health and secure our planet's sustainability. The concept of soil security helps to achieve the need to maintain and improve the world’s soil for the purpose of producing food, fiber and freshwater, and contributing to energy and climate sustainability. At the same time it helps to maintain biodiversity and protects ecosystem goods and services.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 469 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319433943 , 978-3-319-43394-3
    ISSN: 2352-4774 , 2352-4782
    Series Statement: Progress in soil science
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Rationale for Soil Security 1 Soil Security: A Rationale / Alex B. McBratney, Damien J. Field, Cristine L.S. Morgan, and Lorna E. Jarrett 2 Soil Security: Dimensions / Damien J. Field Part II Capability 3 Soil Capability: Exploring the Functional Potentials of Soils / Johan Bouma, M.K. van Ittersum, J.J. Stoorvogel, N.H. Batjes, P. Droogers, and M.M. Pulleman 4 Distinguishing Between Capability and Condition / Damien J. Field and T. Sanderson 5 Valuing of Soil Capability in Land Surface Modeling / Cristine L.S. Morgan, Yohannes T. Yimam, Michael Barlage, David Gochis, and Bright Dornblaser 6 Soil Capability for the USA Now and into the Future / Maxine J. Levin, R. Dobos, S. Peaslee, D.W. Smith, and C. Seybold 7 Quantifying Capability: GlobalSoilMap / Alex B. McBratney, Dominique Arrouays, and Lorna E. Jarrett 8 Testing the Links Between Soil Security, Sustainable Land Management Practices and Land Evaluation / Brian Murphy Part III Condition 9 General Concepts of Valuing and Caring for Soil / Alex B. McBratney, Damien J. Field, and Lorna E. Jarrett 10 Soil Health: Challenges and Opportunities / Diane E. Stott and Bianca N. Moebius-Clune 11 Using Soil Survey to Assess and Predict Soil Condition and Change / Skye Wills, Candiss Williams, C. Seybold, Linda Scheffe, Zamir Libohova, David Hoover, Curtis Talbot, and Joel Brown 12 Root-Microbe Interactions in Response to Soil Conditions / Anil Somenahally 13 Securing Our Soil in Intensive Monoculture Cropping Systems / Katie L. Lewis, Paul DeLaune, and Wayne Keeling 14 Soil Organic Carbon Stocks and Soil Respiration in Tropical Secondary Forests in Southern Mexico / Deb Raj Aryal, Bernardus Hendricus Joseph De Jong, Jorge Mendoza-Vega, Susana Ochoa-Gaona, and Ligia Esparza-Olguín 15 Simulating Impacts of Bioenergy Sorghum Residue Return on Soil Organic Carbon and Greenhouse Gas Emissions Using the DAYCENT Model / Yong Wang, Fugen Dou, Joseph O. Storlien, Jason P. Wight, Keith H. Paustian, Stephen J. Del Grosso, and Frank M. Hons 16 Cover Crops for Enriching Soil Carbon and Nitrogen Under Bioenergy Sorghum / Upendra M. Sainju, H.P. Singh, and B.P. Singh Part IV Capital 17 Economics, Energy, Climate Change, and Soil Security / Bruce A. McCarl 18 Understanding Soils’ Contribution to Ecosystem Services Provision to Inform Farm System Analysis / Estelle Dominati, A. Mackay, and J. Rendel 19 The Dollars and Cents of Soil Health / Charles M. Benbrook 20 The Value of Soil’s Contributions to Ecosystem Services / Alex B. McBratney, Cristine L.S. Morgan, and Lorna E. Jarrett 21 Economics of Land Degradation to Estimate Capital Value of Soil in Eurasia / Pavel Krasilnikov, Alexey Sorokin, Alisher Mirzabaev, Oleg Makarov, Anton Strokov, and Sergey Kiselev 22 Social Licensing to Secure Soil / Cristine L.S. Morgan, Gaylon D. Morgan, and Dianna Bagnall Part V Connectivity 23 Soil Renaissance and the Connection to Land Managers / Bill Buckner 24 Links Between Soil Security and the Influence of Soil on Human Health / Eric C. Brevik, Joshua J. Steffan, Lynn C. Burgess, and Artemi Cerdà 25 Soil Contamination and Human Health: A Major Challenge for Global Soil Security / Florence Carré, Julien Caudeville, Roseline Bonnard, Valérie Bert, Pierre Boucard, and Martine Ramel 26 The Measurement of Soil Security in Terms of Human Health: Examples and Ideas / Sung Chul Kim, Kyung Jae Lim, and Jae E. Yang 27 The Meta Soil Model: An Integrative Multi- model Framework for Soil Security / Sabine Grunwald, Katsutoshi Mizuta, Marcos B. Ceddia, Érika F.M. Pinheiro, R. Kay Kastner Wilcox, Carla P. Gavilan, C. Wade Ross, and Christopher M. Clingensmith 28 Integrating New Perspectives to Address Global Soil Security: Ideas from Integral Ecology / Sabine Grunwald, Christopher M. Clingensmith, Carla P. Gavilan, Katsutoshi Mizuta, R. Kay Kastner Wilcox, Érika F.M. Pinheiro, Marcos B. Ceddia, and C. Wade Ross 29 Applying the Meta Soil Model: The Complexities of Soil and Water Security in a Permanent Protection Area in Brazil / Marcos B. Ceddia, Sabine Grunwald, Érika F.M. Pinheiro, Katsutoshi Mizuta, Christopher M. Clingensmith, and Milton Marques Fernandes 30 Bridging the Research Management Gap to Restore Ecosystem Function and Social Resilience / W. Richard Teague 31 Engendering Connectivity to Soil Through Aesthetics / Richard J. MacEwan, Ayesha S.A. MacEwan, and Alexandra R. Toland 32 The Role of Master Gardeners in Providing Horticulture Education to Marion County, Florida, Residents / Josephine Leyte-Vidal Part VI Codification 33 Soil-Water-Food Nexus: A Public Opinion and Policy Perspective / Kent E. Portney 34 Whose Security is Important? Communicating Environmental Risk About Soil to a Diverse Audience / Ronald Amundson 35 Save our Soil to Save the Planet / Michael Jeffrey and Hayley Achurch 36 Protection of the Soil Resource in the Brazilian Environmental Legislation / Carlos Gustavo Tornquist and Tiago Broetto 37 Creating Incentives to Improve Soil Health Through the Federal Crop Insurance Program / Lara Bryant and Claire O’Connor 38 US Farm Programs and the Impacts on National and International Soil Security / Katina Dove Hanson and J. Michael Schmidt 39 Soil Security for Agricultural Productivity: The Policy Disconnect and a Promising Future / Andrea Koch 40 Securitisation / Alex B. McBratney and Lorna E. Jarrett 41 The Place of Soil in International Government Policy / Robert Hill 42 Translating Soil Science Knowledge to Public Policy / Luca Montanarella 43 Synthesis: Goals to Achieve Soil Security / Cristine L.S. Morgan, Alex B. McBratney, Damien J. Field, Andrea Koch, Johan Bouma, and Florence Carré Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 172
    Call number: AWI Bio-17-90819
    Description / Table of Contents: The authors completed collecting and arranging plates of photomicrographs for common pollen and spores in Quaternary strata. Given China's vast territory, complex vegetation types, a variety of plants, and polen grains with similar morphology probably produced by different plant species in different regions. We have organized this book's photomicrographs of pollen grains and spores in the division of China into five regions, i.e. northwest,northern, southeast, south and southwest China. Photomicrographs of pollen grains and spores in each region are arranged by plant classification system i.e. in order of algae, bryophyte, pteridophyte, gymnosperm, and angiosperm. All 409 plates of color photomicrographs for pollen grains and spores are finally illustrated and described.
    Description / Table of Contents: 本书整理编排了我国第四纪地层常见的孢粉类型显微照相图版,按照西北、北方、东南、华南和西南五个大区编排,并对这些区域的现代植被、第四纪植被史做了简要概述,还重点叙述了各地区第四纪主要孢粉类型、特点以及常见孢粉种类的鉴定形态特征。共分三章,第一章为我国各地区现代植被和第四纪植被概述,重点叙述了古植被与古气候的演变历史;第二章介绍本图鉴中所列出的各地区主要第四纪孢粉类型及其特点,并对不同地区常见孢粉种类
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 620 Seiten , zahlreiche Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9787030505682
    Language: Chinese , Latin
    Note: Contents: Preface. - Chapter 1: Overview of modern and Quaternary vegetation in China. - 1.1 Northwest region / Tang Lingyu and Shen Caiming. - 1.1.1 Overview of modern vegetation. - 1.1.1.1 Gobi desert and desert vegetation in eastern Xinjiang. - 1.1.1.2 Extremely arid desert and shrubland vegetation in the Qaidam Basin. - 1.1.1.3 Arid desert shrub and semi-shrub vegetation in the Hexi Corridor. - 1.1.1.4 Sylvosteppe or pine-oak forest in the transitional region between semi-humid and semi-arid monsoonal climate of temperate zone in the Loess Plateau. - 1.1.2 Overview of Quaternary vegetation. - 1.1.2.1 Vegetation and environment since the early Pleistocene in Qinghai. - 1.1.2.2 Holocene vegetation succession of steppe/meadow in north Xizang (Tibet). - 1.1.2.3 Vegetation and environment since the late Pleistocene in the Loess Plateau. - 1.1.2.4 Vegetation and environment since the early Pleistocene in Xinjiang. - 1.2 Northern region / Tang Lingyu and Li Chunhai. - 1.2.1 Overview of modern vegetation. - 1.2.1.1 Coniferous and broadleaved forest and meadow of temperate zone in Northeast China. - 1.2.1.2 Oak forest of river valley, Chinese pine forest, and shrub steppe in the lower valley of Liaohe River, North China plain, southern Shanxi, and central Shaanxi plain. - 1.2.2 Overview of Quaternary vegetation. - 1.2.2.1 Vegetation and environment since the early Pleistocene in North China. - 1.2.2.2 Vegetation and environment since the early Pleistocene in Northeast China. - 1.3 Southeast region / Shu Junwu and Tang Lingyu. - 1.3.1 Overview of modern vegetation. - 1.3.2 Overview of Quaternary vegetation. - 1.3.2.1 Vegetation succession since the mid-Pleistocene in Hubei. - 1.3.2.2 Vegetation and environment since the late Pleistocene in the lower valley of the Yangtze River. - 1.3 .2.3 Forest succession since the last glaciation in southeast coast of Fujian. - 1.3.2.4 Vegetation and environment since the late Pleistocene in the central Taiwan. - 1.4 South region / Mao Limi, Tang Lingyu and Shen Cairning. - 1.4.1 Overview of modern vegetation. - 1.4.1.1 Vegetation in the southern zone of middle subtropical evergreen broadleaved forest. - 1.4.1.2 Vegetation in the zone of south subtropical evergreen broadleaved forest. - 1.4.1.3 Tropical semi-evergreen monsoonal forest and tropical monsoonal forest. - 1.4.2 Overview of Quaternary vegetation. - 1.4.2.1 Vegetation in the Zhujiang delta and Chaozhou plain since the Pleistocene recorded by pollen and spores. - 1.4.2.2 Vegetation and climate since the late Pleistocene in Leizhou Peninsula and Holocene vegetation and climate in Hainan Island. - 1.4.2.3 Late Quaternary pollen and spores, vegetation and climate records in the South. - 1.4.2.4 Vegetation and climate since the late Pleistocene in Hong Kong. - 1.5 Southwest region / Shu Junwu, Tang Lingyu and Shen Caiming. - 1.5.1 Overview of modern vegetation. - 1.5.1.1 Vegetation of evergreen broadleaved forest in the Yunnan , Guizhou and western Sichuan Plateau. - 1.5.1.2 Vegetation of coniferous forest in southeast Xizang. - 1.5.2 Overview of Quaternary vegetation. - 1.5.2.1 Holocene vegetation in northwest Yunnan. - 1.5.2.2 Vegetation and monsoonal climate history since the late Pleistocene in western and south-central Yunnan. - 1.5.2.3 Holocene vegetation in western Sichuan. - 1.5.2.4 Vegetation and environment since the late Pleistocene in Guizhou. - 1.5.2.5 Vegetation and monsoonal climate history since the late Pleistocene in southeastern Xizang. - Chapter 2 Main types of Quaternary pollen and spores and their characteristics in different regions of China. - 2.1 Northwest region / Tang Lingyu and Mao Limi. - 2.1.1 Types of Quaternary pollen and spores in Northwest China. - 2.1.2 Identifiable features of major Quaternary pollen and spores in Northwest China. - 2.1.2.1 Identifiable features of main Compositae pollen types. - 2.1.2.2 Identifiable features of Artemisia, Tamarix, and Zygophyllum pollen. - 2.1.2.3 Identifiable features of Rhamnus, Hippophae, and Elaeagnus pollen. - 2.1.3 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary spores and pollen in Northwest China. - 2.1.3.1 Photomicrographs for major Quaternary pollen types in Northwest China. - 2.1.3.2 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen types in Northwest China. - 2.2 Northern region / Tang Lingyu. - 2.2.1 Types of Quaternary pollen and spores in Northern China. - 2.2.2 Identifiable features of major Quaternary pollen and spores in Northern China. - 2.2.2.1 Identification keys of pollen morphology for several saccate genera of Pinaceae. - 2.2.2.2 Identifiable features of pollen morphology for genera of Betulaceae. - 2.2.2.3 Identifiable features of tricolpate pollen from Salix and Cruciferae. - 2.2.2.4 Identifiable features of tricolpate pollen from Ranunculaceae and Labiatae. - 2.2.3 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary spores and pollen in Northern China. - 2.2.3.1 Photomicrographs for major Quaternary pollen types in Northern China. - 2.2.3.2 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen types in Northern China. - 2.3 Southeast region / Tang Lingyu and Shu Junwu. - 2.3.1 Types of Quaternary pollen and spores in Southeast China. - 2.3.2 Identifiable features of major Quaternary pollen and spores in Southeast China. - 2.3.2.1 Identifiable features of pollen morphology for Fagaceae. - 2.3.2.2 Identification keys of pollen morphology for several genera of Fagaceae. - 2.3.2.3 Identifiable features of pollen morphology for several genera of Fagaceae. - 2.3.2.4 Identifiable features of pollen morphology for several genera of tropical and subtropical. - 2.3.3 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen and spores in Southeast China. - 2.3.3.1 Photomicrographs for major Quaternary pollen types in Southeast China. - 2.3.3.2 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen types in Southeast China. - 2.4 South region / Mao Limi and Tang Lingyu. - 2.4.1 Types of Quaternary pollen and spores in South China. - 2.4.2 Identifiable features of main Quaternary pollen and spores in South China. - 2.4.2.1 Modern distribution and paleophytogeography of Sonneratia and its identifiable features of pollen morphology. - 2.4.2.2 Modern distribution and paleoecology significance of Rhizophoraceae and its identifiable features of pollen morphology. - 2.4.3 Photomicrographs and descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen and spores in South China. - 2.4.3.1 Photomicrographs for major Quaternary pollen and spores in South China. - 2.4.3.2 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen and spores in South China. - 2.5 Southwest region / Tang Lingyu and Shu Junwu. - 2.5.1 Types of Quaternary pollen and spores in Southwest China. - 2.5.2 Identifiable feature of main Quaternary pollen and spores in Southwest China. - 2.5.2.1 Plant distribution and pollen features of Pinaceae in Southwest China. - 2.5.2.2 Identification keys of pollen morphology for Pinaceae. - 2.5.3 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen and spores in Southwest China. - 2.5.3.1 Photomicrographs for common pollen in Southwest China. - 2.5.3.2 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen and spores in Southwest China. - Chapter 3 Plates and descriptions of Quaternary pollen and spores in different region of China. - 3.1 Northwest region / Tang Lingyu and Mao Limi. - Spores of the pteridophyte Plates 1-3. - Gymnosperm pollen Plates 3-10. - Angiosperm pollen Plates 11-63. - 3.2 Northern region / Tang Lingyu and Li Chunhai. - Spores of the algae Plates 1-3. - Spores of the bryophyte Plate 4. - Spores of the pteridophyte Plates 5-9. - Gymnosperm pollen Plates 9-24. - Angiosperm pollen Plates 25-63. - 3.3 Southeast region / Tang Lingyu, Zhou Zhongze and
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 173
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Potsdam : Bibliothek Wissenschaftspark Albert Einstein
    Call number: AWI G3-18-91414 ; M 18.91414
    Description / Table of Contents: This project started in October 2015 with a crazy idea : prepare and submit a funding application for an international, multidisciplinary and non-traditional scientific outreach project… within the next 48 hours. Well, it worked out. A group of highly motivated young researchers from Canada and Europe united to combine arts and science and produce a series of outreach comic strips about permafrost (frozen ground). The aim of the project is to present and explain scientific research conducted across the circumpolar Arctic, placing emphasis on field work and the rapidly changing northern environment. The target audience is kids, youth, parents and teachers, with the general goal of making permafrost science more fun and accessible to the public. Because guess what : permafrost represents an area of more than twenty million km2 in the Northern Hemisphere, a huge area. As the climate warms, permafrost thaws and becomes unstable for houses, roads and airports. This rapid thawing of previously frozen ground also disrupts plant and animal habitats, impacts water quality and the ecology of lakes, and releases carbon into the atmosphere as greenhouse gases, making climate change even stronger. Hence permafrost and its response to climate change concerns us all. The project received initial support from the International Permafrost Association (IPA) as a targeted ‘Action Group’, and since then several other sponsors have joined the project. Here we are, now, two years after this first idea. What you are about to read is the result of an iterative process of exchanging ideas between artists and scientists. We first made an application call and received 49 applications from artists in 16 countries. Through a formal review process, we then selected two artists to work on this project: Noémie Ross from Canada, and Heta Nääs from Finland. With input from scientists, Noémie and Heta created fantastic cartoons that explain some of the changes happening to the environment in permafrost areas, how they affect people and wildlife, and what scientists are doing to better understand these changes to help people find innovative ways to adapt. We wish everyone plenty of fun reading this booklet and we would like to thank all those who supported this project.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 27 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-2-9816972-0-2
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 174
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hamburg : maribus gGmbH
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G2-17-91188
    In: World ocean review, 5
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 207 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen
    ISBN: 978-3-86648-274-6
    Series Statement: World ocean review 5
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt: Vorwort. - 1. Die Dynamik der Küsten. - Vom Werden und Vergehen der Küsten. - Die vielen Gesichter der Küsten. - Conclusio: Die Gestalt unserer Küsten – eine lange und wechselvolle Geschichte. - 2. Mit den Küsten leben. - Die Leistung der Küsten. - Küsten unter Druck. - Conclusio: Immense Leistung, immenser Druck 3. Bedrohung durch Klimawandel und Naturgefahren. - Der Klimawandel und die Küsten. - Vom Kampf gegen Naturgefahren. - Conclusio: Klimawandel und Naturgefahren bedrohen die Küsten. - 4. Küsten besser schützen. - Die Kunst, Küsten zu verwalten. - Dem Meeresspiegelanstieg begegnen. - Conclusio: Gemeinsam für eine schonende Nutzung und einen besseren Schutz. - Gesamt-Conclusio. - Glossar. - Abkürzungen. - Quellenverzeichnis. - Abbildungsverzeichnis. - Index. - Mitwirkende. - Partner und Danksagung. - Impressum.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 175
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York, NY : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI A6-17-90616
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxxiv, 432 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen
    Edition: First published
    ISBN: 9781107118140
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Lists of figures. - List of contributors. - Preface. - 1. Challenges for ice age dynamics: a dynamical systems perspective / Michel Crucifix, Guillaume Lenoir and Takahito Mitsui. - 2. Tipping points in the climate system / Peter Ditlevsen. - 3. Atmospheric teleconnection patterns / Steven B. Feldstein and Christian L. E. Franzke. - 4. Atmospheric regimes: the link between weather and the large scale circulation / David M. Straus, Franco Molteni and Susanna Corti. - 5. Low-frequency regime transitions and predictability of regimes in a barotropic model / Balu T. Nadiga and Terence J. O'Kane. - 6. Complex network techniques for climatological data analysis / Reik V. Donner, Marc Wiedermann and Jonathan F. Donges. - 7. On inference and validation of causality relations in climate teleconnections / Illia Horenko, Susanne Gerber, Terence J. O'Kane, James S. Risbey and Didier P. Monselesan. - 8. Stochastic climate theory / Georg A. Gottwald, Daan T. Crommelin and Christian L. E. Franzke. - 9. Stochastic subgrid modelling for geophysical and three-dimensional turbulence / Jorgen S. Frederiksen, Vassili Kitsios, Terence J. O'Kane and Meelis J. Zidikheri. - 10. Model error in data assimilation / John Harlim. - 11. Long-term memory in climate: detection, extreme events, and significance of trends / Armin Bunde and Josef Ludescher. - 12. Fractional stochastic models for heavy tailed, and long-range dependent, fluctuations in physical systems / Nicholas W. Watkins. - 13. Modelling spatial extremes using Max-Stable Processes / Mathieu Ribatet. - 14. Extreme value analysis in dynamical systems: two case studies / Tamás Bódai. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 176
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Akureyri : International Arctic Science Committee
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI P5-17-90721
    In: IASC ... bulletin, 2017
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 86 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 978-9935-24155-9
    ISSN: 1654-7594
    Series Statement: IASC Bulletin 2017
    Language: English
    Note: Content: Preface. - 1 IASC Internal Development. - IASC Organization. - IASC Council . - IASC Executive Committee. - IASC Secretariat. - Allen Pope New IASC Executive Secretary. - IASC Secretariat Moves to Iceland. - IASC Future Strategy. - IASC Medal 2017. - 2 IASC Working Groups. - Cross-Cutting Initiatives. - Atmosphere Working Group (AWG). - Cryosphere Working Group (CWG). - Marine Working Group (MWG). - Social and Human Working Group (SHWG). - Terrestrial Working Group (TWG). - 3 Arctic Science Summit Week 2016. - Upcoming ASSWs. - 4 Data and Observations. - Arctic Data Committee (ADC). - Sustaining Arctic Observing Networks (SAON). - 5 Partnerships. - Asian Forum for Polar Sciences (AFoPS). - Arctic Council. - 6 Capacity Building. - IASC Fellowship Program. - Overview of Supported Early Career Scientists. - Annex. - Polar Acronyms.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 177
    Call number: AWI P10-17-91055
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 164 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 178
    Call number: PIK N 456-17-91009 ; AWI A5-18-91009
    In: Geophysical monograph, 226
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIII, 386 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 1119067847 , 9781119067849
    Series Statement: Geophysical Monograph Series ; 226
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: TITLE PAGE -- COPYRIGHT PAGE -- CONTENTS -- CONTRIBUTORS -- PREFACE -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- PART I FORCINGS OF CLIMATE EXTREMES -- CHAPTER 1 THE CHANGING EL NIÑO-SOUTHERN OSCILLATION AND ASSOCIATED CLIMATE EXTREMES -- 1.1. INTRODUCTION -- 1.2. CHANGES IN ENSO PROPERTIES -- 1.3. CHANGES IN ENSO DYNAMICS -- 1.4. CHANGES IN ENSO TELECONNECTIONS AND ASSOCIATED CLIMATE EXTREMES -- 1.5. ENSO IN THE FUTURE -- 1.6. SUMMARY -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 2 WEATHER EXTREMES LINKED TO INTERACTION OF THE ARCTIC AND MIDLATITUDES -- 2.1. INTRODUCTION -- 2.2. ARCTIC EFFECTS ON MIDLATITUDE EXTREMES -- 2.3. MIDLATITUDE EFFECTS ON ARCTIC EXTREMES -- 2.4. DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 3 IMPACT OF AEROSOLS ON REGIONAL CHANGES IN CLIMATE EXTREMES -- 3.1. INTRODUCTION -- 3.2. DIRECT AND INDIRECT EFFECTS OF AEROSOLS ON CLOUDS AND RADIATION -- 3.3. AEROSOL IMPACT ON REGIONAL CLIMATE CHANGE -- 3.4. Mitigation scenarios for aerosol emissions -- 3.5. AEROSOL EFFECT ON TEMPERATURE AND PRECIPITATION EXTREMES -- 3.6. FUTURE RESEARCH NEEDS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 4 WEAKENED FLOW, PERSISTENT CIRCULATION, AND PROLONGED WEATHER EXTREMES IN BOREAL SUMMER -- 4.1. INTRODUCTION -- 4.2. RESONANT CIRCULATION REGIMES -- 4.3. REAL EVENTS -- 4.4. CONCLUSIONS AND DISCUSSIONS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 5 LAND PROCESSES AS THE FORCING OF EXTREMES: A REVIEW -- 5.1. INTRODUCTION -- 5.2. FORCINGS OF LAND PROCESSES ON CLIMATE EXTREMES -- 5.3. SUMMARY -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- PART II PROCESSES OF CLIMATE EXTREMES -- CHAPTER 6 TIMING OF ANTHROPOGENIC EMERGENCE IN CLIMATE EXTREMES -- 6.1. INTRODUCTION -- 6.2. DEFINING TIME OF EMERGENCE -- 6.3. DATA AND METHODS -- 6.4. RESULTS -- 6.5. DISCUSSION -- 6.6. CONCLUSIONS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES CHAPTER 7 RECENT INCREASES IN EXTREME TEMPERATURE OCCURRENCE OVER LAND -- 7.1. INTRODUCTION -- 7.2. DATA AND METHODOLOGY -- 7.3. RESULTS -- 7.4. CONCLUSIONS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 8 WHY FUTURE SHIFTS IN TROPICAL PRECIPITATION WILL LIKELY BE SMALL: THE LOCATION OF THE TROPICAL RAIN BELT AND THE HEMISPHERIC CONTRAST OF ENERGY INPUT TO THE ATMOSPHERE -- 8.1. INTRODUCTION -- 8.2. THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN ITCZ POSITION AND HEMISPHERIC CONTRAST OF ATMOSPHERIC HEATING -- 8.3. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE SEASONAL CYCLE OF ITCZ MIGRATION AND THE ANNUAL MEAN PRECIPITATION DISTRIBUTION -- 8.4. IMPLICATIONS FOR FUTURE ITCZ SHIFTS UNDER GLOBAL WARMING -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 9 WEATHER-CLIMATE INTERACTIONS AND MJO INFLUENCES -- 9.1. INTRODUCTION -- 9.2. THE INTERACTIONS BETWEEN THE MJO, BACKGROUND STATE, AND SYNOPTIC WEATHER -- 9.3. A CASE STUDY ON INTERACTIONS BETWEEN THE MADDEN-JULIAN OSCILLATION AND EL NIÑO -- 9.4. INTERACTIONS BETWEEN THE MJO AND BREAKING WAVES -- 9.5. INTERACTIONS BETWEEN THE MJO, TROPICAL CYCLONES, AND THE EXTRATROPICAL CIRCULATION -- 9.6. SUMMARY -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 10 RECENT CLIMATE EXTREMES ASSOCIATED WITH THE WEST PACIFIC WARMING MODE -- 10.1. INTRODUCTION -- 10.2. BACKGROUND -- 10.3. DATA AND METHODS -- 10.4. SUMMARY AND DISCUSSION -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 11 CONNECTIONS BETWEEN HEAT WAVES AND CIRCUMGLOBAL TELECONNECTION PATTERNS IN THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE SUMMER -- 11.1. INTRODUCTION -- 11.2. DATA AND METHODS -- 11.3. DISTRIBUTION OF HEAT WAVES -- 11.4. PLANETARY WAVES ASSOCIATED WITH THE HEAT WAVES -- 11.5. SUMMARY AND DISCUSSION -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- PART III REGIONAL CLIMATE EXTREMES -- CHAPTER 12 NORTH AMERICAN DROUGHT AND LINKS TO NORTHERN EURASIA: THE ROLE OF STATIONARY ROSSBY WAVES -- 12.1. INTRODUCTION -- 12.2. REANALYSIS DATA AND THE GEOS-5 AGCM EXPERIMENTS -- 12.3. RESULTS -- 12.4. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 13 THE CALIFORNIA DROUGHT: TRENDS AND IMPACTS -- 13.1. INTRODUCTION -- 13.2. THE PROLONGED DROUGHT OF 2012-2016 -- 13.3. ROLE OF ENSO CYCLE -- 13.4. ARCTIC INFLUENCES -- 13.5. DROUGHT IMPACTS ON CALIFORNIA -- 13.6. CONCLUDING REMARKS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 14 OBSERVED TRENDS IN US TORNADO FREQUENCY -- 14.1. INTRODUCTION -- 14.2. STORM DATA TORNADO DATABASE -- 14.3. US TORNADO CLIMATOLOGY -- 14.4. CHANGES IN US TORNADO STATISTICS -- 14.5. CONCLUDING REMARKS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 15 MECHANISMS EXPLAINING RECENT CHANGES IN AUSTRALIAN CLIMATE EXTREMES -- 15.1. INTRODUCTION -- 15.2. AUSTRALIAN RAINFALL EXTREMES OF 2010-2012 -- 15.3. AUSTRALIA'S TEMPERATURE EXTREMES OF 2013 -- 15.4. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 16 UNRAVELING EAST AFRICA'S CLIMATE PARADOX -- 16.1. INTRODUCTION -- 16.2. THE NATURE OF THE RECENT EAST AFRICAN LONG RAINS DECLINE -- 16.3. LINKS TO PACIFIC DECADAL VARIABILITY -- 16.4. PHYSICAL CONSIDERATIONS -- 16.5. CLIMATE MODEL SIMULATIONS OF EAST AFRICAN CLIMATE -- 16.6. CONCLUSIONS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 17 A PHYSICAL MODEL FOR EXTREME DROUGHT OVER SOUTHWEST ASIA -- 17.1. INTRODUCTION -- 17.2. PRECIPITATION PATTERNS -- 17.3. SST RELATIONSHIPS -- 17.4. ATMOSPHERIC TELECONNECTIONS -- 17.5. SUMMARY -- APPENDIX: DATA -- REFERENCES -- PART IV PREDICTION OF CLIMATE EXTREMES -- CHAPTER 18 EXTRATROPICAL PRECURSORS OF THE EL NIÑO-SOUTHERN OSCILLATION -- 18.1. INTRODUCTION -- 18.2. OVERVIEW OF PRECURSORS AND THEIR IMPACT ON ENSO -- 18.3. DATA AND DEFINITIONS -- 18.4. EVALUATION OF PRECURSOR VARIABILITY AND COVARIABILITY -- 18.5. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PRECURSORS AND ENSO -- 18.6. DIAGNOSING PRECURSORS AS ENSO PREDICTORS -- 18.7. RELATIONSHIP OF EXTRATROPICAL PRECURSORS TO 2014 AND 2015 EL NIñO -- 18.8. SUMMARY AND DISCUSSION -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 19 NORTH ATLANTIC SEASONAL HURRICANE PREDICTION: UNDERLYING SCIENCE AND AN EVALUATION OF STATISTICAL MODELS -- 19.1. INTRODUCTION -- 19.2. STATISTICALLY BASED SEASONAL HURRICANE OUTLOOK MODELS -- 19.3. CONCLUSIONS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 20 PREDICTING SUBSEASONAL PRECIPITATION VARIATIONS BASED ON THE MADDEN-JULIAN OSCILLATION -- 20.1. INTRODUCTION -- 20.2. THE MJO INFLUENCE ON THE VARIABILITY OF PRECIPITATION -- 20.3. FORECASTING THE MJO -- 20.4. THE MJO AND PREDICTABILITY OF PRECIPITATION -- 20.5. CONCLUSIONS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 21 PREDICTION OF SHORT-TERM CLIMATE EXTREMES WITH A MULTIMODEL ENSEMBLE -- 21.1. INTRODUCTION -- 21.2. PREDICTION SKILL -- 21.3. PREDICTABILITY -- 21.4. SUMMARY AND DISCUSSION -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 22 TOWARD PREDICTING US TORNADOES IN THE LATE 21ST CENTURY -- 22.1. PROJECTING CHANGES IN US TORNADO ACTIVITY USING ENVIRONMENTAL PROXIES -- 22.2. SHORT-TERM TORNADO PREDICTION USING HIGH RESOLUTION MODELS AND APPLICATIONS TO DYNAMICAL DOWNSCALING -- 22.3. CONCLUDING REMARKS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- INDEX
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 179
    Call number: M 17.90886 / Büro 00.10 ; AWI S5-18-90886
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 350 Seiten
    Edition: 2., überarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage
    ISBN: 978-3-11-053868-7
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 180
    Call number: AWI G5-17-90632
    In: Developments in paleoenvironmental research, 20
    Description / Table of Contents: The aim of this edited volume is to introduce the scientific community to paleoenvironmental studies of estuaries, to highlight the types of information that can be obtained from such studies, and to promote the use of paleoenvironmental studies in estuarine management. Readers will learn about the the application of different paleoecological approaches used in estuaries that develop our understanding of their response to natural and human influences. Particular attention is given to the essential steps required for undertaking a paleoecological study, in particular with regard to site selection, core extraction and chronological techniques, followed by the range of indicators that can be used. A series of case studies are discussed in the book to demonstrate how paleoecological studies can be used to address key questions, and to sustainably manage these important coastal environments in the future. This book will appeal to professional scientists interested in estuarine studies and/or paleoenvironmental research, as well as estuarine managers who are interested in the incorporation of paleoenvironmental research into their management programs.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: ix, 700 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-94-024-0988-8
    Series Statement: Developments in paleoenvironmental research 20
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 Introduction to the Application of Paleoecological Techniques in Estuaries / Kathryn H. Taffs, Krystyna M. Saunders, Kaarina Weckström, Peter A. Gell, and C. Gregory Skilbeck. - PART I ESTARIES AND THEIR MANAGEMENT. - 2 Estuary Form and Function: Implications for Palaeoecological Studies / Peter Scanes, Angus Ferguson, and Jaimie Potts. - 3 Geology and Sedimentary History of Modern Estuaries / C. Gregory Skilbeck, Andrew D. Heap, and Colin D. Woodroffe. - 4 Paleoecological Evidence for Variability and Change in Estuaries: Insights for Management / Krystyna M. Saunders and Peter A. Gell. - PART II CORING AND DATING OF ESTUARINE SEDIMENTS. - 5 Sediment Sampling in Estuaries: Site Selection and Sampling Techniques / C. Gregory Skilbeck, Stacey Trevathan-Tackett, Pemika Apichanangkool, and Peter I. Macreadie. - 6 Some Practical Considerations Regarding the Application of 210Pb and 137Cs Dating to Estuarine Sediments / Thorbjoern Joest Andersen. - 7 Radiocarbon Dating in Estuarine Environments / Jesper Olsen, Philippa Ascough, Bryan C. Lougheed, and Peter Rasmussen. - PART III TECHNIQUES FOR PALAEOENVIRONMENTAL RECONSTRUCTIONS IN ESTUARINES. - 8 Lipid Biomarkers as Organic Geochemical Proxies for the Paleoenvironmental Reconstruction of Estuarine Environments / John K. Volkman and Rienk H. Smittenberg. - 9 C/N ratios and Carbon Isotope Composition of Organic Matter in Estuarine Environments / Melanie J. Leng and Jonathan P. Lewis. - 10 Physical and Chemical Factors to Consider when Studying Historical Contamination and Pollution in Estuaries / Amanda Reichelt-Brushett, Malcolm Clark, and Gavin Birch. - 11 Diatoms as Indicators of Environmental Change in Estuaries / Kathryn H. Taffs, Krystyna M. Saunders, and Brendan Logan. - 12 Dinoflagellate Cysts as Proxies for Holocene Environmental Change in Estuaries: Diversity, Abundance and Morphology / Marianne Ellegaard, Barrie Dale, Kenneth N. Mertens, Vera Pospelova, and Sofia Ribeiro. - 13 Applications of Foraminifera, Testate Amoebae and Tintinnids in Estuarine Palaeoecology / Anupam Ghosh and Helena L. Filipsson. - 14 Ostracods as Recorders of Palaeoenvironmental Change in Estuaries / Jessica M. Reeves. - 15 Application of Molluscan Analyses to the Reconstruction of Past Environmental Conditions in Estuaries / G. Lynn Wingard and Donna Surge. - 16 Corals in Estuarine Environments: Their Response to Environmental Changes and Application in Reconstructing Past Environmental Variability / Francisca Staines-Urías. - 17 Inferring Environmental Change in Estuaries from Plant Macrofossils / John Tibby and Carl D. Sayer. - 18 Applications of Pollen Analysis in Estuarine Systems / Joanna C. Ellison. - PART IV CASE STUDIES. - 19 Palaeo-Environmental Approaches to Reconstructing Sea Level Changes in Estuaries / Brigid V. Morrison and Joanna C. Ellison. - 20 Paleoecology Studies in Chesapeake Bay: A Model System for Understanding Interactions between Climate, Anthropogenic Activities and the Environment / Elizabeth A. Canuel, Grace S. Brush, Thomas M. Cronin, Rowan Lockwood, and Andrew R. Zimmerman. - 21 Paleosalinity Changes in the Río de la Plata Estuary and on the Adjacent Uruguayan Continental Shelf over the Past 1200 Years: An Approach Using Diatoms as a Proxy / Laura Perez, Felipe García-Rodríguez, and Till J.J. Hanebuth. - 22 Application of Paleoecology to Ecosystem Restoration: A Case Study from South Florida’s Estuaries / G. Lynn Wingard. - 23 Paleolimnological History of the Coorong: Identifying the Natural Ecological Character of a Ramsar Wetland in Crisis / Peter A. Gell. - 24 Palaeoenvironmental History of the Baltic Sea: One of the Largest Brackish-water Ecosystems in the World / Kaarina Weckström, Jonathan P. Lewis, Elinor Andrén, Marianne Ellegaard, Peter Rasmussen, and Richard Telford. - Glossary. - Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 181
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut [Eigenverlag]
    Call number: AWI S6-17-90977
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 101 Seiten , zahlreiche farbige Illustrationen , 21 x 15 cm
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt: Einleitung. - Meeresforschung in der deutschen Nordsee : über Tradition, Beharrlichkeit und Exzellenz. - Gezeiten : ausgewählte Ereignisse. - Themen & Texte. - Die stille Frühgeschichte der Biologischen Anstalt Helgoland : über ihre Entstehung 1892 und über die Wiederaufnahme ihrer Arbeit 1945 / Christian Salewski. - Wassereimer mit wundersamen Kleinstlebewesen : die Wiege der Meeresforschung auf Helgoland / Karen H. Wiltshire und Peter Lemke. - Lebensgemeinschaften erforschen : Karl August Möbius und die Austernbänke / Christian Buschbaum. - "Da muss man tauchen" : die Erfassung der untermeerischen Algenvegetation / Klaus Lüning. - Forschung im Wandel : von Organismen zu Ökosystemen / Maarten Boersma. - Otto Kinne : Direktor der Biologischen Anstalt Helgoland von 1962-1984 / Karen H. Wiltshire. - Ein persönlicher Rückblick : von einer kleinen Feldstation zum Wissenschaftsbetrieb / Harald Asmus und Ragnhild Asmus. - Gerhard Drebes : Experte für marines Phytoplankton / Kerstin Mölter. - Gastliche Häuser : Gestern und Heute / Gotthilf Hempel. - Die Biologische Anstalt Helgoland und ihr Anschluss an das AWI / Jörn Thiede und Rainer Paulenz. - Jubiläumsgemälde / Lionel Playford. - Zahlen & Daten / Karen H. Wiltshire und Kerstin Mölter. - Von "Alte Post" bis "Bluehouse" : Stationsgebäude im Wandel der Zeit. - Entwicklungsgrade° : eine Zeitreihe. - Prägende Persönlichkeiten. - Forschungsflotte. - Literatur. - Fotonachweise, Impressum.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 182
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Bremerhaven [u.a.] : Alfred-Wegener-Institut
    Call number: AWI S6-17-91076
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 108 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen
    Language: German
    Note: Der richtige Standort - ein Grußwort / Gotthilf Hempel. - Vorwort / Karin Lochte, Bernhard Diekmann. - Die Entwicklung der Forschungsstelle Potsdam / Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Klaus Dethloff, Bernhard Diekmann, Diedrich Fritzsche. - Die Entwicklung der Atmosphärenforschung / Klaus Dethloff, Markus Rex, Roland Neuber, Annette Rinke, Dörthe Handorf, Marion Maturilli, Christoph Ritter, Peter von der Gathen, Ralph Lehmann, Wolfgang Dorn, Ingo Wohltmann. - Die Entwicklung der Periglazialforschung: Rückblick und Ausblick / Guido Grosse, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten. - Die AWIPEV-Station auf Spitzbergen / Roland Neuber, Marion Maturilli, Christoph Ritter. - Permafrost-Langzeit-Observatorien in Sibirien und auf Spitzbergen / Julia Boike, Anne Morgenstern, Guido Grosse. - Küstenforschung im Nordwesten Kanadas / Michael Fritz, Hugues Lantuit. - Das Atmosphärenobservatorium Palau - Polarforschung in den Tropen / Markus Rex, Katrin Müller. - Zum Nordpol auf einer Eisscholle - Teilnahme an der Driftstation NP-35 / Marion Maturilli, Jürgen Gräser. - Polarer Ozonverlust im Klimawandel / Markus Rex, Peter von der Gathen, Ralph Lehmann, Ingo Wohltmann. - Vom grünen Laserstrahl zur Mikrophysik des Aerosols / Christoph Ritter, Marion Maturilli, Roland Neuber. - Wie können arktische Klimaänderungen das Wetter und Klima in Mitteleuropa beeinflussen? / Dörthe Handorf, Klaus Dethloff, Annette Rinke, Ralf Jaiser, Wolfgang Dorn, Heidrun Matthes. - Permafrost im Wandel - Regionaler Fokus, globale Bedeutung / Jens Strauss, Josefine Lenz, Thomas Schneider von Deimling, Frank Günther, Lutz Schirrmeister. - Arktischer Klimawandel und terrestrische Ökosysteme / Ulrike Herzschuh, Thomas Laepple, Hanno Meyer, Kathleen Stoof-Leichsenring, Heike Zimmermann, Laura Epp, Stefan Kruse, Boris Biskaborn, Diedrich Fritzsche, Birgit Heim, Bernhard Diekmann. - Das EU-Projekt PAGE21 / Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Julia Boike, Hugues Lantuit, Leen Kaisa Viitanen. - ICOP 2016 / Karina Schollän, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten. - Nationale und internationale Sekretariate. - Potsdamer Nachwuchs. - Impressum.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 183
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Boca Raton : CRC Press
    Call number: AWI G7-17-91080
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xliv, 382 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781482234404
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 184
    Call number: AWI G3-18-91403
    In: Hamburger Beiträge zur physischen Geographie und Landschaftsökologie, Heft 23
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: xiv, 284 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Series Statement: Hamburger Beiträge zur physischen Geographie und Landschaftsökologie 23
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Lyngen-Alpen und Bergland von Kåfjord und Storfjord / Karl-Dieter Meier. - Bemerkungen zur glaziären und periglaziären Landschaftsformung in den Lyngen-Alpen (Lyngen Halbinsel) und im Bergland von Kåfjord und Storfjord, Norwegisch Lappland, mit ausgewählten themenbezogenen Wanderexkursionen. - 1. Einführung. - 2. Physiogeographische Charakteristik der Lyngen-Alpen und des Berglandes von Kåfjord und Storfjord. - 2.1. Relief. - 2.2. Geologisch-tektonischer Bau, Festgesteine. - 2.3. Lockersedimente. - 2.4. Klima. - 2.5. Vegetation. - 3. Glaziäre Formung. - 3.1. Vergletscherungsgeschichte bis zur "Kleinen Eiszeit". - 3.2. Neuzeitliche Vergletscherung und aktuelle Gletscherdynamik. - 3.3. Zusammenhänge zwischen Gletscher- und Klimaschwankungen. - 4. Periglaziäre Formung. - 4.1. Permafrosterscheinungen und -indikatoren. - 4.2. Räumliche Verbreitung des Permafrostbodens. - 4.3. Periglaziäre Formen und Ablagerungen (ohne Permafrostboden). - 4.3.1. Blockfelder. - 4.3 .2. Sturzschutthalden und -kegel. - 4.3.3. Gelisolifluktionserscheinungen und -formen. - 4.3.4. Frostmusterböden. - 5. Exkursionsvorschläge zur glaziären und periglaziären Landschaftsformung. - 5.1. Anfahrt und Logistik. - 5.2. Fahrstrecken und Wanderexkursionen. - 5.2.1. Fornesdal - Rypedalsvatn (ca. 20 km). - 5.2.2. Fugldal - Fugldalsvatn (ca. 12 km). - 5.2.3. Goverdal - Sörvestbre- Rundvatn (ca. 17 km). - 5.2.4. Slettmo- Sörellendal (ca. 12 km). - 5.2.5. Steindal- Nallannjunni - Steindalsbre (ca. 15 km). - 5.2.6. Lyngsdal - Dalbotn - Vest- / Midt- / Sydbre (ca. 20 km). - 5.2.7. Koppangsdal - Koppangsbre (ca. 6 km). - 5.2.8. Tyttebaerdal - Brevatn - Stortinddalsbre (ca. 20 km). - 5.2.9. Bensnes - Trollvatn (ca. 10 km). - 5.2.10. Sörlenangsbotn - unteres Strupskarddal - Blåvatn- oberes Strupskarddal - Strupvatn - Strupbre (ca. 24 km). - 5.2.11. Veidal - Olderelvvatn - Veidalsvatn (ca. 12 km). - 5.2.12. Indre Nordmannvika - Nordmannvikdal - Nordmannviktind (See 549 m ü. Mo) - Jovnnacahca- Sannjariehppi - Gauknes - Kippeldal (ca. 23 km). - 5.2.13. Skarvdal - Kopperlia - Bievlajavri - Moldojokkadal - Bievlavarri ( ca. 22 km). - 6. Ergebnisse, Schlussfolgerungen und Ausblick. - 7. Literaturverzeichnis. - 8. Kartenverzeichnis. - 8.1. Quartärgeologische Karten. - 8.2. Karten der Festgesteine. - 8.3. Topographische Karten. - 9. Luftbildverzeichnis. , Inhaltsverzeichnis westliche Finnmarksvidda / Karl-Dieter Meier und Dietbert Thannheiser. - Eine Exkursion zur kaltklimatischen quartären Landschaftsformung auf der westlichen Finnmarksvidda, Norwegisch Lappland. - 1. Einführung. - 2. Physiogeographische Charakteristik. - 2.1. Relief und Gewässernetz. - 2.2. Geologisch-tektonischer Bau und Lockersedimente. - 2.3. Klima und Permafrostboden. - 2.4. Vegetation und Böden. - 3. Exkursion über die Finnmarksvidda-Hochfläche. - 3.1. Wissenschaftlicher Hintergrund. - 3.2. Streckenverlauf und Logistik. - 3.3. Streckenbeschreibung. - 3.3.1. Alta - Skillemo. - 3.3.2. Skillemo - Gargia - Beskades - Solovorni. - 3.3.3. Skillemo - Trangdalen - Avzejavri - Solovorni (Alternativstrecke). - 3.3.4. Solovorni - Masi. - 3.3.5. Masi - Gievdneguoika. - 3.3.6. Gievdneguoika - Kautokeino. - 3.3.7. Kautokeino - Avze - Kivijärvi. - 4. Schlussfolgerungen. - 5. Literatur. - 6. Geologische und geomorphologische Karten. - 7. Topographische Karten.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 185
    Call number: ZSP-760/A-16
    In: Terra Antartica reports, No. 16
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 15 Seiten , Illustrationen , 4 Kartenbeilagen, 1 Erläuterungsheft (4 S.)
    ISBN: 978-88-88395-13-5
    Series Statement: Terra Antartica reports 16
    Language: English
    Note: 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Northern Foothills and Inexpressible Island Area (Victoria Land, Antarctica) : Satellite Image Map = Northern Foothills E Area Di Inexpressible Island (Terra Vittoria, Antartide) / Flavio Borfecchia & Massimo Frezzotti 〈1 : 50.000〉 , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Satellite Image Mosaic of the Terra Nova Bay Area (Victoria Land, Antarctica) = Mosaico Di Immagini Da Satellite Dell'Area Di Baia Terra Nova (Terra Vittoria, Antartide) / Massimo Frezzotti, Maria Christina Salvatore & Luca Vittuari 〈1 : 250.000〉 , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Mount Melbourne Quadrangle (Victoria Land) = Foglio Mount Melbourne (Terra Vittoria) / Editor Carlo Baroni 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geomorphological and Glaciological 1:250.000 Map Series , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Mount Melbourne Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 2012 / P. C. Pertusati, G. Musumeci, R. Carosi, M. Meccheri 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series , This case with the aim to celebrate 30 years of Italian research in Antarctica, contains four geothematic maps of the Terra Nova bay area where the Italian Programma Nazionale di Ricerche in Antartide begun its activities in 1985 and the Italian coastal station Mario Zucchelli was constructed.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 186
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Chichester, UK : John Wiley & Sons
    Call number: AWI A4-18-91479
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xii, 652 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen, Karten
    Edition: Third edition
    ISBN: 1118778383 (print) , 9781118778388 (print) , 1118778375 (print) , 9781118778371 (print) , 1118778359 (print) , 9781118778357 (print)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: List of contributors. - Preface. - 1 Overview of sea ice growth and properties / Chris Petrich & Hajo Eicken. - 2 Sea ice thickness distribution / Christian Haas. - 3 Snow in the sea-ice system : friend or foe? / Matthew Sturm & Robert A. Massom. - 4 Sea ice and sunlight / Donald K. Perovich. - 5 The sea ice-ocean boundary layer / Miles G. McPhee. - 6 The atmosphere over sea ice / Ola Persson & Timo Vihma. - 7 Sea ice and arctic ocean oceanography / Finlo Cottier, Mike Steele & Frank Nielsen. - 8 Oceanography and sea ice in the southern ocean / Michael P. Meredith & Mark A. Brandon. - 9 Methods of satellite remote sensing of sea ice / Gunnar Spreen & Stefan Kern. - 10 Gaining (and losing) antarctic sea ice : variability, trends and mechanisms / Sharon Stammerjohn & Ted Maksym. - 11 Losing arctic sea ice : observations of the recent decline and the long-term context / Walt N. Meier. - 12 Sea ice in earth system models / Dirk Notz & Cecilia M. Bitz. - 13 Sea ice as a habitat for bacteria, archaea and viruses / Jody W. Deming & R. Eric Collins. - 14 Sea ice as a habitat for primary producers / Kevin R. Arrigo. - 15 Sea ice as a habitat for micrograzers / David A. Caron, Rebecca J. Gast & Marie-Eve Garneau. - 16 Sea ice as a habitat for macrograzers / Bodil A. Bluhm, Kerrie M. Swadling & Rolf Gradinger. - 17 Nutrients, dissolved organic matter and exopolymers in sea ice / Klaus M. Meiners & Christine Michel. - 18 Gases in sea ice / Jean-Louis Tison, Bruno Delille & Stathys Papadimitriou. - 19 Transport and transformation of contaminants in sea ice / Feiyue Wang, Monika Pucko & Gary Stern. - 20 Numerical models of sea ice biogeochemistry / Martin Vancoppenolla & Letizia Tedesco. - 21 Arctic marine mammals and sea ice / Kristin L. Laidre & Eric V. Regehr. - 22 Antarctic marine mammals and sea ice / Marthán N. Bester, Horst Bornemann & Trevor McIntyre. - 23 A feathered perspective : the influence of sea ice on arctic marine birds / Nina J. Karnovsky & Maria V. Gavrilo. - 24 Birds and antarctic sea ice / David Ainley, Eric J. Woehler & Amelie Lescroel. - 25 Sea ice is our beautiful garden : indigenous perspectives on sea ice of sea ice in the arctic / Henry P. Huntington, Shari Gearheard, Lene Kielsen Holm, George Noongwook, Margaret Opie & Joelie Sanguya. - 26 Advances in palaeo sea-ice estimation / Leanne Armand, Alexander Ferry & Amy Leventer. - 27 Ice in subarctic seas / Hermanni Kaartokallio, Mats A. Granskog, Harri Kuosa & Jouni Vainio. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 187
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    København : Gyldendal
    Call number: AWI P8-18-91728
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 230 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten , 30 x 31 cm
    Edition: First edition, first print
    ISBN: 978-87-02-20964-8
    Language: German
    Note: Contents: Introduction. - A changing climate. - The emerging land. - The frozen past. - From ice to sea. - Plant adaptation. - Land of contrasts. - Sheep farming - now and in the future. - Methane in the Arctic. , Parallel texts in Danish and English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 188
    Call number: AWI G3-19-92460
    Description / Table of Contents: The Yukon Coast in Canada is an ice-rich permafrost coast and highly sensitive to changing environmental conditions. Retrogressive thaw slumps are a common thermoerosion feature along this coast, and develop through the thawing of exposed ice-rich permafrost on slopes and removal of accumulating debris. They contribute large amounts of sediment, including organic carbon and nitrogen, to the nearshore zone. The objective of this study was to 1) identify the climatic and geomorphological drivers of sediment-meltwater release, 2) quantify the amount of released meltwater, sediment, organic carbon and nitrogen, and 3) project the evolution of sediment-meltwater release of retrogressive thaw slumps in a changing future climate. The analysis is based on data collected over 18 days in July 2013 and 18 days in August 2012. A cut-throat flume was set up in the main sediment-meltwater channel of the largest retrogressive thaw slump on Herschel Island. In addition, two weather stations, one on top of the undisturbed tundra and one on the…
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 163 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Abstract Kurzfassung Abbreviations and nomenclature 1. Introduction 2. Scientific Background 2.1. Permafrost 2.2.Retrogressive Thaw Slumps 2.3. Inputs of Freshwater, Sediment and Carbon into the Canadian Beaufort Sea 3. Study Area 3.1. Regional Setting: Yukon Coast and Herschel Island 3.2. Retrogressive Thaw Slumps 4. Material and Methods 4.1. Field Work 4.1.1. Terrain Photography 4.1.2. Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS) 4.1.3. Light Detection And Ranging (LiDAR) and Digital Elevation Model (DEM) 4.1.4. Micrometeorology 4.1.5. Discharge Measurement 4.1.6. Multiple Regression-Statistical Relationships between Micrometeorological Variables and Discharge 4.1.7. Sampling 4.2. Laboratory Analyses 4.2.1. Sedimentological Analyses 4.2.2. Hydrochemical Analyses 4.3. Fluxes of Sediment and (In-) Organic Matter 5. Results 5.1. Field Work 5.1.1. Terrain Photography 5.1.2. Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS) 5.1.3. Light Detecting And Ranging (LiDAR) and Digital Elevation Model (DEM) 5.1.4. Micrometeorology 5.1.5. Discharge 5.1.6. Multiple Regression - Statistical Relationships between Micrometeorology and Discharge 5.2. Laboratory Analyses 5.2.1. Sedimentological Analyses 5.2.2. Hydrochemical Analyses 5.3. Fluxes of Sediment-meltwater 6. Discussion 6.1. Microclimatological and Geomorphological Factors Controlling Discharge 6.1.1. Diurnal Variations 6.1.2. Seasonal Variations 6.2. Contribution of Retrogressive Thaw Slumps to the Sediment Budget of the Yukon Coast 6.2.1. Origin of Outflow Material 6.2.2. Slump D in the Regional Context 6.2.3. Seasonal Sediment Budget Compilation for Slump D 6.2.4. Retrogressive Thaw Slump Occurrence along the Yukon Coast 6.2.5. Input to the Beaufort Sea 6.3. Projected Climatic Change and its Impact on Retrogressive Thaw Slump Outflow 6.4. Uncertainties and Limitations 6.5. Future Research 7. Conclusion 8. Appendix 8.1. Field Work 8.1.1. Slump D's northern headwall profile 8.1.2. Collinson Head slump 8.1.3. Herschel Island West Coast slump 8.1.4. Roland Bay slump 8.1.5. Kay Point slump 8.2. Laboratory Work 8.2.1. Volumetric Ice Content 8.2.2. Grain Size 8.3. Evolution of Slump D 8.3.1. Geo Eye satellite of Slump D 8.3.2. Aerial Oblique Photography of Slump D 8.3.3. LiDAR of Slump D 8.3.4. Time Lapse Photography of Slump D's Headwall 9. References 10. Financial and technical support 11. Acknowledgement - Danksagung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 189
    Call number: 9783110403183 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (540 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Reference
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Vorwort Bibliothek als Bauaufgabe Bibliothek als architektonische Aufgabe : Von der Entwicklung der Gebäudetypologie und der Verschiebung der Schwerpunkte in der Bibliotheksarchitektur / Marina Stankovic und Tobias Jortzick Herausragende Bibliotheksbauten der vergangenen zehn Jahre - eine Aufforderung / Ulrich Niederer Die Grüne Bibliothek : ökologische Nachhaltigkeit bei Bibliotheksbau und -ausstattung / Melanie Padilla Segarra und Petra Hauke Standortwahl / Konrad Umlauf Außenraumtypologien an Bibliotheken / Irene Lohaus Verfahrensschritte zur Realisierung eines innovativen Bauvorhabens : Das Beispiel des Gemeinsamen Bibliotheksgebäudes von Universität und Hochschule Osnabrück auf dem Campus Westerberg / Felicitas Hundhausen Flächenbedarf von Hochschulbibliotheken / Bernd Vogel Bibliotheken bauen im Bestand Bibliotheksbau im Bestand - oder: Die Liebe zum Unikat / Robert Niess Modernisierung und Sanierung von Bibliotheksbauten : Aus einem bestehenden Gebäude etwas Neues machen / Oliver Kohl-Frey Sanierung und Neukonzeption bestehender Bausubstanz : Das Beispiel der Universitätsbibliothek Konstanz / Michael B. Frank Nachnutzung versus Neubau : Das Beispiel RW21 Stadtbibliothek Bayreuth / Jörg Weinreich Räume gestalten Lernräume der Zukunft - Perspektiven junger Gestalter / Klaus Ulrich Werner Die Schulbibliothek / Birgit Lücke und Angelika Flolderried Die Jugendbibliothek : Erlebnis- und Kommunikationsort / Kerstin Keller-Loibl Die Kinderbibliothek / Sabine Brunner Makerspaces - Bibliotheksräume für Macher / Gabriela Lüthi-Esposito Das zukunftsfähige Bib-Office / Jutta Eiberger Barrierefreiheit - eine Herausforderung?! / Särka Vonskovä Umgebungsbedingung: Licht Bodenbeläge für Bibliotheken / Roman Rabe Partizipatives Gestalten / Jens llg und Robert Zepf Bibliothekstechnik Leitsysteme - Funktion und Entwicklungsprozesse / Anna-Katharina Huth RFID und moderne technische Infrastruktur / Frank Seeliger, Jan Kissigund Ricardo Frommholz Präsentation digitaler Medien im physischen Raum / Janin Präßler Hochregallager - ein neuer Weg der Magazinierung : Die Kooperative Speicherbibtiothek Schweiz. Eine Luzerner Fallgeschichte mit Exkursen / Ulrich Niederer Brandschutz, Sicherheit und Notfallvorsorge / Milena Pfafferott Klimaregulierung : Bau- und Klimakonzepte für Räume zur Aufbewahrung, Nutzung und Präsentation von Altbeständen / Christine Sauer Management im Kontext von Bauprojekten Bibliotheksumzug / Martin Lee Change Management - Best Practice wider den Widerstand : Beispiele aus der Stadtbibliothek Nürnberg und der Staatsbibliothek Bamberg / Ilona Munique Betriebsmanagement : Dargestellt am Beispiel der ETH-Bibliothek Zürich / Susanne Benitz und André Reichmuth Gebäudemanagement / Christian Kuhlmann Aufenthalt und Aufenthaltsmessung im physischen Bibliotheksraum / Julia Weis Öffentlichkeit durch Bibliotheksarchitektur - von innen und außen betrachtet / Dirk Wissen Bibliotheksgebäude auf dem Prüfstand : Kennzeichen, Betrieb und Evaluation - ein Fragenkatalog / IFLA Library Buildings and Equipment Section Anhang Bibliotheken planen, bauen und ausstatten : Eine Auswahlbibliografie / Petra Hauke Autoren & Herausgeber Abkürzungen Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 190
    facet.materialart.12
    Amsterdam : Academic Press is an imprint of Elsevier
    Call number: 9780128009956 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Aquafeed Formulation is the only resource that provides summaries with examples and formulation techniques specifically to meet the needs of anyone in the aquaculture industry. As feed is the largest single cost item in aquaculture production, and formulating aquaculture feed requires many combinations of several ingredients and nutrient requirements, this book takes a clear and concise approach, providing essential information on formulation and covering relevant available software, feed nutrients, and additives such as enzymes and phytase and conjugated fatty acids, as well as best industry practices to improve aquafeed production. Users will find this to be a one-stop resource for anyone interested or involved in, the global aquaculture industry.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (303 Seiten) , Illustrationen , 24 cm
    ISBN: 9780128009956
    Language: English
    Note: Contents List of contributors Acknowledgments Introduction 1 Overview of the aquaculture feed industry / Zuridah Merican and Dagoberto Sanchez 1. Aquafeed in Asia 1.1 Introduction 1.2 A shift in equilibrium 1.3 Lower demand with EMS 1.4 Horizontal expansion and integration 1.5 Extruded and functional feeds 1.6 Rising production costs 1.7 Feed production and trends 1.8 New capacity and new entrants 1.9 Shrimp feed types 1.10 Feed prices 1.11 Country developments 2. Aquafeed in the Americas 2.1 Development of aquafeed production in the Americas 2.2 Country development Acknowledgments References 2 Feed formulation software / A. Victor Suresh 2.1 Introduction 2.2 General overview of the formulation process in the feed industry 2.3 LP-based feed formulation 2.4 Essential components of LP-based feed formulation software 2.5 Software options 2.6 Conclusion Acknowledgments References 3 Understanding the nutritional and biological constraints of ingredients to optimize their application in aquaculture feeds / Brett Glencross 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Characterizing ingredients 3.3 Chemical composition of oils 3.4 Digestibility, palatability, and utilization value of plant protein meals 3.5 Nutritional value of plant and animal oils to aquaculture species 3.6 Processing effects of ingredients References 4 Nutrient requirements / Cesar Molina-Poveda 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Proteins and amino acids 4.3 Lipids and fatty acids 4.4 Carbohydrates 4.5 Nutritional energetics 4.6 Vitamins 4.7 Minerals References 5 Functional feed additives in aquaculture feeds / Pedro Encarnagao 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Phytogenies 5.3 Organic acids 5.4 Yeast products 5.5 Probiotics 5.6 Enzymes 5.7 Mycotoxin binders References 6 Optimizing nutritional quality of aquafeeds / Karthik Masagounder, Sheila Ramos, Ingolf Reimann and Girish Channarayapatna 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Sources of nutrient database 6.3 Nutrient levels and variability in commonly used raw materials 6.4 Impact of heat damage on the amino acid level and their variability 6.5 Proximate nutrients of raw material 6.6 Managing nutrient variation 6.7 Integration of Laboratory Information Management System and formulation 6.8 Summary References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 191
    Call number: 9783110379471 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Dieser Band stellt die zentralen Entwicklungen bei der Gestaltung von Lernwelten in Hochschulen und damit verbundenen Wissenschaftlichen Bibliotheken, in Öffentlichen Bibliotheken, in der Erwachsenenbildung sowie in kommunalen Kultur- und Bildungszentren systematisch dar. Auf dieser Grundlage werden Empfehlungen gegeben, wie Lernarrangements und Wissensräume in Zukunft gestaltet werden können. Dabei spielt die Perspektive eines integrierten Optionsraums für Lebenslanges Lernen eine zentrale Rolle.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783110379471
    Series Statement: Lernwelten
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort zur Reihe Vorwort Einleitung 1 Begriffskontexte 1.1 Information 1.2 Wissen 1.3 Kompetenz 1.4 Lernen / Aneignung 1.4.1 Einführung 1.4.2 Lerntheorien 1.4.3 Lebenslanges und selbstgesteuertes Lernen 1.4.4 Lernstile und Lerntypen 1.4.5 Lernraum 1.4.6 Kontextualisierungen 1.5 Lehren / Vermittlung / Didaktisches Handeln 1.5.1 Einführung 1.5.2 Didaktische Theorien, Modelle und Konzepte 1.5.3 Lernbegleitung / Lernberatung 1.5.4 Kontextualisierungen 1.6 Bildung 1.7 Zusammenfassung 2 Lernwelten im Wandel 2.1 Einführung 2.2 Begriffskontexte Lernwelten 2.3 Hochschulen und Wissenschaftliche Bibliotheken 2.3.1 Überblick 2.3.2 Angebotskonzepte 2.3.3 Raumkonzepte 2.3.4 Organisationskonzepte 2.3.5 Zusammenfassung 2.4 öffentliche Bibliotheken 2.4.1 Überblick 2.4.2 Angebotskonzepte 2.4.3 Raumkonzepte 2.4.4 Organisationskonzepte 2.4.5 Zusammenfassung 2.5 Erwachsenenbildung / Weiterbildung 2.5.1 Überblick 2.5.2 Angebotskonzepte 2.5.3 Raumkonzepte 2.5.4 Organisationskonzepte 2.5.5 Zusammenfassung 2.6 Bildungs- und Kulturzentren - Learning Centres 2.6.1 Überblick 2.6.2 Angebotskonzepte 2.6.3 Raumkonzepte 2.6.4 Organisationskonzepte 2.6.5 Zusammenfassung 3 Zukünftige Perspektiven 3.1 Wandlungsprozesse 3.1.1 Herausforderungen 3.1.2 Vom Produkt zum Prozess 3.1.3 Vom Lehren zum Lernen 3.1.4 Vom Konsum zur Produktion 3.1.5 Von der Lehrumgebung zur Lernumgebung 3.1.6 Von der Addition zur Integration 3.2 Optionsraum Lebenslanges Lernen 3.2.1 Herausforderungen 3.2.2 Angebotsentwicklung 3.2.3 Lernraumentwicklung 3.2.4 Organisationsentwicklung 3.2.5 Kooperationsentwicklung 3.2.6 Stadt- / Regionalentwicklung 3.2.7 Perspektiven Literatur Abkürzungsverzeichnis Abbildungsverzeichnis Tabellenverzeichnis Zum Autor Register
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 192
    Call number: AWI A4-22-94820
    In: Rendiconti Lincei. Scienze fisiche e naturali, Volume 27, Supplement 1
    Type of Medium: Journal available for loan
    Pages: 270 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 2037-4631
    Series Statement: Rendiconti Lincei. Scienze fisiche e naturali Volume 27, Supplement 1
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents: Environmental changes in the Arctic: an Italian perspective / David Cappelletti, Roberto Azzolini, Leonardo Langone, Stefano Ventura, Angelo Viola, Stefano Aliani, Vito Vitale & Enrico Brugnoli Atmospheric observations at the Amundsen-Nobile Climate Change Tower in Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard / Mauro Mazzola, Angelo Pietro Viola, Christian Lanconelli & Vito Vitale On turbulence characteristics at Ny-Ålesund–Svalbard / Francesco Tampieri, Angelo Pietro Viola, Mauro Mazzola & Armando Pelliccioni Variability features associated with ozone column and surface UV irradiance observed over Svalbard from 2008 to 2014 / Boyan H. Petkov, Vito Vitale, Mauro Mazzola, Angelo Lupi, Christian Lanconelli, Angelo Viola & Maurizio Busetto Air-snow exchange of reactive nitrogen species at Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard (Arctic) / Antonietta Ianniello, Francesca Spataro, Rosamaria Salvatori, Mauro Valt, Marianna Nardino, Mats P. Björkman, Giulio Esposito & Mauro Montagnoli Size distribution and ion composition of aerosol collected at Ny-Ålesund in the spring–summer field campaign 2013 / F. Giardi, S. Becagli, R. Traversi, D. Frosini, M. Severi, L. Caiazzo, C. Ancillotti, D. Cappelletti, B. Moroni, M. Grotti, A. Bazzano, A. Lupi, M. Mazzola, V. Vitale, O. Abollino, L. Ferrero, E. Bolzacchini, A. Viola & R. Udisti Multi-seasonal ultrafine aerosol particle number concentration measurements at the Gruvebadet observatory, Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard Islands / Angelo Lupi, Maurizio Busetto, Silvia Becagli, Fabio Giardi, Christian Lanconelli, Mauro Mazzola, Roberto Udisti, Hans-Christen Hansson, Tabea Henning, Boyan Petkov, Johan Ström, Radovan Krejci, Peter Tunved, Angelo Pietro Viola & Vito Vitale Elemental and lead isotopic composition of atmospheric particulate measured in the Arctic region (Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard Islands) / Andrea Bazzano, Francisco Ardini, Marco Grotti, Mery Malandrino, Agnese Giacomino, Ornella Abollino, David Cappelletti, Silvia Becagli, Rita Traversi & Roberto Udisti Sulfate source apportionment in the Ny-Ålesund (Svalbard Islands) Arctic aerosol / Roberto Udisti, Andrea Bazzano, Silvia Becagli, Ezio Bolzacchini, Laura Caiazzo, David Cappelletti, Luca Ferrero, Daniele Frosini, Fabio Giardi, Marco Grotti, Angelo Lupi, Mery Malandrino, Mauro Mazzola, Beatrice Moroni, Mirko Severi, Rita Traversi, Angelo Viola & Vito Vitale Water-soluble trace, rare earth elements and organic compounds in Arctic aerosol / Clara Turetta, Roberta Zangrando, Elena Barbaro, Jacopo Gabrieli, Elisa Scalabrin, Piero Zennaro, Andrea Gambaro, Giuseppa Toscano & Carlo Barbante AGAP: an atmospheric gondola for aerosol profiling / Mauro Mazzola, Maurizio Busetto, Luca Ferrero, Angelo Pietro Viola & David Cappelletti Local vs. long-range sources of aerosol particles upon Ny-Ålesund (Svalbard Islands): mineral chemistry and geochemical records / Beatrice Moroni, David Cappelletti, Luca Ferrero, Stefano Crocchianti, Maurizio Busetto, Mauro Mazzola, Silvia Becagli, Rita Traversi & Roberto Udisti Snowpack characteristics of Brøggerhalvøya, Svalbard Islands / Mauro Valt & Rosamaria Salvatori Continuous monitoring of spectral albedo of snowed surfaces in Ny-Ålesund / Roberto Salzano, Christian Lanconelli, Rosamaria Salvatori, Giulio Esposito & Vito Vitale Evolution of the Svalbard annual snow layer during the melting phase / Andrea Spolaor, Elena Barbaro, Jean Marc Christille, Torben Kirchgeorg, Fabio Giardi, David Cappelletti, Clara Turetta, Andrea Bernagozzi, Mats P. Björkman, Enzo Bertolini & Carlo Barbante Characterization of seawater properties and ocean heat content in Kongsfjorden, Svalbard Archipelago / Stefano Aliani, Roberta Sciascia, Ilaria Conese, Alessandra D’Angelo, Fabrizio Del Bianco, Federico Giglio, Leonardo Langone & Stefano Miserocchi Gas hydrate stability zone in shallow Arctic Ocean in presence of sub-sea permafrost / Umberta Tinivella & Michela Giustiniani A numerical algorithm for the assessment of the conjecture of a subglacial lake tested at Amundsenisen, Svalbard / Daniela Mansutti, Edoardo Bucchignani & Piotr Glowacki Trace elements in marine particulate and surface sediments of Kongsfjorden, Svalbard Islands / Francisco Ardini, Andrea Bazzano, Paola Rivaro, Francesco Soggia, Amanda Terol & Marco Grotti Stable isotopes and digital elevation models to study nutrient inputs in high-arctic lakes / Edoardo Calizza, Maria Letizia Costantini, David Rossi, Vittorio Pasquali, Giulio Careddu & Loreto Rossi Legacy and emergent POPs in the marine fauna of NE Greenland with special emphasis on the Greenland shark Somniosus microcephalus / Simonetta Corsolini, Karla Pozo & Jørgen S. Christiansen Body size-related constraints on the movement behaviour of the arctic notostracan Lepidurus arcticus (Pallas, 1973) under laboratory conditions / Giorgio Mancinelli & Vittorio Pasquali Geomorphological features of the Kongsfjorden area: Ny-Ålesund, Blomstrandøya (NW Svalbard, Norway) / Enrico Miccadei, Tommaso Piacentini & Claudio Berti Quantification of fracturing within fault damage zones affecting Late Proterozoic carbonates in Svalbard / Paola Cianfarra & F. Salvini Towards a calibration laboratory in Ny-Ålesund / Chiara Musacchio, Andrea Merlone, Angelo Viola, Vito Vitale & Marion Maturilli Development of an automatic sampler for extreme polar environments: first in situ application in Svalbard Islands / Giuseppe Zappalà, Gabriele Bruzzone, Gabriella Caruso & Maurizio Azzaro Isolation and degradation potential of a cold-adapted oil/PAH-degrading marine bacterial consortium from Kongsfjorden (Arctic region) / Francesca Crisafi, Laura Giuliano, Michail M. Yakimov, Maurizio Azzaro & Renata Denaro
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 193
    Call number: 9783319302591 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book highlights perspectives, insights, and data in the coupled fields of aquatic microbial ecology and biogeochemistry when viewed through the lens of collaborative duos - dual career couples. Their synergy and collaborative interactions have contributed substantially to our contemporary understanding of pattern, process and dynamics. This is thus a book by dual career couples about dual scientific processes. The papers herein represent wide-ranging topics, from the processes that structure microbial diversity to nitrogen and photosynthesis metabolism, to dynamics of changing ecosystems and processes and dynamics in individual ecosystems. In all, these papers take us from the Arctic to Africa, from the Arabian Sea to Australia, from small lakes in Maine and Yellowstone hot vents to the Sargasso Sea, and in the process provide analyses that make us think about the structure and function of all of these systems in the aquatic realm. This book is useful not only for the depth and breadth of knowledge conveyed in its chapters, but serves to guide dual career couples faced with the great challenges only they face. Great teams do make great science
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 300 Seiten) , Diagremma, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319302591 , 978-3-319-30259-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Unraveling Microbial Diversity and Their Processes Phagotrophic Protists: Central Roles in Microbial Food Webs / Evelyn B. Sherr and Barry F. Sherr Overview Protists as Elemental Recyclers Protists as Consumers of Bacteria Protists as Consumers of Phytoplankton Protists in High Latitude Food Webs Looking to the Future References Drivers That Structure Biodiversity in the Plankton / Tatiana A. Rynearson and Susanne Menden-Deuer Plankton Biodiversity Alternate Hypotheses That Explain the Paradox of the Plankton An Organismal Perspective on the Paradox of the Plankton: A Biodiversity Explosion from Within? Linking Individual Level Behaviors with Plankton Ecology Pervasive Intra-specific Variability in the Genetic Diversity, Physiological Capacity, and Behavioral Repertoire of Plankton Evolution: Generating and Structuring Diversity over the Long Term Opportunities for Progress References The Elongated, the Squat and the Spherical: Selective Pressures for Phytoplankton Shape / Lee Karp-Boss and Emmanuel Boss Introduction Effects of Shape on Diffusion Other Selective Pressures References Crossing the Freshwater/Saline Barrier: A Phylogenetic Analysis of Bacteria Inhabiting Both Freshwater and Marine Ecosystems / Mina Bižić-Ionescu and Danny Ionescu Introduction Recent Data on Shared Taxa Synthesis of Published Sequence Data Future Perspectives References Approaches and Challenges for Linking Marine Biogeochemical Models with the “Omics” Revolution / Victoria J. Coles and Raleigh R. Hood Introduction Bridging the Cultural and Structural Divide Relating Existing Omics to Current Biogeochemical Models Near-Term Innovation Conclusions References Part II Viewing Growth and Trophodynamics Through a Stoichiometric Lens Out of Africa and into Stoichiometry / Susan S. Kilham and Peter Kilham References Exploring the Implications of the Stoichiometric Modulation of Planktonic Predation / Aditee Mitra and Kevin J. Flynn Introduction Characterising the Predator–Prey Stoichiometric Link Elemental Stoichiometry and Commercial Microalgal Production Effects of Temperature, Ocean Acidification and Nutrient Excess Avoiding Predation Stoichiometry and Mixotrophy Conclusions References . Part III Understanding the Mysteries of Light and Nitrogen On Saturating Response Curves from the Dual Perspectives of Photosynthesis and Nitrogen Metabolism / Todd M. Kana and Patricia M. Glibert Introduction Static vs. Dynamic Behavior Gradient Signals and Dynamics of Response Curves Overall Perspective on Dynamic Kinetics References Nitrate Reductase: A Nexus of Disciplines, Organisms, and Metabolism / Erica B. Young and John A. Berges Introduction Why Nitrate Reductase? Understanding That Has Emerged from Recent NR Measurements Recent Advances and Emerging Challenges Conclusion References The Ammonium Paradox of an Urban High- Nutrient Low-Growth Estuary / Frances Wilkerson and Richard Dugdale High-Nutrient Low-Growth Estuaries and Oligotrophication Observation of an Ammonium Paradox Ammonium: The Gatekeeper Controlling Access to Nitrate References Why Is Planktonic Nitrogen Fixation So Rare in Coastal Marine Ecosystems? Insights from a Cross-Systems Approach / Roxanne Marino and Robert W. Howarth References Where Light and Nutrients Collide: The Global Distribution and Activity of Subsurface Chlorophyll Maximum Layers / Greg M. Silsbe and Sairah Y. Malkin At the Confluence of Light and Nutrients Distribution of Marine SCMLs Phytoplankton Production in SCMLs Subsurface Chlorophyll Maximum Layers in Lakes References Part IV Looking in the Rear View Mirror: The Long View on Changing Ecosystems An Ecosystem in Transition: The Emergence of Mixotrophy in the Arabian Sea / Joaquim I. Goes and Helga do R. Gomes Introduction Materials and Methods Results and Discussion References The Saint Lawrence Island Polynya: A 25-Year Evaluation of an Analogue for Climate Change in Polar Regions / Jacqueline M. Grebmeier and Lee W. Cooper Introduction Synthesis Results and Discussion The Northern Bering Sea: Interannual Variability and Change Benthivores Overall Summary References Ecological Processes and Nutrient Transfers from Land to Sea: A 25-Year Perspective on Research and Management of the Seine River System / Josette Garnier and Gilles Billen Introduction 1850–1990: Organic Pollution and Oxygen 1990–2000: Eutrophication and Algal Bloom 2000–2015: Agricultural Pollution and Nitrate Contamination Conclusion: From Microbial Ecology to Territorial Biogeochemistry References A Historical Perspective on Eutrophication in the Pensacola Bay Estuary, FL, USA / Jane M. Caffrey and Michael C. Murrell Introduction Pensacola Bay Physical Setting Human Colonization of Pensacola Bay River and Estuarine Water Quality Controls on Primary Production, Organic Matter, and Nutrient Cycling Summary References Unpublished Reports Websites Meeting in the Middle: On the Interactions Between Microalgae and Their Predators or Zooplankton and Their Food / Karen H. Wiltshire and Maarten Boersma Introduction Materials and Methods Results Discussion References Lake Transparency: A Window into Decadal Variations in Dissolved Organic Carbon Concentrations in Lakes of Acadia National Park, Maine / Collin Roesler and Charles Culbertson Introduction Methods Results Discussion References Part V Focusing on Unique Systems, Processes and Dynamics Phytoplankton Biodiversity in the Oligotrophic Northwestern Sargasso Sea / James L. Pinckney and Tammi L. Richardson Introduction Materials and Methods Results Discussion References Biological Oceanography of the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia: A Review / Peter C. Rothlisberg and Michele A. Burford Introduction Study Area Currents and Hydrography Phytoplankton and the Role of Nutrients Zooplankton Penaeid Prawn Larval Ecology Larval Dispersal Mechanisms Summary Points References Discerning the Causes of Toxic Cyanobacteria (Lyngbya majuscula) Blooms in Moreton Bay, Australia / Judith M. O’Neil and William C. Dennison Introduction Nutrient Interactions Light Interactions Conceptual Model Broader Significance References Copepod, Ctenophore, and Schyphomedusae Control in Structuring the Chesapeake Bay Summer Mesohaline Planktonic Food Web / Kevin G. Sellner and Stella G. Sellner Introduction Methods Results and Discussion References Microbiogeochemical Ecophysiology of Freshwater Hydrothermal Vents in Mary Bay Canyon, Yellowstone Lake, Yellowstone National Park WY / Carmen Aguilar and Russell Cuhel Introduction Methods Big Picture Outcomes Closing Remarks References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 194
    Call number: 9789811002076 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This proceedings contains articles submitted to the fifth International Conference on Cognitive Neurodynamics (ICCN2015). In ICCN2015, twelve invited plenary lectures were presented by the leading scientists in their respective research fields. More than 15 mini-symposiums are organized by specialists with topics covering: motor control and learning, dynamic coding in distributed neural circuits, dynamics of firing patterns and synchronization in neuronal systems, information and signal processing techniques in neurotechnology, neural oscillations and synaptic plasticity in the hippocampus, new perspective on model-based vs. model-free brain process, neural mechanisms of internal switching, neuroinformation computation, neural model and dynamics, imaging human cognitive networks, neuroinformatics, neuroergonomics & neuroengineering, dynamic brain for communication, visual information processing and functional imaging and neural mechanisms of language processing. All articles are peer-reviewed. The ICCN is a series conference held every two years since 2007
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiii, 872 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811002076 , 978-981-10-0207-6
    ISSN: 2213-3569 , 2213-3577
    Series Statement: Advances in Cognitive Neurodynamics
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Plenary Talk 1 Putting Sensory Back into Voluntary Motor Control / Stephen H. Scott 2 Is Visual Processing in Primates Strictly Hierarchical? / Mark A.G. Eldridge, Samarth Chandra and Barry J. Richmond 3 Self-organization of a Second Kind: General Scope and a Cortical Case Study / Ichiro Tsuda 4 Toward Autonomous Intelligence: From Active 3D Vision to Invariant Object and Scene Learning, Recognition, and Search / Stephen Grossberg 5 The Cognitive Control of Goal-Directed Action: How Predictive Learning Affects Choice / Bernard W. Balleine 6 Functional Connectivity Mapping of Decision-Making in Drosophila Melanogaster / Aike Guo, Ke Zhang, Q.Z. Ren, H.F. Su and N.N. Chen 7 Neurodynamics of Decision-Making—A Computational Approach / Azadeh Hassannejad Nazir and Hans Liljenström 8 Brain Pattern Analysis Based on Magnetic Resonance Imaging / Dewen Hu 9 Dopamine Prediction Errors and the Relativity of Value / Masamichi Sakagami and Shingo Tanaka 10 The Neural Mechanism of Direction- and Orientation-Selective Neurons for Processing Direction, Speed, and Axis of Motion in Early Visual Cortices / Hongliang Gong, Xu An, Liling Qian, Jiapeng Yin, Yiliang Lu and Wei Wang Part II Neural Dynamics in Motor and Sensory Systems 11 Stability and Flexibility During Human Motor Control / Taishin Nomura, Yasuyuki Suzuki, Chunjiang Fu, Naoya Yoshikawa, Ken Kiyono, Maura Casadio and Pietro Morasso 12 Context-Dependent Human Motor Memories: Function, Implementation, and Manipulation / Daichi Nozaki 13 A Model of Gait Cycle Variability During Human Walking / Chunjiang Fu, Yasuyuki Suzuki, Ken Kiyono and Taishin Nomura 14 Coordinate Systems in the Motor System: Computational Modeling and EEG Experiment / Hirokazu Tanaka, Makoto Miyakoshi and Scott Makeig 15 Simulation Study on Neuromuscular Model-Inspired Control Strategy for Variable Stiffness Actuators / Jun Zhu, Yu Wang and Heng Cao 16 Changes in the Inner Gene Expression of Lateral Olivocochlear Receptors After the Loss of the Descending Cortical Pathway / Miguel A. Merchan, Veronica Lamas and Jose Manuel Juiz 17 Effect of Parvalbumin Deficiency on Distributed Activity and Interactions in Neural Circuits Activated by Instrumental Learning / Agnès Gruart, José Maria Delgado-García and Alessandra Lintas 18 Dynamic Patterns of Cortical Activation During Different Types of Learning Tasks and Unpredictable Situations / José M. Delgado-García, Raudel Sánchez-Campusano, Iván Fernández-Lamo and Agnès Gruart 19 The Application of Spatiotemporal Energy Model in the Simulation of Population Responses in Early Visual Cortices / Yiliang Lu, Xu An, Hongliang Gong and Wei Wang 20 Aspect Ratio of the Receptive Field Makes a Major Contribution to the Bandwidth of Orientation Selectivity in Cat V1 / Tao Xu, Ming Li, Ke Chen, Ling Wang and Hong-Mei Yan 21 Nonlinear Dynamical Analysis of Spontaneous EEG Recordings in Rats After Chronic Spinal Cord Injury / Pu Jiangbo, Xu Hanhui, Wang Yazhou, Cui Hongyan and Hu Yong Part III Interactive Dynamics in Cognitive Functions 22 Causality in Neuroscience and Its Limitations: Bottom-up, Top-down, and Round-About / Hans A. Braun 23 Decisions and Downward Causation in Neural Systems / Hans Liljenström and Azadeh Hassannejad Nazir 24 Top-down and/or Bottom-up Causality: The Notion of Relatedness in the Human Brain / Kim C. Wende and Andreas Jansen 25 Overviewing Causality or Over-Interpreting Noise: Is Modern Neuroscience Shaping Our View of the Human Mind? / Kim C. Wende and Andreas Jansen 26 Theoretical Models of Decision-Making in the Ultimatum Game: Fairness vs. Reason / Tatiana V. Guy, Miroslav Kárný, Alessandra Lintas and Alessandro E.P. Villa 27 Dynamic Interactions in Prefrontal Functional Connectivity During Adolescence / Xin Zhou, Emilio Salinas, Terrence R. Stanford and Christos Constantinidis 28 Causal Interaction Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum Estimated by Granger Causality / Xiaochuan Pan, Rubin Wang and Masamichi Sakagami 29 Two Strategies for Interactive Planning / Jiro Okuda 30 TMS-EEG for Probing Distinct Modes of Neural Dynamics in the Human Brain / Keiichi Kitajo and Yuka O. Okazaki 31 Estimating Information Transmission Time Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum by Transfer Entropy / Kaidi Shao, Xiaochuan Pan and Rubin Wang 32 Reward-Modulated Functional Connectivity Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum / Yan Zhang, Xiaochuan Pan and Rubin Wang 33 On the Role of Intrinsic Rewards in Communication / Jan Lauwereyns and Shizuka Sakurai Lauwereyns Part IV Neural Dynamics in Hippocampus 34 Hydrogen Sulfide Prevents Synaptic Plasticity from Vascular Dementia-Induced Damage via Inhibiting Autophagy on Rats / Chunhua Liu, Tao Zhang and Zhuo Yang 35 The Impact of Nasal Copper Nanoparticle Exposure on Rats’ Synaptic Plasticity and Spatial Cognition / Ye Liu, Wei Guan, Jinzhe Liu and Zhuo Yang 36 Theta Phase Time-Delayed Modulating Low Gamma Amplitude in Hippocampal CA3–CA1 Network / Chenguang Zheng, Qun Li, Yiyi Wang and Tao Zhang 37 Roles of DA and 5-HT in Modulating Neural Oscillatory Synchronization / Chenguang Zheng and Tao Zhang 38 Dynamic Information Routing in the Hippocampus / Hiroshi Nishida, Muneyoshi Takahashi and Jan Lauwereyns 39 Rule Switching Affects Cross-Frequency Couplings in Rat Hippocampus / Tomoaki Nakazono, Susumu Takahashi and Yoshio Sakurai Part V Imaging Cognitive Networks 40 Functional Connectivity Analysis of Cognitive Reappraisal Using Sparse Spectral Clustering Method / Ling Zou, Yi Xu, Zhongyi Jiang, Zhuqing Jiao, Changjie Pan and Renlai Zhou 41 Theta Coupling in the Human EEG During the Control of Bottom-up and Top-down Attention / Dandan Zhao and Ling Li 42 Phase-Dependent Alteration of Functional Connectivity Density During Face Recognition in the Infra-slow Frequency Range / Yifeng Wang, Feng Liu, Xiujuan Jing, Zhiliang Long and Huafu Chen 43 The Supramodal Brain Network for the Recognition of Faces and Bodies: Is Visual Experience Necessary for the Development of High-Order Visual Cortices? / Ryo Kitada 44 Over-Complete Analysis for Resting-State fMRI Data / Ruiyang Ge, Li Yao, Hang Zhang, Xia Wu and Zhiying Long 45 Decoding Brain States with Simulated Microgravity from Baseline Using Functional Connectivity of Default Network / Ling-Li Zeng, Yang Liao, Hui Shen, Xufeng Liu and Dewen Hu 46 Experimental Studies on the Contralateral Regulation of Cerebral Blood Flow Using a Patient-Specific Aneurysm Model / Lizhong Mu, Ying He, Junyuan Chen, Xunjie Yu, Jianhui Wei, Changjin Ji and Jiaqi Lv 47 A Robust Coherence-Based Brain Connectivity Method with an Application to EEG Recordings / Jiaqing Yan, Jianbin Wen, Yinghua Wang, Xianzeng Liu and Xiaoli Li Part VI Advanced Brain Computer Interaction 48 Robust Averaging of Covariance Matrices by Riemannian Geometry for Motor-Imagery Brain–Computer Interfacing / Takashi Uehara, Toshihisa Tanaka and Simone Fiori 49 Vibrotactile Brain–Computer Interface with Error-Detecting Codes / Sittipong Apichartstaporn, Kitsuchart Pasupa and Yoshikazu Washizawa 50 Sparse Support Vector Machine for Simultaneous Feature Selection and Classification in Motor-Imagery-Based BCI / Yu Zhang, Yu Wang, Jing Jin and Xingyu Wang 51 QEEG Coherence Evaluation for Soccer Performance Level Analysis of the Striker / Kittichai Tharawadeepimuk and Yodchanan Wongsawat 52 BCI-Based Mobile Phone Using SSVEP Techniques / Dongsheng Wang, Toshiki Kobayashi, Gaochao Cui, Daishi Watabe and Jianting Cao 53 Two-Step Input Spatial Auditory BCI for Japanese Kana Characters / Moonjeong Chang and Tomasz M. Rutkowski 54 Resting-State Long-Range Functional Connectivity Density Reveals Sensorimotor Rhythm-Based BCI Performance Variations / Rui Zhang, Tao Zhang, Teng Ma, Fali Li, Dezhong Yao and Peng Xu 55 On the Correlations of Motor Imagery of Swallow with Motor Imagery of Tongue Movements and Actual Swallow / Huijuan Yang, Cuntai Guan, Chuan Chu Wang, Kai Keng Ang, Kok Soon Phua, See San Chok, Christina Ka Yin Tang and Karen Sui Geok Chua
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 195
    facet.materialart.12
    [New Delhi] : Springer
    Call number: 9788132227076 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book presents recent research on marine ecology in different parts of the world. It aims to shed light on relevant topics for budding marine ecologists. The “blue soup” of Planet Earth, which comprises both biotic and abiotic components, is essential to keeping the wheel of civilization running. Four major ecosystem service categories have been identified within this context, namely provisioning services such as water, food, mangrove timber, honey, fish, wax, fuel wood, fodder and bioactive compounds from marine and estuarine flora and fauna; regulating services such as the regulation of climate, coastal erosion, coral bleaching and pollution;cultural services encompassing recreational (tourism), spiritual and other non-material benefits; and supporting services such as nutrient cycling and photosynthesis. These valuable services are obtained from various resources that must be conserved for the sake of humanity. This book presents data for each resource type, not just in the form of a simple description, but also through case studies that resulted from several research projec ts and pilot programs carried out in different parts of the world. Statistical tools were also used to critically analyze the influence of relevant hydrological parameters on the biotic community. Advanced research in marine and estuarine ecology is based on the use of sophisticated instruments, sampling precision, statistical tools, etc., which have also been highlighted in the book.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 481 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9788132227076 , 978-81-322-2707-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Marine Ecosystem: An Overview 1.1 Benthic Compartment 1.1.1 Supralittoral Zone 1.1.2 Eulittoral Zone 1.1.3 Sublittoral Zone 1.1.4 Continental Shelf 1.1.5 Continental Slope 1.1.6 Bathyal Zone 1.1.7 Abyssal Plains 1.1.8 Hadal Zone 1.2 Aquatic Compartment 1.2.1 Classification on the Basis of Light Penetration 1.2.2 How to Estimate the Age of Ocean Water? 1.2.3 Dissolved Oxygen (DO) Consumption Method 1.2.4 Decay Rate of 14C Method 1.2.5 90Sr Content Method 1.2.6 Hydrogen Isotope Method Brain Churners Annexure References 2 Estuarine Ecosystem: An Overview 2.1 Definition and Ecosystem Services 2.1.1 Ecosystem Services 2.2 Classification Brain Churners Annexure References 3 Physical Processes in the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 3.1 Waves and Tides 3.1.1 Tides 3.1.2 Theories Related to Tides 3.1.3 Tidal Bore and Tide in Rivers 3.2 Currents 3.2.1 Upwelling and Downwelling: Causes and Significance 3.2.2 Factors Regulating the Pattern and Distribution of Currents 3.2.3 What Happens Practically? 3.2.4 El Niño Brain Churners Annexure References 4 Abiotic Variables of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 4.1 Chemical Components 4.1.1 Spatio-temporal Variations of Salinity 4.1.2 Deep-Water Salinity 4.1.3 Conservative and Non-conservative Ions 4.1.4 Dissolved Gases in Seawater 4.1.5 Nutrients 4.2 Sediment Compartment 4.2.1 Transportation of Marine Sediments 4.2.2 Classification of Marine Sediments 4.2.3 Ooze: Definition and Type 4.2.4 Sediment Deposition: A Boon or a Curse? Brain Churners Annexure References 5 Producers of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 5.1 Phytoplankton Community 5.1.1 Diatoms 5.1.2 Dinoflagellates 5.1.3 Coccolithophores 5.1.4 Blue-Green Algae 5.1.5 Green Algae 5.1.6 Classification of Phytoplankton 5.2 Macrophytes 5.2.1 Seaweed Community 5.2.2 Mangroves 5.2.3 Seagrass and Salt Marsh Grass Brain Churners Annexure References 6 Consumers of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 6.1 Zooplankton Community 6.1.1 Zooplankton: Do They Maintain Uniformity in Their Life Timeline? 6.2 Vertebrate Community 6.2.1 Fishes 6.2.2 Reptiles 6.2.3 Sea Birds 6.2.4 Marine Mammals Brain Churners Annexure References 7 Decomposers of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 7.1 Overview of Marine and Estuarine Microbes 7.1.1 Marine Organisms as Habitats of Microorganisms 7.1.2 Identification of Marine and Estuarine Microorganisms: A Molecular Genetic Approach 7.2 Importance of Marine and Estuarine Microbes 7.2.1 Production of Antibiotics 7.2.2 Production of Antitumour Compounds 7.2.3 Production of Enzyme 7.2.4 Bioremediation of Petroleum Hydrocarbon 7.2.5 Degradation of Mangrove Litter 7.2.6 Drugs from Marine Microbes Brain Churners Annexure References 8 Adaptation of Marine and Estuarine Organisms 8.1 Adaptation of Organisms in the Intertidal Zone 8.1.1 Adaptation of Biota Inhabiting Rocky Shore 8.1.2 Adaptation of Biota Inhabiting Soft Substratum 8.2 Adaptation of Organisms Inhabiting Deep Sea 8.2.1 Morphological Adaptations 8.2.2 Biochemical Adaptations 8.2.3 Vent Communities of the Deep Sea 8.2.4 Properties of Vent Community Brain Churners Annexure References 9 Hot Spots of Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 9.1 Mangroves 9.2 Coral Reefs 9.2.1 Types of Coral Reefs 9.2.2 Coral Reef Characteristics 9.2.3 Reef Productivity Brain Churners Annexure References 10 Threats to Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 10.1 Natural Threats 10.1.1 Alteration of the Earth’s Orbit 10.1.2 Natural Oscillation of Atmospheric Carbon Dioxide 10.1.3 Volcanic Activities 10.1.4 Variations in Solar Output 10.1.5 Plate Tectonics 10.1.6 Natural Disasters and Extreme Weather Events 10.2 Anthropogenic Threats 10.2.1 Pollution 10.2.2 Aquaculture 10.2.3 Unplanned Tourism 10.2.4 Introduction of Alien Species 10.2.5 Development of Coastal Structures 10.2.6 Negative Fishing Brain Churners Annexure References 11 Conservation of Marine and Estuarine Resources 11.1 Conservation or Preservation? 11.2 Tiers for Conservation 11.2.1 Habitat Diversity 11.2.2 Community and Ecosystem Diversity 11.2.3 Functional Diversity 11.2.4 Population Diversity 11.2.5 Phyletic Diversity 11.2.6 Species Diversity 11.2.7 Genetic Diversity Brain Churners Annexure References 12 Instruments and Methods 12.1 Instruments 12.1.1 Instruments Used for Physical Oceanographic Study 12.1.2 Instruments Used for Geological Oceanographic Study 12.1.3 Instruments Used for Chemical Oceanographic Study 12.1.4 Instruments Used for Biological Oceanographic Study 12.2 Application of Satellites in Marine and Estuarine Researches Brain Churners Annexure References Erratum
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 196
    Call number: 9783319249452 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book covers the state-of-the-art of microalgae physiology and biochemistry (and the several –omics). It serves as a key reference work for those working with microalgae, whether in the lab, the field, or for commercial applications. It is aimed at new entrants into the field (i.e. PhD students) as well as experienced practitioners. It has been over 40 years since the publication of a book on algal physiology. Apart from reviews and chapters no other comprehensive book on this topic has been published. Research on microalgae has expanded enormously since then, as has the commercial exploitation of microalgae. This volume thoroughly deals with the most critical physiological and biochemical processes governing algal growth and production.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 681 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319249452 , 978-3-319-24945-2
    ISSN: 2543-0599 , 2543-0602
    Series Statement: Developments in applied phycology 6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I The Algae Cell The Cell Cycle of Microalgae / Vilém Zachleder, Kateřina Bišová, and Milada Vítová Biosynthesis of the Cell Walls of the Algae / David S. Domozych Part II The Fundamental Physiological Processes Photosynthesis and Light Harvesting in Algae / Anthony W. Larkum Carbon Acquisition by Microalgae / John Beardall and John A. Raven Fundamentals and Recent Advances in Hydrogen Production and Nitrogen Fixation in Cyanobacteria / Namita Khanna, Patrícia Raleiras, and Peter Lindblad Dark Respiration and Organic Carbon Loss / John A. Raven and John Beardall Part III Nutrients and Their Acquisition Combined Nitrogen / John A. Raven and Mario Giordano Nutrients and Their Acquisition: Phosphorus Physiology in Microalgae / Sonya T. Dyhrman Sulphur and Algae: Metabolism, Ecology and Evolution / Mario Giordano and Laura Prioretti Micronutrients / Antonietta Quigg Iron / Adrian Marchetti and Maria T. Maldonado Selenium in Algae / Hiroya Araie and Yoshihiro Shiraiwa Silicification in the Microalgae / Zoe V. Finkel Calcification / Alison R. Taylor and Colin Brownlee Part IV Algae Interactions with Environment Chemically-Mediated Interactions in Microalgae / Michael A. Borowitzka Coping with High and Variable Salinity: Molecular Aspects of Compatible Solute Accumulation / Martin Hagemann Effects of Global Change, Including UV and UV Screening Compounds / Richa, Rajeshwar P. Sinha, and Donat-P. Häder Part V Secondary Metabolites Lipid Metabolism in Microalgae / Inna Khozin-Goldberg Sterols in Microalgae / John K. Volkman Carotenoids / Einar Skarstad Egeland Exocellular Polysaccharides in Microalgae and Cyanobacteria: Chemical Features, Role and Enzymes and Genes Involved in Their Biosynthesis / Federico Rossi and Roberto De Philippis Algae Genome-Scale Reconstruction, Modelling and Applications / Cristiana G.O. Dal’Molin and Lars K. Nielsen Part VI Applications Algal Physiology and Large-Scale Outdoor Cultures of Microalgae / Michael A. Borowitzka Part VII Systematics and Taxonomy Systematics, Taxonomy and Species Names: Do They Matter? / Michael A. Borowitzka
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 197
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Associated volumes
    Call number: 9783319392646 (e-book)
    In: Modern approaches in solid earth sciences, volume 12
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a detailed overview of the operational principles of modern mining geology, which are presented as a good mix of theory and practice, allowing use by a broad range of specialists, from students to lecturers and experienced geologists. The book includes comprehensive descriptions of mining geology techniques, including conventional methods and new approaches. The attributes presented in the book can be used as a reference and as a guide by mining industry specialists developing mining projects and for optimizing mining geology procedures. Applications of the methods are explained using case studies and are facilitated by the computer scripts added to the book as Electronic Supplementary Material.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xx, 448 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319392646 , 978-3-319-39264-6
    ISSN: 1876-1682 , 1876-1690
    Series Statement: Modern approaches in solid earth sciences volume 12
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction References Part I Mine Design, Mine Mapping and Sampling 2 Mining Methods 2.1 Open Pit Mines 2.2 Underground Mines 2.2.1 Underground Selective Mining Methods 2.2.2 Underground Bulk Mining Methods 2.2.3 Mining of the Gently Dipping Ore Bodies 2.3 Unconventional Mining 2.3.1 In situ Leach (ISL) Technique 2.3.2 Dredging of the Mineral Sands References 3 Mine Mapping 3.1 Mine Mapping Principles 3.2 Mapping Open Pit Mines 3.3 Mapping of Underground Mines 3.4 Mapping Using Digital Photogrammetry and Laser Technologies 3.4.1 Mapping Mining Faces Using Photogrammetry 3.4.2 Remote Mapping of the Mines Using Laser 3.5 Optimisation of the Mine Mapping Procedures References 4 Drilling Techniques and Drill Holes Logging 4.1 Drilling Methods 4.2 Diamond Core Drilling 4.2.1 Core Quality and Representativeness 4.2.2 Orientated Core 4.2.3 Logging Diamond Core Holes 4.2.4 Sampling Diamond Core 4.3 Open Hole Percussion Drilling 4.3.1 Sampling Blastholes for Grade Control Purpose in the Open Pits 4.3.2 Use of ‘Jumbo’ Drilling for Delineation of Underground Stopes 4.4 Reverse Circulation (RC) Percussion Drilling 4.4.1 Logging RC Holes 4.4.2 Sampling RC Holes 4.5 Sonic Drilling Technologies 4.5.1 Strength and Weakness of the Sonic Drilling 4.5.2 Logging and Sampling Sonic Drill Holes 4.6 Auger Drilling 4.7 Rotary Drilling Using Tricone Bit References 5 Sampling of the Mine Workings 5.1 Sampling Rock Faces in the Underground Mines 5.1.1 Channel Sampling 5.1.2 Rock Chip Sampling 5.2 Sampling of the Broken Ore 5.3 Trenching and Winzing References 6 Geotechnical Logging and Mapping 6.1 Geotechnical Logging of the Drill Core 6.1.1 Drilling Parameters and Core Recovery 6.1.2 Rock Weathering 6.1.3 Rock Strength 6.1.4 Rock Quality Designation Index (RQD) 6.1.5 Natural Breaks 6.2 Geotechnical Mapping 6.3 Geotechnical Applications of Rock Mass Classification Schemes References 7 Dry Bulk Density (DBD) of Rocks 7.1 Types of the Rock Densities Used in the Mining Industry 7.2 Dry Bulk Density Measurement Techniques 7.2.1 Competent Non-porous Rocks 7.2.2 Porous and Weathered Rocks 7.2.3 Non-consolidated Sediments 7.3 Spatial Distribution of the Rock Density Measurements References 8 Data Points Location (Surveying) 8.1 Surface Points Location 8.2 Down-Hole Survey Reference Part II Sampling Errors 9 Introduction to the Theory of Sampling 9.1 Types of Sampling Errors 9.2 Fundamental Sampling Error 9.2.1 Theoretical Background 9.2.2 Experimental Calibration of the Sampling 9.2.3 Sampling Nomogram 9.3 Grouping – Segregation Error 9.4 Errors Related to the Sampling Practices 9.5 Instrumental Errors References 10 Quality Control and Assurance (QAQC) 10.1 Accuracy Control 10.1.1 Statistical Tests for Assessing Performance of the Standard Samples 10.1.2 Statistical Tests for Assessing the Data Bias Using the Duplicate Samples 10.1.3 Diagnostic Diagram: Pattern Recognition Method 10.2 Precision Control 10.2.1 Matching Pairs of Data 10.2.2 Processing and Interpretation of Duplicate Samples 10.3 Comparative Analysis of the Statistical Estimation Methods 10.4 Guidelines for Optimisation of the Sampling Programmes 10.4.1 Planning and Implementation of the Sampling Programmes 10.4.2 Frequency of Inserting QAQC Material to Assay Batches 10.4.3 Distribution of the Reference Materials 10.4.4 Distribution of the Duplicate Samples References 11 Twin Holes 11.1 Method Overview 11.1.1 Objectives of the Twinned Holes Study 11.1.2 Statistical Treatment of the Results 11.1.3 Distance Between Twinned Holes 11.1.4 Drilling Quality and Quantity 11.1.5 Comparison of Studied Variables 11.1.6 Practice of Drilling Twinned Holes for Mining Geology Applications 11.2 Case Studies 11.2.1 Gold Deposits: Confirmation of High-Grade Intersections 11.2.2 Twin Holes Studies in Iron Ore Deposits 11.2.3 Mineral Sands Deposits: Validation of Historic Drilling 11.2.4 Bauxites: Use of Twin Holes as a Routine Control of Drilling Quality References 12 Database 12.1 Construction of the Database 12.2 Data Entry 12.2.1 Electronic Data Transfer 12.2.2 Keyboard Data Entry 12.2.3 Special Values 12.3 Management of the Data Flow 12.4 Database Safety and Security References Part III Mineral Resources 13 Data Preparation 13.1 Data Compositing 13.1.1 Data Coding 13.1.2 Compositing Algorithms 13.1.3 Choice of the Optimal Compositing Intervals 13.1.4 Validating of the Composited Assays 13.2 High Grade Cut-Off References 14 Geological Constraints of Mineralisation 14.1 Introduction to Wireframing 14.2 Characterisation of the Mineralisation Contacts 14.2.1 Contact Profile 14.2.2 Determining of the Cut-Off Value for Constraining Mineralisation 14.2.3 Contact Topography 14.2.4 Uncertainty of the Contacts 14.3 Geometry and Internal Structure of the Mineralised Domains 14.3.1 Unfolding References 15 Exploratory Data Analysis 15.1 Objective of the EDA 15.2 Overview of the EDA Techniques 15.2.1 Spider Diagram 15.2.2 Data Declustering 15.2.3 Q-Q Plots 15.2.4 Box-and-Whisker Plot (Box Plot) 15.3 Grouping and Analysis of the Data 15.3.1 Data Types 15.3.2 Data Generations 15.3.3 Grouping Samples by Geological Characteristics 15.4 Statistical Analysis of the Resource Domains References 16 Resource Estimation Methods 16.1 Polygonal Method 16.2 Estimation by Triangulation 16.3 Cross-Sectional Method 16.3.1 Extrapolation of the Cross-Sections 16.3.2 Interpolation Between Cross-Sections 16.4 Estimation by Panels 16.5 Inverse Distance Weighting Method References Part IV Applied Mining Geostatistics 17 Introduction to Geostatistics 17.1 Regionalised Variable and Random Function 17.2 Stationarity and Intrinsic Hypothesis References 18 Variography 18.1 Quantitative Analysis of the Spatial Continuity 18.2 Intuitive Look at Variogram 18.3 Geostatistical Definition of Variogram 18.4 Directional, Omnidirectional and Average Variograms 18.5 Properties of the Variograms 18.5.1 Behaviour Near Origin 18.5.2 Anisotropy 18.6 Analysis of the Data Continuity Using a Variogram Map 18.7 Presence of Drift 18.8 Proportional Effect 18.9 Variogram Sill and the Sample Variance 18.10 Impact of the Different Support 18.11 Variogram Models 18.11.1 Common Variogram Models 18.11.2 Modelling Geometric Anisotropy 18.11.3 Nested Structures 18.11.4 Modelling Zonal Anisotropy 18.12 Troublesome Variograms 18.12.1 Hole Effect 18.12.2 Saw-Tooth Shaped and Erratic Variograms 18.13 Alternative Measures of a Spatial Continuity 18.13.1 Variograms of the Gaussian Transformed Values 18.13.2 Relative (Normalised) Variograms 18.13.3 Different Structural Tools 18.14 Indicator Variograms 18.15 Variograms in the Multivariate Environment 18.15.1 Multivariate Geostatistical Functions 18.15.2 Linear Model of Coregionalisation References 19 Methods of the Linear Geostatistics (Kriging) 19.1 Geostatistical Resource Estimation 19.2 Kriging System 19.2.1 Ordinary Kriging 19.2.2 Simple Kriging 19.2.3 Simple Versus Ordinary Kriging 19.3 Properties of Kriging 19.3.1 Exactitude Property of Kriging 19.3.2 Negative Kriging Weights and Screening Effect 19.3.3 Smoothing Effect 19.3.4 Kriging Variance 19.3.5 Conditional Bias 19.4 Block Kriging 19.4.1 Blocks and Point Estimates 19.4.2 Kriging of the Small Blocks References 20 Multivariate Geostatistics 20.1 Theoretical Background of Multivariate Geostatistics 20.1.1 Ordinary Co-kriging 20.1.2 Collocated Co-kriging 20.1.3 Properties of the Co-kriging 20.2 Kriging with External Drift References 21 Multiple Indicator Kriging 21.1 Methodology of the Multiple Indicator Kriging 21.2 Practical Notes on the Indicators Post-Processing References 22 Estimation of the Recoverable Resources 22.1 Change of Support Concept 22.1.1 Dispersion Variance 22.1.2 Volume Variance Relations 22.1.3 Conditions for Change-of-Support Models 22.2 Global Change of Support Methods 22.2.1 Affine Correction 22.2.2 Discrete Gaussian Change of Support 22.3 Local Change of Support Methods 22.3.1 Uniform Conditioning 22.3.2 Localised Uniform Conditioning 22.3.3 Application of the LUC
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 198
    Call number: 9789401772426 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook provides a comprehensive compilation of conceptual perspectives, methodological approaches and empirical insights of inter- and transdisciplinary sustainability science. Written by an international team of authors from leading sustainability institutions, the textbook covers key perspectives and topics of the scientific discourse on sustainable development. More than two decades after conceptualizing sustainability as societal guiding vision and regulative idea the necessity of concretizing and realizing sustainability in societal praxis is bigger than ever. Sharply improved individual and societal sustainable decision-making and action is necessary for a better future of humankind and the planet. On that account problem- and solution-oriented perspectives and competencies are crucial. The different chapters assemble an encompassing view of essential foundations and specific areas of research and action in sustainability science and practice. The textbook aims at fostering the further establishment of sustainability science in higher education and to enable the next generation of sustainability experts to tackle the challenging and exciting topic of sustainable development.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 367 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9789401772426 , 978-94-017-7242-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction / Harald Heinrichs, Arnim Wiek, Pim Martens, and Gerd Michelsen 2 Sustainable Development – Background and Context / Gerd Michelsen, Maik Adomßent, Pim Martens, and Michael von Hauff 3 Transformational Sustainability Research Methodology / Arnim Wiek and Daniel J. Lang 4 Green and Sustainable Chemistry / Klaus Kümmerer and James Clark 5 Sustainability and Ecosystems / Henrik von Wehrden, Goddert von Oheimb, David J. Abson, and Werner Härdtle 6 Sustainability Assessment of Technologies / Sjouke Beemsterboer and René Kemp 7 Corporate Sustainability Management / Stefan Schaltegger, Erik G. Hansen, and Heiko Spitzeck 8 Sustainable Development in Economics / Michael von Hauff 9 Sustainable Development and Law / Marjan Peeters and Thomas Schomerus 10 Finance and Sustainability / Olaf Weber 11 Sustainability: Politics and Governance / Harald Heinrichs and Frank Biermann 12 Sustainability Communication / Daniel Fischer, Gesa Lüdecke, Jasmin Godemann, Gerd Michelsen, Jens Newig, Marco Rieckmann, and Daniel Schulz 13 Sustainability and Science Policy / Uwe Schneidewind, Mandy Singer-Brodowksi, and Karoline Augenstein 14 Justice and Sustainability / Sonja Klinsky and Aaron Golub 15 Sustainability Ethics / Nils Ole Oermann and Annika Weinert 16 Ocean Space and Sustainability / Jan H. Stel 17 Sustainable Landscape Development / Michael Stauffacher and Pius Krütli 18 Sustainable Development and Material Flows / Beatrice John, Andreas Möller, and Annika Weiser 19 Sustainable Energy Systems / Stefan Lechtenböhmer and Lars J. Nilsson 20 Sustainability and Health / Maud M.T.E. Huynen and Pim Martens 21 Mobility and Sustainability / Aaron Golub 22 International Development and Sustainability / Rimjhim M. Aggarwal 23 Tourism and Sustainability / David Manuel-Navarrete 24 Consumption and Sustainability / John Harlow, Michael J. Bernstein, Bastien Girod, and Arnim Wiek 25 Climate Change: Responding to a Major Challenge for Sustainable Development / Pim Martens, Darryn McEvoy, and Chiung Ting Chang 26 Art and Sustainability / Heather Sealy Lineberry and Arnim Wiek 27 Teaching and Learning in Sustainability Science / Matthias Barth 28 Education for Sustainable Development / Niko Roorda and Han van Son 29 Problem-Based and Project-Based Learning for Sustainable Development / Ron Cörvers, Arnim Wiek, Joop de Kraker, Daniel J. Lang, and Pim Martens 30 Science for Sustainability – A Societal and Political Perspective / Günther Bachmann
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 199
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319292793 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book gives a unique insight into the current knowledge of krill population dynamics including distribution, biomass, production, recruitment, growth and mortality rates. Detailed analysis is provided on food and feeding, reproduction and krill behaviour. The volume provides an overview on the aspects of natural challenges to the species, which involve predation, parasites and the commercial exploitation of the resource and its management. A chapter on genetics shows the results of population subdivision and summarizes recent work on sequencing transcriptomes for studying gene function as part of the physiology of live krill. The focus of Chapter 4 is on physiological functions such as biochemical composition, metabolic activity and growth change with ontogeny and season; and will demonstrate which environmental factors are the main drivers for variability. Further discussed in this chapter are the bottle necks which occur in the annual life cycle of krill, and the mechanisms krill have adapted to cope with severe environmental condition.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxi, 441 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319292793 , 978-3-319-29279-3
    ISSN: 2468-5712 , 2468-5720
    Series Statement: Advances in polar ecology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introducing Antarctic Krill Euphausia superba Dana, 1850 / Volker Siegel 2 Distribution, Biomass and Demography of Antarctic Krill, Euphausia superba / Volker Siegel and Jonathan L. Watkins 3 Age, Growth, Mortality, and Recruitment of Antarctic Krill, Euphausia superba / Christian S. Reiss 4 Physiology of Euphausia superba / Bettina Meyer and Mathias Teschke 5 Feeding and Food Processing in Antarctic Krill (Euphausia superba Dana) / Katrin Schmidt and Angus Atkinson 6 Reproduction and Larval Development in Antarctic Krill (Euphausia superba) / So Kawaguchi 7 Genetics of Antarctic Krill / Simon N. Jarman and Bruce E. Deagle 8 Swarming and Behaviour in Antarctic Krill / Geraint A. Tarling and Sophie Fielding 9 The Importance of Krill Predation in the Southern Ocean / Philip N. Trathan and Simeon L. Hill 10 Parasites and Diseases / Jaime Go´mez-Gutie´rrez and Jose´ Rau´l Morales-A´ vila 11 The Fishery for Antarctic Krill: Its Current Status and Management Regime / Stephen Nicol and Jacqueline Foster Glossary Subject Index Genera and Species Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 200
    Call number: AWI G3-19-92384
    Description / Table of Contents: Widespread landscape changes are presently observed in the Arctic and are most likely to accelerate in the future, in particular in permafrost regions which are sensitive to climate warming. To assess current and future developments, it is crucial to understand past environmental dynamics in these landscapes. Causes and interactions of environmental variability can hardly be resolved by instrumental records covering modern time scales. However, long-term environmental variability is recorded in paleoenvironmental archives. Lake sediments are important archives that allow reconstruction of local limnogeological processes as well as past environmental changes driven directly or indirectly by climate dynamics. This study aims at reconstructing Late Quaternary permafrost and thermokarst dynamics in central-eastern Beringia, the terrestrial land mass connecting Eurasia and North America during glacial sea-level low stands. In order to investigate development, processes and influence of thermokarst dynamics, several sediment cores from extant lakes and drained lake basins were analyzed to answer the following research questions: 1. When did permafrost degradation and thermokarst lake development take place and what were enhancing and inhibiting environmental factors? 2. What are the dominant processes during thermokarst lake development and how are they reflected in proxy records? 3. How did, and still do, thermokarst dynamics contribute to the inventory and properties of organic matter in sediments and the carbon cycle? Methods applied in this study are based upon a multi-proxy approach combining sedimentological, geochemical, geochronological, and micropaleontological analyses, as well as analyses of stable isotopes and hydrochemistry of pore-water and ice. Modern field observations of water quality and basin morphometrics complete the environmental investigations. The investigated sediment cores reveal permafrost degradation and thermokarst dynamics on different time scales. The analysis of a sediment core from GG basin on the northern Seward Peninsula (Alaska) shows prevalent terrestrial accumulation of yedoma throughout the Early to Mid Wisconsin with intermediate wet conditions at around 44.5 to 41.5 ka BP. This first wetland development was terminated by the accumulation of a 1-meter-thick airfall tephra most likely originating from the South Killeak Maar eruption at 42 ka BP. A depositional hiatus between 22.5 and 0.23 ka BP may indicate thermokarst lake formation in the surrounding of the site which forms a yedoma upland till today. The thermokarst lake forming GG basin initiated 230 ± 30 cal a BP and drained in Spring 2005 AD. Four years after drainage the lake talik was still unfrozen below 268 cm depth. A permafrost core from Mama Rhonda basin on the northern Seward Peninsula preserved a full lacustrine record including several lake phases. The first lake generation developed at 11.8 cal ka BP during the Lateglacial-Early Holocene transition; its old basin (Grandma Rhonda) is still partially preserved at the southern margin of the study basin. Around 9.0 cal ka BP a shallow and more dynamic thermokarst lake developed with actively eroding shorelines and potentially intermediate shallow water or wetland phases (Mama Rhonda). Mama Rhonda lake drainage at 1.1 cal ka BP was followed by gradual accumulation of terrestrial peat and top-down refreezing of the lake talik. A significant lower organic carbon content was measured in Grandma Rhonda deposits (mean TOC of 2.5 wt%) than in Mama Rhonda deposits (mean TOC of 7.9 wt%) highlighting the impact of thermokarst dynamics on biogeochemical cycling in different lake generations by thawing and mobilization of organic carbon into the lake system. Proximal and distal sediment cores from Peatball Lake on the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska revealed young thermokarst dynamics since about 1,400 years along a depositional gradient based on reconstructions from shoreline expansion rates and absolute dating results. After its initiation as a remnant pond of a previous drained lake basin, a rapidly deepening lake with increasing oxygenation of the water column is evident from laminated sediments, and higher Fe/Ti and Fe/S ratios in the sediment. The sediment record archived characterizing shifts in depositional regimes and sediment sources from upland deposits and re-deposited sediments from drained thaw lake basins depending on the gradually changing shoreline configuration. These changes are evident from alternating organic inputs into the lake system which highlights the potential for thermokarst lakes to recycle old carbon from degrading permafrost deposits of its catchment. The lake sediment record from Herschel Island in the Yukon (Canada) covers the full Holocene period. After its initiation as a thermokarst lake at 11.7 cal ka BP and intense thermokarst activity until 10.0 cal ka BP, the steady sedimentation was interrupted by a depositional hiatus at 1.6 cal ka BP which likely resulted from lake drainage or allochthonous slumping due to collapsing shore lines. The specific setting of the lake on a push moraine composed of marine deposits is reflected in the sedimentary record. Freshening of the maturing lake is indicated by decreasing electrical conductivity in pore-water. Alternation of marine to freshwater ostracods and foraminifera confirms decreasing salinity as well but also reflects episodical re-deposition of allochthonous marine sediments. Based on permafrost and lacustrine sediment records, this thesis shows examples of the Late Quaternary evolution of typical Arctic permafrost landscapes in central-eastern Beringia and the complex interaction of local disturbance processes, regional environmental dynamics and global climate patterns. This study confirms that thermokarst lakes are important agents of organic matter recycling in complex and continuously changing landscapes.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XII, 128 Seiten , Illustrationen , 1 DVD
    Language: English
    Note: Enthält 5 Publikationen: 1) Mid Wisconsin to Holocene permafrost and landscape dynamics based on a drained lake basin core from the northern Seward Peninsula, northwest Alaska / Josefine Lenz, Guido Grosse, Benjamin M. Jones [und 5 weitere] 2) Evidence of multiple thermokarst lake generations from an 11,800-year old permafrost core on the northern Seward Peninsula, Alaska / Josefine Lenz, Sebastian Wetterich, Benjamin M. Jones [und 3 weitere] 3) Impacts of shore expansion and catchment characteristics on lacustrine thermokarst records in permafrost lowlands, Alaska Arctic Coastal Plain / Josefine Lenz, Sebastian Wetterich, Benjamin M. Jones [und 5 weitere] 4) Periglacial landscape dynamics in the western Canadian Arctic: Results from a thermokarst lake record on a push moraine (Herschel Island, Yukon) / Josefine Lenz, Michael Fritz, Lutz Schirrmeister [und 4 weitere] 5) Regional environmental change versus local signal preservation in Holocene thermokarst lake sediments: A case study from Herschel Island, Yukon (Canada) / Michael Fritz, Ingmar Unkel, Josefine Lenz [und 6 weitere] , Table of contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Abbreviations and nomenclature 1 Thesis organization 1.1 Overview of chapters 1.2 Author contribution 2 Introduction 2.1 Scientific background 2.1.1 Arctic environments and permafrost in the study region of Beringia 2.1.2 Permafrost degradation and its global feedbacks 2.1.3 Thermokarst lakes and basins as paleoenvironmental archives 2.2 Aims and approaches 3 Mid Wisconsin to Holocene permafrost and landscape dynamics based on a drained lake basin core from the northern Seward Peninsula, northwest Alaska 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Study area 3.4 Material and methods 3.5 Results 3.5.1 Core stratigraphy 3.5.2 Cryostratigraphy 3.5.3 Grain size distribution 3.5.4 Magnetic susceptibility 3.5.5 Biogeochemical characteristics 3.5.6 Tephra 3.5.7 Palaeoecology 3.5.8 Geochronology 3.6 Discussion 3.7 Conclusions 4 Evidence of multiple thermokarst lake generations from an 11,800-year old permafrost core on the northern Seward Peninsula, Alaska 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Study area 4.4 Material and methods 4.5 Results 4.5.1 Geochronology 4.5.2 Cryolithological description 4.5.3 Geochemical results 4.5.4 Bioindicators 4.5.5 Characteristics of intra-sedimentary ice and comparison with modern waters 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Thermokarst lake dynamics 4.6.2 Regional lake dynamics and global environmental change 4.6.3 Carbon cycling 4.7 Conclusions 5 Impacts of shore expansion and catchment characteristics on lacustrine thermokarst records in permafrost lowlands, Alaska Arctic Coastal Plain 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Study area 5.4 Material and methods 5.5 Results 5.5.1 Sedimentological results of near-shore core P1 5.5.2 Sedimentological and palynological results of lake center-cores P2 (and P3) 5.5.3 Lake age estimation 5.6 Discussion 5.6.1 Thermokarst lake development 5.6.2 Impact of catchment genesis and morphology on the lake sediment record 5.6.3 Carbon degradation 5.7 Conclusions 6 Synthesis 6.1 Study sites in central-eastern Beringia: Similarities and differences 6.2 Permafrost degradation and thermokarst development in central-eastern Beringia 6.2.1 Timing of thermokarst development 6.2.2 Environmental factors supporting and inhibiting thermokarst 6.3 Processes of thermokarst lake development and their imprint in proxy records 6.4 Contribution of thermokarst dynamics to the carbon cycle 6.5 Potentials/limitations of thermokarst lake archives and outlook Bibliography Appendix I: Periglacial landscape dynamics in the western Canadian Arctic: Results from a thermokarst lake record on a push moraine (Herschel Island, Yukon) I-1 Abstract I-2 Introduction I-3 Study area I-4 Material and methods I-5 Results I-5.1 Core lithology I-5.2 Radiography I-5.3 Magnetic susceptibility and water content I-5.4 Grain size distribution I-5.5 Biogeochemical characteristics I-5.6 Geochronology I-6 Discussion I-6.1 Evolution of Lake Herschel I-6.2 Paleoenvironmental implications of the Lake Herschel record I-7 Conclusions Appendix II: Regional environmental change versus local signal preservation in Holocene thermokarst lake sediments: A case study from Herschel Island, Yukon (Canada) II-1 Abstract II-2 Introduction and study area II-3 Material and methods II-3.1 Sediment core II-3.2 Radiocarbon dating and age modelling II-3.3 Pore-water chemistry II-3.4 X-ray fluorescence (XRF) scanning II-3.5 Micropaleontology II-4 Results II-4.1 Chronostratigraphy: The revised age model II-4.2 XRF chemistry II-4.3 Pore-water chemistry II-4.4 Calcareous microfossils II-4.5 Pollen II-5 Discussion II-5.1 Sedimentation history of Lake Herschel II-5.2 Limnological, sedimentary and geochemical properties predefine the habitat I-5.3 Autochthonous versus allochthonous deposition of calcareous microfossils II-5.4 Regional pollen-based reconstruction of vegetation and climate II-6 Conclusions Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...